Against Marcellus

The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.

Show

Against 1, chapter 1

1.1.1Klostermann

Ἡ ὑπόθεσις αὐτῷ τῆς γραφῆς μισαδελφία κατέστη, τὸ δὲ ταύτης αἴτιον ζῆλος καὶ φθόνος, ἃ δὴ καὶ ἄλλους μυρίους εἰς κακῶν ἔσχατα κατεκρήμνισεν· ζῆλος γοῦν καὶ φθόνος ἀρχῆθεν ἀδελφοκτονίαν εἰργάσαντο. ἔνθεν ὁρμηθεὶς ὁ ἀνήρ, ἓν τουτὶ γράψας καὶ μόνον ὡς μήποτʼ ὤφελεν σύγγραμμα, εὐθὺς ἀρχόμενος ἀφʼ ἑστίας τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργοῖς πολεμεῖν προὔθετο, ἀφέμενος τοῦ λέγειν τε καὶ γράφειν πρὸς τὸ μέγα καὶ πολὺ στῖφος τῶν τὴν αὐτοῦ χώραν λυμαινομένων αἱρεσιωτῶν, ὃ δὴ καὶ μάλιστα πράττειν ἐχρῆν (εἴπερ τις αὐτῷ παρῆν σωτηρίου λόγου δύναμις) ποιμένος ἀγαθοῦ δίκην ὥσπερ τινὰς λύκους καὶ θῆρας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ Γαλατῶν ἔθνους ἀπελαύνοντα.

Hē hypothesis autǭ tēs graphēs misadelphia katestē, to de tautēs aition zēlos kai phthonos, ha dē kai allous myrious eis kakōn eschata katekrēmnisen; zēlos goun kai phthonos archēthen adelphoktonian eirgasanto. enthen hormētheis ho anēr, hen touti grapsas kai monon hōs mēpotʼ ōphelen syngramma, euthys archomenos aphʼ hestias tois hagiois tou theou leitourgois polemein proutheto, aphemenos tou legein te kai graphein pros to mega kai poly stiphos tōn tēn autou chōran lymainomenōn hairesiōtōn, ho dē kai malista prattein echrēn (eiper tis autǭ parēn sōtēriou logou dynamis) poimenos agathou dikēn hōsper tinas lykous kai thēras tous echthrous tēs ekklēsias tou theou tou Galatōn ethnous apelaunonta.

The motive of his writing was hatred of his brothers, and its cause was jealousy and envy, which have hurled countless others into the depths of evil as well; it was jealousy and envy, after all, that brought about the murder of a brother at the very beginning. Setting out from this, the man wrote this one treatise, and only this one (would that he had never written it!), and from the very first, starting at the hearth, he set himself to make war on the holy ministers of God. He left aside speaking and writing against the great and numerous band of heretics who were ravaging his own country, which is just what he above all ought to have done (if he had any power of saving speech), driving off the enemies of the church of God from the nation of the Galatians like wolves and wild beasts, after the manner of a good shepherd.

1.1.2Klostermann

ὁ δʼ ὥσπερ τινὰ χέρσον ἑρπυστικῶν ἰοβόλων ἔμπλεω παριδὼν τὴν αὐτοῦ χώραν, τοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργοῖς, εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην ἀναζέσας, ἐπαφῆκε τὸν θυμόν. καὶ τούτοις οὐ τοῖς τυχοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς καὶ πάνυ θεοῦ χάριτι βίῳ τε καὶ φιλοσόφῳ πολιτείᾳ παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐμπρέπουσιν· 〈καὶ οὐ τοῖς ζῶσιν〉 μόνοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ κεκοιμημένοις· καὶ τούτων ἐκείνοις, ὧν μάλιστα διʼ ἀρετὴν θεοσεβείας λόγων τε θείων ἀσκήσεως ἡ φήμη καθʼ ὅλης ὡς εἰπεῖν ᾄδεται τῆς οἰκουμένης. τούτων δὲ αὐτῶν οὐχ ἅπαξ ἐμνήσθη κακῶς, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ διαφόρως, τὰς κατʼ αὐτῶν διαβολάς τε καὶ συκοφαντίας ἀφειδῶς πεποιημένος.

ho dʼ hōsper tina cherson herpystikōn iobolōn empleō paridōn tēn autou chōran, tois tou theou leitourgois, eikē kai matēn anazesas, epaphēke ton thymon. kai toutois ou tois tychousin, alla tois kai pany theou chariti biǭ te kai philosophǭ politeią para tois pasin emprepousin; 〈kai ou tois zōsin〉 monois, alla kai tois en Christǭ kekoimēmenois; kai toutōn ekeinois, hōn malista diʼ aretēn theosebeias logōn te theiōn askēseōs hē phēmē kathʼ holēs hōs eipein ądetai tēs oikoumenēs. toutōn de autōn ouch hapax emnēsthē kakōs, pollakis de kai diaphorōs, tas katʼ autōn diabolas te kai sykophantias apheidōs pepoiēmenos.

But he overlooked his own country, like a waste land full of creeping venomous things, and without cause and in vain he boiled over and let loose his anger on the ministers of God; and not on ordinary ones, but on those who by the grace of God are most distinguished among all for their life and philosophic conduct; and not only on the living but also on those who have fallen asleep in Christ; and of these, on those above all whose fame, for the excellence of their piety and their training in the divine words, is sung, so to speak, through the whole world. These very men he mentioned with abuse not once but many times and in various ways, making his accusations and slanders against them unsparingly.

1.1.3Klostermann

ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἀραῖς κέχρηται κατʼ αὐτῶν, οἷα γυναικῶν ἐν μάχῃ, λοιδορούμενος καὶ ἐπαρώμενος τοῖς μηδὲν αὐτὸν ἠδικηκόσιν. διὸ καὶ πέρα τοῦ δέοντος εἰς μακρὸν αὐτῷ καὶ ἄμετρον μῆκος ἐξέπεσεν ἡ γραφή, ὡς ὅλον ἐπῶν ἐγγύς που μυρίων τὸν ἕνα λόγον ἀπαρτισθῆναι.

ēdē de kai arais kechrētai katʼ autōn, hoia gynaikōn en machę̄, loidoroumenos kai eparōmenos tois mēden auton ēdikēkosin. dio kai pera tou deontos eis makron autǭ kai ametron mēkos exepesen hē graphē, hōs holon epōn engys pou myriōn ton hena logon apartisthēnai.

He has even used curses against them, like women in a quarrel, reviling and cursing men who had done him no wrong. That is why his writing has run on beyond what was needed to a great and immoderate length, so that his one book is made up of close to ten thousand lines.

1.1.4Klostermann

εἰκότως οὖν κατὰ τῶν ἁγίων τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργῶν κακήγορον γλῶτταν ὀξύνας καὶ τὸ ἀνευλαβὲς καὶ ἄφοβον προγυμνάσας ἐν τούτοις, προϊὼν ἑξῆς προὔκοψεν ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τὸ κορυφαιότατον τοῦ παντός, τὸν μονογενῆ καὶ ἀγαπητὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τοιαύταις ἀθέοις ὑποβαλὼν βλασφημίαις. οἵας μικρὸν ὕστερον αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐμοῦ, βέλτιον ἀκούειν.

eikotōs oun kata tōn hagiōn tou theou leitourgōn kakēgoron glōttan oxynas kai to aneulabes kai aphobon progymnasas en toutois, proïōn hexēs proukopsen epʼ auto to koryphaiotaton tou pantos, ton monogenē kai agapēton huion tou theou toiautais atheois hypobalōn blasphēmiais. hoias mikron hysteron autou legontos, allʼ ouk emou, beltion akouein.

It is no wonder, then, that having sharpened a slandering tongue against the holy ministers of God, and having first practised his irreverence and fearlessness on them, he went on from there to the very summit of all things, and subjected the only-begotten and beloved Son of God to such godless blasphemies. What they are, it is better to hear a little later from him speaking, not from me.

1.1.5Klostermann

τῇ δέ γε παραθέσει τῶν αὐτοῦ ῥημάτων χρησάμενος μέχρι τούτου στήσομαι τέως πρὸς ἐναντίωσιν καὶ ἀνατροπὴν αὐτῶν οὐ μακροὺς ἐπάγων λόγους, τῷ μήτε τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ βλασφημηθέντας ἀγνῶτάς τινας εἶναι καὶ ἀφανεῖς, γνωρίζεσθαι δὲ παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσιν καὶ σιωπῶντος,

tę̄ de ge parathesei tōn autou rhēmatōn chrēsamenos mechri toutou stēsomai teōs pros enantiōsin kai anatropēn autōn ou makrous epagōn logous, tǭ mēte tous andras tous hypʼ autou blasphēmēthentas agnōtas tinas einai kai aphaneis, gnōrizesthai de para tois pasin kai siōpōntos,

I shall make use of the setting out of his own words, and I shall stop there for the present, without bringing long arguments to oppose and overturn them, because the men he blasphemed are not unknown or obscure persons, but are known to everyone even if I keep silent,

1.1.6Klostermann

μήτε τὴν εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημίαν ἀμφήριστόν τινα καὶ ἀγνοουμένην ὑπάρχειν, ὡς πολλῆς τινος καὶ λογικωτέρας πρὸς ἔλεγχον δεηθῆναι σπουδῆς· οὕτως πᾶσιν τοῖς τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς χάριτος μετειληχόσιν, μικροῖς ὁμοῦ καὶ μεγάλοις, καὶ αὐτὸ μόνον λεχθεῖσα πρόδηλος καθέστηκεν ἡ τοῦ ξένου τούτου [καὶ] θεολόγου κενοφωνία. διὸ βραχέσιν αὐτὸ μόνον παρασημειώσεσιν χρήσομαι, εἱρμῷ καὶ τάξει σωματοποιῶν τὸν λόγον, ὑποσημαινόμενός τε αὐτὸ μόνον τὸ παράλογον τῶν ἐμφερομένων.

mēte tēn eis ton Christon tou theou blasphēmian amphēriston tina kai agnooumenēn hyparchein, hōs pollēs tinos kai logikōteras pros elenchon deēthēnai spoudēs; houtōs pasin tois tēs ekklēsiastikēs charitos meteilēchosin, mikrois homou kai megalois, kai auto monon lechtheisa prodēlos kathestēken hē tou xenou toutou [kai] theologou kenophōnia. dio brachesin auto monon parasēmeiōsesin chrēsomai, heirmǭ kai taxei sōmatopoiōn ton logon, hyposēmainomenos te auto monon to paralogon tōn empheromenōn.

and because the blasphemy against the Christ of God is not something disputed or unrecognized, so as to need great and more reasoned effort to refute it. The empty talk of this strange theologian is plain to all who have shared in the grace of the church, small and great alike, once it has merely been stated. Therefore I shall use only brief comments in passing, giving the discussion a body by sequence and order, and pointing out only the absurdity of what he puts forward.

1.1.7Klostermann

πρὶν δʼ ἐπὶ τὰς αὐτοῦ χωρῆσαι φωνὰς ἀναγκαίως τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι τῷ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς συγγράμματι συμβουλεύσαιμʼ ἄν, εἰ δὴ μάλιστα Γαλατῶν εἶέν τινες, μὴ ἀμνημονεῖν τῆς θείας φωνῆς Παύλου τοῦ ἀποστόλου, ὃς αὐτοῖς Γαλάταις γράφων παρῄνει μὴ μετατίθεσθαι »ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος « αὐτοὺς » ἐν χάριτι Χριστοῦ εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγγέλιον « (» οὐκ ἔστιν « γὰρ » ἄλλο «, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔφη, » εἰ μή τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες « αὐτοὺς » καὶ θέλοντες μεταστρέψαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ «),

prin dʼ epi tas autou chōrēsai phōnas anankaiōs tois entynchanousi tǭ tou andros syngrammati symbouleusaimʼ an, ei dē malista Galatōn eien tines, mē amnēmonein tēs theias phōnēs Paulou tou apostolou, hos autois Galatais graphōn parę̄nei mē metatithesthai »apo tou kalesantos « autous » en chariti Christou eis heteron euangelion « (» ouk estin « gar » allo «, hōs autos ephē, » ei mē tines eisin hoi tarassontes « autous » kai thelontes metastrepsai to euangelion tou Christou «),

But before I come to his words, I would of necessity advise those who read the man's treatise, especially any who are Galatians, not to forget the divine voice of Paul the apostle, who, writing to the Galatians themselves, urged them not to turn “from the one who called” them “in the grace of Christ to another gospel” (“there is no other,” as he said, “only there are some who trouble” them “and want to pervert the gospel of Christ”),

1.1.8Klostermann

κἀκείνῳ δὲ ἀναγκαίως προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, διʼ οὗ καὶ ἑαυτοῦ καθαπτόμενος ὁ τοσοῦτος ἀπόστολος εἰς δυσώπησιν τῶν διαστρέφειν τοὺς ἄνδρας πειρωμένων προσετίθει λέγων » ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐὰν ἡμεῖς ἢ ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ὑμῖν εὐαγγελίσηται παρʼ ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα ὑμῖν, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω «.

kakeinǭ de anankaiōs prosechein ton noun, diʼ hou kai heautou kathaptomenos ho tosoutos apostolos eis dysōpēsin tōn diastrephein tous andras peirōmenōn prosetithei legōn » alla kai ean hēmeis ē angelos ex ouranou hymin euangelisētai parʼ ho euēngelisametha hymin, anathema estō «.

and of necessity to pay attention also to the words in which that great apostle, rebuking even himself so as to shame those who were trying to pervert the men, added: “But even if we or an angel from heaven should preach to you a gospel contrary to what we preached to you, let him be anathema.”

1.1.9Klostermann

ὃ δὴ ἐπαναλαβὼν δευτεροῖ φάσκων »ὡς προειρήκαμεν καὶ ἄρτι πάλιν λέγω, εἴ τις ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελίζεται παρʼ ὃ παρελάβετε, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω «. τί δὲ ἦν τοῦτο, παρʼ ὃ οὐκ ἦν εὐαγγελί‹ζεσθαι ἄλλο εὐαγγέλι›ον, ἤ που πάντως αὐτὸ ἐκεῖνο ὃ δὴ τοῖς αὐτοῦ παραδιδοὺς μαθηταῖς ὁ σωτὴρ ἀναγέγραπται εἰρηκὼς » πορευθέντες μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος«;

ho dē epanalabōn deuteroi phaskōn »hōs proeirēkamen kai arti palin legō, ei tis hymas euangelizetai parʼ ho parelabete, anathema estō «. ti de ēn touto, parʼ ho ouk ēn euangeli‹zesthai allo euangeli›on, ē pou pantōs auto ekeino ho dē tois autou paradidous mathētais ho sōtēr anagegraptai eirēkōs » poreuthentes mathēteusate panta ta ethnē, baptizontes autous eis to onoma tou patros kai tou huiou kai tou hagiou pneumatos«?

He takes this up again and repeats it, saying: “As we have said before, so now I say again: if anyone preaches to you a gospel contrary to what you received, let him be anathema.” And what was this, beside which no other gospel might be preached, if not surely that very thing which the Saviour is recorded to have handed on to his disciples when he said: “Go and make disciples of all the nations, baptizing them into the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit”?

1.1.10Klostermann

ταύτην γὰρ ἡμῖν τὴν χάριν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς ἁγίας τριάδος μόνος αὐτὸς διὰ τῆς μυστικῆς δεδώρηται ἀναγεννήσεως, οὕτε Μωσέως οὔτε προφητῶν τινος τῷ προτέρῳ λαῷ ταύτην διακονησαμένου· μόνῳ γὰρ ἔπρεπεν τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν πατρικὴν ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις εὐαγγελίσασθαι χάριν, ἐπειδήπερ » ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωσέως ἐδόθη «, διὰ δὲ μόνου » Ἰησοῦ Χριστοὺ «, ὡς διὰ » μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ « [Ἰησοῦ], » ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια « ἐγένετο.

tautēn gar hēmin tēn charin tēs gnōseōs tēs hagias triados monos autos dia tēs mystikēs dedōrētai anagennēseōs, houte Mōseōs oute prophētōn tinos tǭ proterǭ laǭ tautēn diakonēsamenou; monǭ gar eprepen tǭ huiǭ tou theou tēn patrikēn hapasin anthrōpois euangelisasthai charin, epeidēper » ho nomos dia Mōseōs edothē «, dia de monou » Iēsou Christou «, hōs dia » monogenous huiou « [Iēsou], » hē charis kai hē alētheia « egeneto.

For he alone has given us this grace of the knowledge of the holy Trinity through the mystical rebirth; neither Moses nor any of the prophets ministered it to the former people. For it was fitting for the Son of God alone to preach the Father's grace to all people, since “the law was given through Moses,” but “grace and truth” came through “Jesus Christ” alone, as through the “only-begotten Son.”

1.1.11Klostermann

ἔνθεν εἰκότως ὁ μὲν παιδαγωγοῦ τρόπου νηπιάζοντι τῷ προτέρῳ λαῷ »στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ « παρεδίδου » λογίων«, πολυθέου μὲν ἀπείργων πλάνης, θεὸν δὲ κηρύττων ἕνα μόνον εἰδέναι. ἡ δὲ σωτήριος χάρις, ὑπερκόσμιόν τινα καὶ ἀγγελικὴν ἡμῖν παρέχουσα γνῶσιν, τὸ πάλαι τῷ προτέρῳ λαῷ σεσιγημένον μυστήριον ἀναφανδὸν ἐξεκάλυπτεν, αὐτὸν τὸν ἐπέκεινα τῶν ὅλων θεόν, τὸν τοῖς πάλαι ἀνθρώποις ἐγνωσμένον, θεὸν ἅμα καὶ πατέρα εἶναι υἱοῦ τοῦ μονογενοῦς κηρύττουσα, τήν τε τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῖς ἀξίοις ἐπιχορηγοῦσα δύναμιν.

enthen eikotōs ho men paidagōgou tropou nēpiazonti tǭ proterǭ laǭ »stoicheia tēs archēs tōn tou theou « paredidou » logiōn«, polytheou men apeirgōn planēs, theon de kēryttōn hena monon eidenai. hē de sōtērios charis, hyperkosmion tina kai angelikēn hēmin parechousa gnōsin, to palai tǭ proterǭ laǭ sesigēmenon mystērion anaphandon exekalypten, auton ton epekeina tōn holōn theon, ton tois palai anthrōpois egnōsmenon, theon hama kai patera einai huiou tou monogenous kēryttousa, tēn te tou hagiou pneumatos dia tou huiou tois axiois epichorēgousa dynamin.

Hence it was fitting that Moses, after the manner of a tutor, handed on to the former people, who were still infants, “the elementary principles of the oracles” of God, keeping them from the error of many gods and proclaiming that they should know one God only. But saving grace, granting us a knowledge above the world and like that of angels, openly revealed the mystery that had been kept silent from the former people of old: proclaiming that the very God who is beyond all things, the God known to the men of old, is at the same time God and Father of the only-begotten Son, and supplying to the worthy the power of the Holy Spirit through the Son.

1.1.12Klostermann

αὐτόθεν πως τὴν ἁγίαν καὶ μακαρίαν καὶ μυστικὴν τριάδα πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος εἰς σωτήριον ἐλπίδα διὰ τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναγεννήσεως ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκλησία παραλαβοῦσα φυλάττει. καὶ τοῦτʼ ἦν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ὃ μὴ θεμιτὸν εἶναι μετατίθεσθαι εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγγέλιον, ὃ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλο « ὁ μέγας ἀπόστολος εἰσέτι δεῦρο Γαλάταις μαρτύρεται, διὰ τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπιστολῆς βοῶν »κἂν ἡμεῖς ἢ ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ εὐαγγελίζηται ὑμᾶς παρʼ ὃ παρελάβετε, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω «· πόρρωθεν, ὡς εἰκός, μηδʼ ἐπισκόποις μηδʼ ἄρχουσιν μη‹δὲ› διδασκάλοις προσέχειν, εἰ τὸν ἀληθῆ τῆς πίστεως διαστρέφοι τις αὐτῶν λόγον, διαστελλόμενος.

autothen pōs tēn hagian kai makarian kai mystikēn triada patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos eis sōtērion elpida dia tēs en Christǭ anagennēseōs hē tou theou ekklēsia paralabousa phylattei. kai toutʼ ēn to euangelion, ho mē themiton einai metatithesthai eis heteron euangelion, ho ouk estin allo « ho megas apostolos eiseti deuro Galatais martyretai, dia tēs pros autous epistolēs boōn »kan hēmeis ē angelos ex ouranou euangelizētai hymas parʼ ho parelabete, anathema estō «; porrōthen, hōs eikos, mēdʼ episkopois mēdʼ archousin mē‹de› didaskalois prosechein, ei ton alēthē tēs pisteōs diastrephoi tis autōn logon, diastellomenos.

From that beginning, in a way, the church of God received the holy, blessed and mystical Trinity of Father and Son and Holy Spirit, for the hope of salvation through rebirth in Christ, and guards it. And this was the gospel which it is not lawful to change “for another gospel, which is no other,” as the great apostle still testifies to the Galatians even now, crying out through his letter to them: “Even if we or an angel from heaven should preach to you contrary to what you received, let him be anathema.” He was warning them long beforehand, it seems, not to heed bishops or rulers or teachers if any of them should pervert the true word of the faith.

1.1.13Klostermann

τίς δʼ ἦν οὗτος 〈ἢ〉 ὁ θεὸν πατέρα εἰδέναι διδάσκων καὶ υἱὸν θεοῦ γιγνώσκειν παραδιδοὺς καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου φιλοτιμεῖσθαι μετέχειν; ἅπερ μόνων ἂν γένοιτο Χριστιανῶν γνωρίσματα, ὧδέ πη τῆς ἁγίας τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκλησίας ἀφοριζομένης τοῦ Ἰουδαϊκοῦ τρόπου.

tis dʼ ēn houtos 〈ē〉 ho theon patera eidenai didaskōn kai huion theou gignōskein paradidous kai pneumatos hagiou philotimeisthai metechein? haper monōn an genoito Christianōn gnōrismata, hōde pē tēs hagias tou theou ekklēsias aphorizomenēs tou Ioudaïkou tropou.

And what was this gospel, other than the one that teaches us to know God as Father, and hands on the knowledge of the Son of God, and makes us eager to share in the Holy Spirit? These would be the marks of Christians alone; it is in this way, more or less, that the holy church of God is marked off from the Jewish way.

1.1.14Klostermann

ὡς γὰρ ἐκεῖνος τὴν πολύθεον καὶ Ἑλληνικὴν ἀπεδοκίμαζεν πλάνην ἑνὸς θεοῦ ὁμολογίᾳ, οὕτως καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἡ ἐξαίρετος περὶ υἱοῦ γνῶσις κρεῖττόν τι καὶ πλέον [τι] προὐξένει, τὸν αὐτὸν θεὸν πατέρα εἰδέναι μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ διδάσκουσα, ἀληθῶς υἱοῦ ὄντος καὶ ζῶντος καὶ ὑφεστῶτος. »ὡς γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ζωὴν ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ 〈οὕτως καὶ τῷ υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ〉« αὐτὸς λέγων ἐδίδασκεν ὁ μονογενὴς τοῦ θεοῦ,

hōs gar ekeinos tēn polytheon kai Hellēnikēn apedokimazen planēn henos theou homologią, houtōs kai tēs ekklēsias hē exairetos peri huiou gnōsis kreitton ti kai pleon [ti] prouxenei, ton auton theon patera eidenai monogenous huiou didaskousa, alēthōs huiou ontos kai zōntos kai hyphestōtos. »hōs gar ho patēr zōēn echei en heautǭ 〈houtōs kai tǭ huiǭ edōken zōēn echein en heautǭ〉« autos legōn edidasken ho monogenēs tou theou,

For as Moses rejected the polytheistic error of the Greeks by the confession of one God, so the church's special knowledge concerning the Son has procured something better and greater, teaching us to know the same God as Father of an only-begotten Son, who is truly a Son, living and subsisting. For the only-begotten of God himself taught us, saying, “As the Father has life in himself, so he has granted the Son also to have life in himself,”

1.1.15Klostermann

ἵνʼ ᾖ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἀληθῶς πατὴρ (οὐ μέχρι φωνῆς ὧδέ πη χρηματίζων, οὐδὲ ψευδῆ κεκτημένος τὴν προσηγορίαν. ἀληθείᾳ δὲ καὶ ἔργῳ πατὴρ υἱοῦ μονογενοῦς) καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ἀληθῶς υἱός. ὁ δὲ ψιλὸν λόγον εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν ὑπολαμβάνων καὶ μόνον λόγον εἶναι μαρτυρόμενος καὶ πολλάκις τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ λέγων ὡς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἦν ἢ λόγος, ἔνδον μένων ἐν ἡσυχάζοντι τῷ πατρὶ ἐνεργῶν δὲ ἐν τῷ τὴν κτίσιν δημιουργεῖν, ὁμοίως τῷ ἡμετέρῳ ἐν σιωπῶσιν μὲν ἡσυχάζοντι ἐν δὲ φθεγγομένοις ἐνεργοῦντι, δῆλος ἂν εἴη Ἰουδαϊκῷ τινι καὶ ἀνθρωπίνῳ συντρέχων φρονήματι τὸν δʼ ἀληθῶς υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀρνούμενος.

hinʼ ę̄ kai ho patēr alēthōs patēr (ou mechri phōnēs hōde pē chrēmatizōn, oude pseudē kektēmenos tēn prosēgorian. alētheią de kai ergǭ patēr huiou monogenous) kai ho huios alēthōs huios. ho de psilon logon einai ton huion hypolambanōn kai monon logon einai martyromenos kai pollakis toutʼ auto legōn hōs ouden heteron ēn ē logos, endon menōn en hēsychazonti tǭ patri energōn de en tǭ tēn ktisin dēmiourgein, homoiōs tǭ hēmeterǭ en siōpōsin men hēsychazonti en de phthengomenois energounti, dēlos an eiē Ioudaïkǭ tini kai anthrōpinǭ syntrechōn phronēmati ton dʼ alēthōs huion tou theou arnoumenos.

so that the Father may be truly Father (not bearing the title merely in word, nor possessing a false name, but Father of an only-begotten Son in truth and in fact), and the Son truly Son. But the man who supposes that the Son is a mere word, and protests that he is only a word, and often says this very thing, that he was nothing other than a word, remaining within while the Father is at rest, but active in fashioning creation, like our own word, which is at rest when we are silent and active when we speak: such a man would plainly be running together with a Jewish and human way of thinking, and denying the true Son of God.

1.1.16Klostermann

εἰ γοῦν τις Ἰουδαίων ἔροιτό τινα, εἰ λόγον ἔχει ὁ θεός, πάντως που φήσει· ἐπεὶ [καὶ λόγον] καὶ λόγους πλείους ἔχειν αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσειεν ἂν Ἰουδαίων ἅπας. ὅτι δὲ καὶ υἱὸν ἔχει, οὐκέτʼ ἂν ὁμολογήσειεν ἐρωτηθείς.

ei goun tis Ioudaiōn eroito tina, ei logon echei ho theos, pantōs pou phēsei; epei [kai logon] kai logous pleious echein auton homologēseien an Ioudaiōn hapas. hoti de kai huion echei, ouketʼ an homologēseien erōtētheis.

At any rate, if anyone asked one of the Jews whether God has a word, he will surely say yes; for every Jew would confess that he has words, many of them. But that he has a Son as well, he would no longer confess if asked.

1.1.17Klostermann

εἰ δὲ μὴ Ἰουδαίων ἀλλʼ ἐπισκόπων τις ταύτην εἰσαγάγοι τὴν δόξαν, λόγον αὐτὸν μόνον διδοὺς ἡνωμένον τῷ θεῷ καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι ἀίδιον καὶ ἀγέννητον ἕν τε εἶναι καὶ ταὐτὸν τῷ θεῷ, ὀνόμασιν μὲν διαφόροις πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ χρηματίζοντα οὐσίᾳ δὲ καὶ ὑποστάσει ἓν ὄντα, πῶς οὐ δῆλος ἂν γένοιτο τὸν μὲν Σαβέλλιον ὑποδυόμενος, τῆς δʼ ἐν Χριστῷ γνώσεώς τε καὶ χάριτος ἠλλοτριωμένος; οὐδὲ γὰρ ζητεῖν οὐδʼ ἀμφιβάλλειν οὐδʼ ἐρωτᾶν 〈αὐτοῖς, εἰ ἦν καὶ προῆν ὁ μονογενὴς υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐπιτρέποι ἂν θεσμός· ὁμολογουμένῃ δὲ καὶ ἀναμφιβόλῳ πίστει σὺν πολλῷ θάρρει καὶ παρρησίᾳ διδάσκει τὸν θεὸν πατέρα εἶναι υἱοῦ τοῦ μονογενοῦς ὁμολογεῖν, καὶ μήτε τὸν πατέρα υἱὸν εἶναι ἢ τὸν υἱὸν πατέρα νομίζειν· ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν ἀγένητον καὶ ἀίδιον καὶ ἄναρχον καὶ πρῶτον καὶ μόνον πατέρα σέβειν, τὸν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς γεννηθῆναι καὶ ὑποστῆναι καὶ μόνον υἱὸν μονογενῆ εἶναι πιστεύειν, θεόν τε αὐτὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς υἱὸν ὄντα θεοῦ γνωρίζειν.

ei de mē Ioudaiōn allʼ episkopōn tis tautēn eisagagoi tēn doxan, logon auton monon didous hēnōmenon tǭ theǭ kai touton einai aidion kai agennēton hen te einai kai tauton tǭ theǭ, onomasin men diaphorois patros kai huiou chrēmatizonta ousią de kai hypostasei hen onta, pōs ou dēlos an genoito ton men Sabellion hypodyomenos, tēs dʼ en Christǭ gnōseōs te kai charitos ēllotriōmenos? oude gar zētein oudʼ amphiballein oudʼ erōtan 〈autois, ei ēn kai proēn ho monogenēs huios tou theou, ho tēs ekklēsias epitrepoi an thesmos; homologoumenę̄ de kai anamphibolǭ pistei syn pollǭ tharrei kai parrēsią didaskei ton theon patera einai huiou tou monogenous homologein, kai mēte ton patera huion einai ē ton huion patera nomizein; alla ton men agenēton kai aidion kai anarchon kai prōton kai monon patera sebein, ton de ek tou patros gennēthēnai kai hypostēnai kai monon huion monogenē einai pisteuein, theon te auton hōs alēthōs huion onta theou gnōrizein.

But if not a Jew but one of the bishops should introduce this opinion, granting him only a Word united with God, and saying that this Word is eternal and unbegotten and one and the same with God, called by the different names of Father and Son but one in substance and hypostasis, how would he not plainly be slipping into the guise of Sabellius and be estranged from the knowledge and grace that is in Christ? For the ordinance of the church would not allow them to inquire, or doubt, or ask whether the only-begotten Son of God was and pre-existed. With a faith confessed and undoubted, with great boldness and freedom, it teaches us to confess that God is Father of the only-begotten Son, and not to think that the Father is the Son or the Son the Father; but to worship the Father as unbegotten, eternal, without beginning, first and alone, and to believe that the Son was begotten of the Father and came to subsist, and is the only-begotten Son alone, and to acknowledge him as God, since he is truly Son of God.

1.1.18Klostermann

εἰ δὴ οὖν τούτοις μὲν ἀντιλέγων τις φαίνοιτο, λόγον δὲ θεοῦ ὁμοίως τῷ ἐν ἀνθρώποις τοῦτον ὁρίζοιτο, 〈πῶς οὐκ ἂν ἐλέγχοιτο〉 οὐκ ἐννοῶν οὐδὲ λογιζόμενος ὡς οὐδὲν χρὴ θνητὸν οὐδὲ ἀνθρώπινον τῷ ἐπέκεινα τῶν ὅλων ἀνατιθέναι θεῷ, οὐδʼ ὅλως τι τῶν εἰς ἡμετέραν ἐνθύμησιν ἀνιόντων, κἂν αἱ θεῖαι γραφαί, ὥσπερ τινὰς νηπίους παιδαγωγοῦσαι τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας, ἀνθρωπικώτερον περὶ αὐτοῦ διαλέγωνται, χεῖρας αὐτῷ καὶ πόδας καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ φωνὰς καὶ λόγους καὶ στόμα καὶ πρόσωπον καὶ μυρία ἄλλα τοιαῦτα περιάπτουσαι· ἃ δὴ προσήκει μεταφέρειν ἐπὶ θεοπρεπεῖς ἐννοίας, οὐδὲν θνητὸν οὐδʼ ἀνθρώπινον ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι φανταζομένους· »πνεῦμα« γὰρ »ὁ θεός, καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας αὐτὸν ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ δεῖ προσκυνεῖν «, αὐτὸς ἐδίδαξεν ὁ σωτήρ.

ei dē oun toutois men antilegōn tis phainoito, logon de theou homoiōs tǭ en anthrōpois touton horizoito, 〈pōs ouk an elenchoito〉 ouk ennoōn oude logizomenos hōs ouden chrē thnēton oude anthrōpinon tǭ epekeina tōn holōn anatithenai theǭ, oudʼ holōs ti tōn eis hēmeteran enthymēsin aniontōn, kan hai theiai graphai, hōsper tinas nēpious paidagōgousai tous entynchanontas, anthrōpikōteron peri autou dialegōntai, cheiras autǭ kai podas kai ophthalmous kai phōnas kai logous kai stoma kai prosōpon kai myria alla toiauta periaptousai; ha dē prosēkei metapherein epi theoprepeis ennoias, ouden thnēton oudʼ anthrōpinon en tǭ theǭ einai phantazomenous; »pneuma« gar »ho theos, kai tous proskynountas auton en pneumati kai alētheią dei proskynein «, autos edidaxen ho sōtēr.

If, then, someone should appear to contradict this, and should define the Word of God as like the word in human beings, how would he not be convicted of not understanding or reckoning that one must attribute nothing mortal or human to the God beyond all things, nothing at all of what rises into our minds? Even if the divine Scriptures, educating their readers like infants, speak of him in a rather human way, attributing to him hands and feet and eyes and voices and words and mouth and face and countless other such things, we must transfer these to conceptions worthy of God, imagining nothing mortal or human to be in God. For “God is spirit, and those who worship him must worship in spirit and truth,” as the Saviour himself taught.

1.1.19Klostermann

εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα, δῆλον ὅτι θεῖον, κρεῖττον παντὸς αἰσθητοῦ καὶ συνθέτου σώματος, ὡς μήτε λόγον αἰσθητὸν ἔχειν, ὑπὸ γλώττης ἐξηχούμενον καὶ διὰ προφορᾶς θνητοῖς ὠσὶν ἐξακουόμενον, μήτε γλῶτταν μήτε φωνὴν μήτε πρόσωπον μήτε ‹τι› ἄλλο θνητῷ καὶ ἀνθρωπίνῳ λογισμῷ παραβαλλόμενον.

ei de pneuma, dēlon hoti theion, kreitton pantos aisthētou kai synthetou sōmatos, hōs mēte logon aisthēton echein, hypo glōttēs exēchoumenon kai dia prophoras thnētois ōsin exakouomenon, mēte glōttan mēte phōnēn mēte prosōpon mēte ‹ti› allo thnētǭ kai anthrōpinǭ logismǭ paraballomenon.

And if he is spirit, he is clearly divine spirit, superior to every perceptible and composite body, so that he has no perceptible word, sounded out by a tongue and heard by mortal ears through utterance, nor tongue nor voice nor face nor anything else comparable to mortal and human reasoning.

1.1.20Klostermann

εἰ γάρ τι ἄλλο »ὃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν οὐδὲ οὖς ἤκουσεν, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη« τοιαῦτʼ εἶναι »ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτὸν« ὁ θεῖος ἐδίδαξεν ἀπόστολος, τούτων ἀπάντων αὐτὸς ὁ τούτων δοτὴρ ἀρρήτων ἂν εἴη ἀρρητότερος, ὡς πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἀληθέστερον φάναι ἂν ἐν τῇ περὶ αὐτοῦ θεολογίᾳ ὀφθαλμὸν μὴ ἑωρακέναι μηδὲ οὖς ἀκηκοέναι μηδὲ » ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπων « ἀναβεβηκέναι τῆς περὶ αὐτοῦ καταλήψεως τὴν γνῶσιν.

ei gar ti allo »ho ophthalmos ouk eiden oude ous ēkousen, oude epi kardian anthrōpou ouk anebē« toiautʼ einai »ha hētoimasen ho theos tois agapōsin auton« ho theios edidaxen apostolos, toutōn apantōn autos ho toutōn dotēr arrētōn an eiē arrētoteros, hōs pollǭ mallon alēthesteron phanai an en tę̄ peri autou theologią ophthalmon mē heōrakenai mēde ous akēkoenai mēde » epi kardian anthrōpōn « anabebēkenai tēs peri autou katalēpseōs tēn gnōsin.

For if the divine apostle taught that the things “God has prepared for those who love him” are such that “eye has not seen, nor ear heard, nor has it entered the heart of man,” then the giver of all these unspeakable things would himself be more unspeakable than all of them; so that it would be much truer to say, in theology about him, that eye has not seen nor ear heard nor has the knowledge that grasps him “entered the heart of men.”

1.1.21Klostermann

ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη λόγος καὶ περὶ τῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ γενεσιουργίας. τούτων δʼ αὐτὸς ὁ σωτὴρ ἀξιόχρεως γένοιτʼ ἂν ἡμῖν ἱεροφάντης, ὧδέ πη φάσκων » πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν υἱὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ, οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός «.

ho dʼ autos an eiē logos kai peri tēs tou huiou genesiourgias. toutōn dʼ autos ho sōtēr axiochreōs genoitʼ an hēmin hierophantēs, hōde pē phaskōn » panta moi paredothē hypo tou patros mou, kai oudeis epiginōskei ton huion ei mē ho patēr, oude ton patera tis epiginōskei ei mē ho huios «.

The same argument would hold also concerning the Son's generation. Of these things the Saviour himself would be a worthy revealer of mysteries for us, saying something like this: “All things have been handed over to me by my Father, and no one knows the Son except the Father, nor does anyone know the Father except the Son.”

1.1.22Klostermann

εἰ δὴ οὖν τούτοις μὲν ἀντιφθέγγοιτό τις καὶ μὴ τὸν υἱόν, ᾧ πάντα παρέδωκεν ὁ πατήρ. ὑφεστάναι λέγειν τολμῴη, λόγον δὲ αὐτὸν ὁρίζοιτο μόνον ὅμοιον τῷ ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ποτὲ μὲν ἐν τῷ θεῷ ἡσυχάζοντα ὁμοίως τῷ παρʼ ἡμῖν σιωπῶντι. ποτὲ δὲ ἐνεργοῦντα τῷ παρʼ ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ λαλεῖν φθεγγομένῳ παραπλησίως, εἶτα τοῦτον αὐτὸν καιρῷ τινι οὐδʼ ὅλων ἐτῶν ἔμπροσθεν τετρακοσίων σάρκα φήσαι (οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως) ἀνειληφέναι καὶ διʼ αὐτῆς τὴν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον οἰκονομίαν τετελεκέναι, καὶ τότε υἱὸν θεοῦ γεγονέναι καὶ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν χρηματίσαι βασιλέα τε ἀνηγορεῦσθαι εἰκόνα τε »θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου«, καὶ πρωτότοκον »πάσης κτίσεως« μὴ ὄντα πρότερόν ποτε ἀποδεδεῖχθαι· εἶτʼ ἐπὶ τῇ τοσαύτῃ ἀτοπίᾳ μηδʼ ἐξ οὑπερ ὑπέθετο χρόνου τὴν εἰς ἄπειρον καὶ ἀτελεύτητον ζωήν τε καὶ βασιλείαν τῷ Χριστῷ διδούς, τέλος δὲ αὐτῷ μηδʼ αἴσιον ἐπάγοι μηδʼ οἷον τοῖς διʼ αὐτοῦ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν καταξιωθησομένοις ὧν αὐτὸς ὁ σωτὴρ ἐπήγγελται, ζωὴν αἰώνιον καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ἀθανασίαν τε καὶ βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτὸν ὑποσχόμενος·

ei dē oun toutois men antiphthengoito tis kai mē ton huion, hǭ panta paredōken ho patēr. hyphestanai legein tolmǭē, logon de auton horizoito monon homoion tǭ en anthrōpois, pote men en tǭ theǭ hēsychazonta homoiōs tǭ parʼ hēmin siōpōnti. pote de energounta tǭ parʼ hēmin en tǭ lalein phthengomenǭ paraplēsiōs, eita touton auton kairǭ tini oudʼ holōn etōn emprosthen tetrakosiōn sarka phēsai (ouk oidʼ hopōs) aneilēphenai kai diʼ autēs tēn kata anthrōpon oikonomian tetelekenai, kai tote huion theou gegonenai kai Iēsoun Christon chrēmatisai basilea te anēgoreusthai eikona te »theou tou aoratou«, kai prōtotokon »pasēs ktiseōs« mē onta proteron pote apodedeichthai; eitʼ epi tę̄ tosautę̄ atopią mēdʼ ex houper hypetheto chronou tēn eis apeiron kai ateleutēton zōēn te kai basileian tǭ Christǭ didous, telos de autǭ mēdʼ aision epagoi mēdʼ hoion tois diʼ autou tōn epangeliōn kataxiōthēsomenois hōn autos ho sōtēr epēngeltai, zōēn aiōnion kai aphtharsian athanasian te kai basileian ouranōn tois agapōsin auton hyposchomenos;

If, then, someone should speak against this, and should not dare to say that the Son, to whom the Father has handed over all things, subsists, but should define him only as a Word like that in human beings, at one time resting in God, like our word when we are silent, at another active, like our word uttered when we speak; and should then say that this Word, at a certain time not even four hundred whole years ago, took on flesh (I do not know how) and through it completed the human dispensation, and that then he became Son of God and was called Jesus Christ and was proclaimed king, and was shown to be the image “of the invisible God” and the firstborn “of all creation,” not having been so before; and then, on top of such great absurdity, should not even grant to Christ, from the time he supposed, endless and unending life and kingdom, but should bring on him an end, not a happy one, nor such as he brings to those who through him will be counted worthy of the promises which the Saviour himself has promised, when he pledged eternal life and incorruption, immortality and the kingdom of heaven to those who love him;

1.1.23Klostermann

τηνικαῦτα δὲ κατὰ τὴν προσδοκωμένην τούτων ἐλπίδα τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἅπασιν τὰ τῆς βασιλείας εἰς ἀτελεύτητον διαρκέσειν αἰῶνα φάσκοι, μόνῳ δὲ αὐτῷ τῷ Χριστῷ τούτων ἁπάντων ἀθρόαν γενήσεσθαι στέρησιν, παυθησομένης μὲν αὐτοῦ τῆς βασιλείας, τῆς δὲ σαρκὸς ἧς ἀνείληφεν καταλειφθησομένης ἐρήμου, ‹αὐ›τοῦ δὲ τοῦ προόντος ἐν θεῷ λόγου ἀφοριζομένου μὲν τοῦ σώματος (κἂν ἀθάνατον τοῦτο καὶ ἄφθαρτον ᾖ) τῷ δὲ θεῶ συναφθησομένου, ὡς ἕν καὶ ταὐτὸν πάλιν τῷ θεῷ γενήσεσθαι καθὰ καὶ πρότερον ἦν· τίς ἂν λείποιτο τούτῳ δυσσεβείας ὑπερβολή;

tēnikauta de kata tēn prosdokōmenēn toutōn elpida tois men allois hapasin ta tēs basileias eis ateleutēton diarkesein aiōna phaskoi, monǭ de autǭ tǭ Christǭ toutōn hapantōn athroan genēsesthai sterēsin, pauthēsomenēs men autou tēs basileias, tēs de sarkos hēs aneilēphen kataleiphthēsomenēs erēmou, ‹au›tou de tou proontos en theǭ logou aphorizomenou men tou sōmatos (kan athanaton touto kai aphtharton ę̄) tǭ de theō synaphthēsomenou, hōs hen kai tauton palin tǭ theǭ genēsesthai katha kai proteron ēn; tis an leipoito toutǭ dyssebeias hyperbolē?

and if then, in the expected fulfilment of this hope, he should say that for all others the things of the kingdom will last for an unending age, but that for Christ alone there will be a sudden deprivation of all of them, his kingdom ceasing and the flesh which he assumed being left deserted, while the Word himself, pre-existing in God, is separated from the body (even though it is immortal and incorruptible) and joined to God, so as to become once again one and the same with God, as he was before: what excess of impiety would remain beyond this?

1.1.24Klostermann

διὸ δὴ τούτοις ἀναγκαία ἡ τῆς ἀποστολικῆς διαστολῆς μαρτυρία φήσασα »κἂν ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ εὐαγγελίζηται παρʼ ὃ παρελάβετε, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω«. θαυμάζειν δέ μοι ἔπεισιν ἐπιθεωροῦντι τὴν ἀποστολικὴν διάνοιαν. ὥσπερ γὰρ θεσπίζων τὸ μέλλον αὐτοῖς Γαλάταις τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐξηκρίβου θεολογίαν, αὐτόθεν ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπιστολῆς καινότερον ἢ κατὰ τὸ σύνηθες γράφων ὧδε »Παῦλος ἀπόστολος, οὐκ ἀπʼ ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲ διʼ ἀνθρώπου ἀλλὰ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοὺ«.

dio dē toutois anankaia hē tēs apostolikēs diastolēs martyria phēsasa »kan angelos ex ouranou euangelizētai parʼ ho parelabete, anathema estō«. thaumazein de moi epeisin epitheōrounti tēn apostolikēn dianoian. hōsper gar thespizōn to mellon autois Galatais tēn tou sōtēros exēkribou theologian, autothen en archę̄ tēs pros autous epistolēs kainoteron ē kata to synēthes graphōn hōde »Paulos apostolos, ouk apʼ anthrōpōn oude diʼ anthrōpou alla dia Iēsou Christou«.

That is why the testimony of the apostolic warning is necessary for such people, which says: “Even if an angel from heaven should preach contrary to what you received, let him be anathema.” And I am moved to wonder as I consider the apostle's mind. For as if foretelling the future, he gave the Galatians themselves an exact account of the theology of the Saviour, writing right at the beginning of his letter to them, in a newer way than usual: “Paul, an apostle, not from men nor through a man, but through Jesus Christ.”

1.1.25Klostermann

οὐκ ἂν γοῦν οὕτω γράψαντα εὕροι τις αὐτὸν ἑτέροις· τῷ μηδένας εἶναι, ὡς εἰκός, περὶ τὴν πίστιν ὁμοίως, οἷς ἔγραφεν, ἑτέρους. ὡς γὰρ ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑπολαμβάνουσιν τὸν Χριστὸν προσῆγεν τὴν διόρθωσιν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἐπιστολῆς διδάσκων· καὶ προϊὼν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἔλεγεν ὅτι »τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν εἰς ὑμᾶς, οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον, οὐδὲ ἐγὼ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου παρἑλαβον αὐτὸ οὐδὲ ἐδιδάχθην, ἀλλὰ διʼ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ«. διʼ ὧν αὖθις ὅτι μὴ ἄνθρωπος ἦν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς παρίστη.

ouk an goun houtō grapsanta heuroi tis auton heterois; tǭ mēdenas einai, hōs eikos, peri tēn pistin homoiōs, hois egraphen, heterous. hōs gar psilon anthrōpon hypolambanousin ton Christon prosēgen tēn diorthōsin, ouk anthrōpon auton kata tēn archēn tēs epistolēs didaskōn; kai proïōn tois autois elegen hoti »to euangelion mou, to euangelisthen eis hymas, ouk estin kata anthrōpon, oude egō para anthrōpou parelabon auto oude edidachthēn, alla diʼ apokalypseōs Iēsou Christou«. diʼ hōn authis hoti mē anthrōpos ēn Iēsous Christos paristē.

One would not find him writing this way to others, since presumably no others were of the same mind about the faith as those to whom he was writing. For he was offering correction to men who supposed Christ to be a mere man, teaching at the beginning of the letter that he is not a man; and going on he said to the same people: “The gospel which was preached to you is not according to man, nor did I receive it from a man, nor was I taught it, but through a revelation of Jesus Christ.” By this he again showed that Jesus Christ was not a man.

1.1.26Klostermann

τί δὲ ἦν, εἰ μὴ ἄνθρωπος, προϊὼν αὖθις διεσάφει λέγων »ὅτε δὲ εὐδόκησεν ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἀφορίσας με ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί«. ὁρᾷς πῶς υἱὸν θεοῦ σαφῶς ἀνηγόρευε τὸν σωτῆρα. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο θεόν.

ti de ēn, ei mē anthrōpos, proïōn authis diesaphei legōn »hote de eudokēsen ho theos ho aphorisas me ek koilias mētros mou apokalypsai ton huion autou en emoi«. horąs pōs huion theou saphōs anēgoreue ton sōtēra. kai dia touto theon.

And what he was, if not a man, he made clear as he went on, saying: “But when God, who set me apart from my mother's womb, was pleased to reveal his Son in me.” You see how plainly he proclaimed the Saviour Son of God, and for that reason God.

1.1.27Klostermann

καὶ ὅτι γε πρὸ τῆς ἐνσάρκου παρουσίας υἱὸν αὐτὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ὄντα ἠπίστατο, τρανότατα παρίστησιν ἐπιλέγων ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ πρὸς Γαλάτας ἐπιστολῇ »ὅτε δὲ ἦλθεν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου, ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, γενόμενον ἐκ γυναικός«. οὐκοῦν οὐ νῦν, ἀλλὰ πρὶν ἢ γενέσθαι ἐκ γυναικός, υἱὸν ὄντα καὶ προόντα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ πατήρ· ὡς ἂν ὁ πάλαι υἱὸς θεοῦ καὶ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου γένοιτο, γενόμενος »ἐκ γυναικός«.

kai hoti ge pro tēs ensarkou parousias huion auton tou theou onta ēpistato, tranotata paristēsin epilegōn en tę̄ autę̄ pros Galatas epistolę̄ »hote de ēlthen to plērōma tou chronou, exapesteilen ho theos ton huion autou, genomenon ek gynaikos«. oukoun ou nyn, alla prin ē genesthai ek gynaikos, huion onta kai proonta apesteilen ho patēr; hōs an ho palai huios theou kai huios anthrōpou genoito, genomenos »ek gynaikos«.

And that he knew him to be Son of God before his coming in the flesh, he shows most clearly when he adds in the same letter to the Galatians: “But when the fullness of time came, God sent forth his Son, born of a woman.” Therefore it was not now, but before he was born of a woman, that the Father sent him, being Son and pre-existing; so that he who was of old Son of God might become also Son of Man, being born “of a woman.”

1.1.28Klostermann

ἀλλὰ καὶ μεσίτην αὐτὸν τοῦ Μωσέως νόμου γενέσθαι διδάσκει, διορίζων τὸν τῆς μεσιτείας λόγον διʼ ὧν φησιν »τί οὖν; ὁ νόμος τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν ἐτέθη. ἄχρι ἂν ἔλθῃ τὸ σπέρμα ᾧ ἐπήγγελται, διαταγεὶς δʼ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου. ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν«. ἀκούεις ὅπως ἐν τούτοις ὁ ἀπόστολος Γαλάτας αὐτοὺς ἐδίδαξεν ἐξ ἐκείνου ἕνα ‹τὸν› θεὸν εἰδέναι, καὶ ἕνα τὸν μεσίτην θεοῦ καὶ ἀγγέλων.

alla kai mesitēn auton tou Mōseōs nomou genesthai didaskei, diorizōn ton tēs mesiteias logon diʼ hōn phēsin »ti oun? ho nomos tōn parabaseōn charin etethē. achri an elthę̄ to sperma hǭ epēngeltai, diatageis dʼ angelōn en cheiri mesitou. ho de mesitēs henos ouk estin, ho de theos heis estin«. akoueis hopōs en toutois ho apostolos Galatas autous edidaxen ex ekeinou hena ‹ton› theon eidenai, kai hena ton mesitēn theou kai angelōn.

He also teaches that he became the mediator of the law of Moses, defining the meaning of the mediation in these words: “Why then the law? It was added because of transgressions, until the offspring should come to whom the promise had been made, and it was ordained through angels by the hand of a mediator. Now a mediator is not of one, but God is one.” You hear how in these words the apostle taught the Galatians themselves, from that time on, to know the one God, and the one mediator of God and the angels.

1.1.29Klostermann

ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις ἐδήλου λέγων »εἷς γὰρ ὁ θεός· εἷς καὶ μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἄνθρωπος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός«. ἀλλʼ ὅτε μὲν »θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων« μεσίτην αὐτὸν ὠνόμαζεν, εἰκότως ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν διὰ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν ἐκάλει· ὅτε δὲ οὐ μεσίτην θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ καὶ ἀγγέλων τὸν αὐτὸν εἰσῆγεν, οὐκέτʼ ἄνθρωπον ὠνόμαζεν, μόνον δὲ μεσίτην φησίν, τὸν νόμον διατετάχθαι εἰπὼν »διʼ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου«,

ho dē kai en heterois edēlou legōn »heis gar ho theos; heis kai mesitēs theou kai anthrōpōn, anthrōpos Iēsous Christos«. allʼ hote men »theou kai anthrōpōn« mesitēn auton ōnomazen, eikotōs anthrōpon auton dia tēn enanthrōpēsin ekalei; hote de ou mesitēn theou kai anthrōpōn, alla theou kai angelōn ton auton eisēgen, ouketʼ anthrōpon ōnomazen, monon de mesitēn phēsin, ton nomon diatetachthai eipōn »diʼ angelōn en cheiri mesitou«,

He showed this in another place too, saying: “For God is one; there is also one mediator of God and men, the man Jesus Christ.” But when he named him mediator “of God and men,” he rightly called him a man because of his becoming man; when, however, he presented the same one as mediator not of God and men but of God and angels, he no longer named him a man, but calls him only mediator, saying that the law was ordained “through angels by the hand of a mediator,”

1.1.30Klostermann

διαιρέσει τε ἀναγκαίως τὸ τοῦ μεσίτου ὄνομα διασαφῶν ἐν τῷ λέγειν »ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν«. οὔτε ἄρα ὁ θεὸς εἴη ἂν ὁ μεσίτης (τίνος γὰρ καὶ γένοιτʼ ἂν μεσίτης;) οὕτε ὁ μεσίτης αὐτὸς [αὐτὸς] ἂν εἴη ὁ θεός· «ὁ» γὰρ «μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν«.

diairesei te anankaiōs to tou mesitou onoma diasaphōn en tǭ legein »ho de mesitēs henos ouk estin, ho de theos heis estin«. oute ara ho theos eiē an ho mesitēs (tinos gar kai genoitʼ an mesitēs?) houte ho mesitēs autos [autos] an eiē ho theos; «ho» gar «mesitēs henos ouk estin«.

and of necessity making the name “mediator” clear by a distinction, in saying: “Now a mediator is not of one, but God is one.” So God would not be the mediator (for of whom would he be mediator?), nor would the mediator himself be God; for “a mediator is not of one.”

1.1.31Klostermann

δυεῖν δʼ ἄρα μέσος ἕστηκεν. τίνων τούτων, διασαφεῖ ἀγγέλους ὀνομάζων καὶ τὸν θεόν· ὧν μέσον ὄντα τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ [ἐκ] τὸν νόμον χειρὶ μὲν ἰδίᾳ εἰληφέναι φησὶν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός, »διʼ ἀγγέλων« δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ διατεταχέναι λαῷ. ἦν ἄρα ἐξ ἐκείνου ὁ υἱὸς μεσίτης θεοῦ τε καὶ ἀγγέλων, πρὶν ἢ γενέσθαι »μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων«.

dyein dʼ ara mesos hestēken. tinōn toutōn, diasaphei angelous onomazōn kai ton theon; hōn meson onta ton huion tou theou [ek] ton nomon cheiri men idią eilēphenai phēsin para tou patros, »diʼ angelōn« de tǭ prōtǭ diatetachenai laǭ. ēn ara ex ekeinou ho huios mesitēs theou te kai angelōn, prin ē genesthai »mesitēs theou kai anthrōpōn«.

He stands, then, between two. Who these are, he makes clear by naming angels and God. Between them, he says, the Son of God received the law in his own hand from the Father and ordained it “through angels” for the first people. So the Son was from that time mediator of God and angels, before he became “mediator of God and men.”

1.1.32Klostermann

καὶ ἦν οὐχ ὡς ψιλὸς θεοῦ λόγος, ἀνυπόστατος, ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν ὑπάρχων τῷ θεῷ (οὐ γὰρ ἂν εἴη οὕτω γε μεσίτης)· ἀλλʼ ἦν καὶ προῆν ὡς »μονογενὴς υἱὸς πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας«. καὶ ἦν μεσιτεύων τῷ πατρὶ παρέχοντι τὸν νόμον »διʼ ἀγγέλων« ἀνθρώποις. ὃ δὴ διδάσκων ἐξ ἐκείνου τοὺς ἀγνῶτας καὶ ἀμαθεῖς τῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ θεοῦ θεολογίας ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐπεσφραγίζετο λέγων »ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν«. οὐ γὰρ ἔχει φύσιν ἐφʼ ἑνὸς τὸν μεσίτην ὁρίζεσθαι.

kai ēn ouch hōs psilos theou logos, anypostatos, hen kai tauton hyparchōn tǭ theǭ (ou gar an eiē houtō ge mesitēs); allʼ ēn kai proēn hōs »monogenēs huios plērēs charitos kai alētheias«. kai ēn mesiteuōn tǭ patri parechonti ton nomon »diʼ angelōn« anthrōpois. ho dē didaskōn ex ekeinou tous agnōtas kai amatheis tēs tou huiou theou theologias ho apostolos epesphragizeto legōn »ho de mesitēs henos ouk estin«. ou gar echei physin ephʼ henos ton mesitēn horizesthai.

And he existed not as a mere word of God, without hypostasis, being one and the same with God (for in that case he would not be a mediator), but he was and pre-existed as “the only-begotten Son, full of grace and truth.” And he was acting as mediator for the Father, who was giving the law to men “through angels.” Teaching this from that time to those who were ignorant and untaught in the theology of the Son of God, the apostle set his seal on it by saying: “Now a mediator is not of one.” For it is not in the nature of a mediator to be defined in terms of one.

1.1.33Klostermann

διὸ οὗτος μὲν οὐκ ἔστιν ἑνός, δυεῖν δὲ μέσος ἐξ ἀνάγκης, οὐδέτερος ὢν ἐκείνων ὧν μέσος τυγχάνει· ὥστε μήτε αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸν ἡγεῖσθαι μήτε τῶν ἀγγέλων ἕνα, τούτων δὲ μέσον καὶ μεσίτην, ὅτε τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ἀγγέλοις μεσιτεύει· ὡς οὐ πάλιν, ὅτε »μεσίτης« γίνεται »θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων«, μέσος ὢν ἑκατέρου τάγματος οὐδέτερόν ἐστιν, 〈ὧν〉 μεσίτης ὑπάρχει· οὔτʼ αὐτὸς ὢν ὁ εἷς καὶ μόνος θεὸς οὔθʼ ὁμοίως τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀνθρώποις ἄνθρωπος.

dio houtos men ouk estin henos, dyein de mesos ex anankēs, oudeteros ōn ekeinōn hōn mesos tynchanei; hōste mēte auton einai ton epi pantōn theon hēgeisthai mēte tōn angelōn hena, toutōn de meson kai mesitēn, hote tǭ patri kai angelois mesiteuei; hōs ou palin, hote »mesitēs« ginetai »theou kai anthrōpōn«, mesos ōn hekaterou tagmatos oudeteron estin, 〈hōn〉 mesitēs hyparchei; outʼ autos ōn ho heis kai monos theos outhʼ homoiōs tois loipois anthrōpois anthrōpos.

Therefore he is not of one, but of necessity between two, being neither of those between whom he happens to be; so that one must not think him to be the God over all, nor one of the angels, but between them and their mediator, when he mediates for the Father and the angels; just as again, when he becomes “mediator of God and men,” being between each order he is neither of those whose mediator he is: neither is he himself the one and only God, nor a man in the same way as other men.

1.1.34Klostermann

τί δέ, εἰ μηδὲν τούτων, ἢ θεοῦ μονογενὴς υἱός, νῦν μὲν ἀνθρώπων καὶ θεοῦ μεσίτης γεγονώς, πρόπαλαι δὲ ἐπὶ Μωσέως θεοῦ καὶ ἀγγέλων μεσίτης ὑπάρχων; ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῖς γράφων, ὧδέ πη παραδιδοὺς λέγει ὁ μέγας ἀπόστολος »ὁ νόμος διαταγεὶς διʼ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου.

ti de, ei mēden toutōn, ē theou monogenēs huios, nyn men anthrōpōn kai theou mesitēs gegonōs, propalai de epi Mōseōs theou kai angelōn mesitēs hyparchōn? tauta de autois graphōn, hōde pē paradidous legei ho megas apostolos »ho nomos diatageis diʼ angelōn en cheiri mesitou.

What, then, if he is none of these, except the only-begotten Son of God, who has now become mediator of men and God, but long ago, in the time of Moses, was mediator of God and angels? Writing this to them, the great apostle hands it on in these words: “The law, ordained through angels by the hand of a mediator.

1.1.35Klostermann

ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν«. »εἷς« οὖν ἔστιν ὁ »θεός«, καὶ »εἷς μεσίτης θεοῦ« τε καὶ τῶν γενητῶν πάντων, οὐ νῦν ἀρξάμενος τῆς σωτηρίου μεσιτείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸ τῆς εἰς ἀνθρώπους αὐτοῦ θεοφανείας, ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ λόγος ἀπέδειξεν.

ho de mesitēs henos ouk estin, ho de theos heis estin«. »heis« oun estin ho »theos«, kai »heis mesitēs theou« te kai tōn genētōn pantōn, ou nyn arxamenos tēs sōtēriou mesiteias, alla kai pro tēs eis anthrōpous autou theophaneias, hōsper oun ho logos apedeixen.

Now a mediator is not of one, but God is one.” “God,” then, is “one,” and there is “one mediator of God” and of all things that have come into being, who did not begin his saving mediation now, but was mediator even before his divine appearing among men, as the argument has shown.

1.1.36Klostermann

τούτων δʼ ἐν βραχεῖ Γαλάταις αὐτοῖς ἐκ μόνης τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπιστολῆς παρατεθέντων, τῆς τε σωτηρίου πίστεως τὴν μυστικὴν [καὶ] ἀναγέννησιν »εἰς ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος« παρεχούσης, καὶ πρὸς τοῖς θείοις ἐγγράφοις τῆς ἀπὸ περάτων γῆς ἕως περάτων καθολικῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκλησίας τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν θείων γραφῶν μαρτυρίας ἐξ ἀγράφου παραδόσεως ἐπισφραγιζομένης, ὥρα λοιπὸν καὶ τὰς Μαρκέλλου διασκέψασθαι λέξεις τῶν τε ἐπηγγελμένων ἡμῖν τὰς ἀποδείξεις ὑποσχεῖν, ὡς ἂν μή τις τὸν ἄνδρα συκοφαντεῖσθαι πρὸς ἡμῶν νομίσειεν.

toutōn dʼ en brachei Galatais autois ek monēs tēs pros autous epistolēs paratethentōn, tēs te sōtēriou pisteōs tēn mystikēn [kai] anagennēsin »eis onoma tou patros kai tou huiou kai tou hagiou pneumatos« parechousēs, kai pros tois theiois engraphois tēs apo peratōn gēs heōs peratōn katholikēs tou theou ekklēsias tas apo tōn theiōn graphōn martyrias ex agraphou paradoseōs episphragizomenēs, hōra loipon kai tas Markellou diaskepsasthai lexeis tōn te epēngelmenōn hēmin tas apodeixeis hyposchein, hōs an mē tis ton andra sykophanteisthai pros hēmōn nomiseien.

These things have been briefly set before the Galatians themselves from their own letter alone. The saving faith grants the mystical rebirth “into the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit”; and, besides the divine writings, the catholic church of God from the ends of the earth to the ends sets its seal on the testimonies from the divine Scriptures out of unwritten tradition. It is time now to examine the words of Marcellus and to give the proofs of what we promised, so that no one may think that the man is being slandered by us.

1.1.37Klostermann

σκοποῦ δέ μοι προκειμένου διὰ βραχέων ἐκφῆναι τὰ εἰρημένα, οὐ πάσας ἀναλέξομαι τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τὰς φωνὰς, μόναις δὲ ταῖς συνεκτικαῖς χρήσομαι, τὰς πλείους ὡσανεὶ περιττὰς καὶ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν χωρούσας ὑπερθησόμενος. πρὸ δὲ τῆς τῶν εἰρημένων ἀποδείξεως οἶμαι δεῖν ἐν πρώτοις παραστῆσαι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν, ὅτι μηδὲ τὰς προχείρους λέξεις τῶν θείων ἐξηκρίβου ἀναγνωσμάτων, ὡς ἂν γνωσθῇ τοῖς ἔτʼ αὐτὸν ἀγνοοῦσιν ὁποῖός τις ὢν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν εἰρημένων προήχθη τόλμαν.

skopou de moi prokeimenou dia bracheōn ekphēnai ta eirēmena, ou pasas analexomai tou andros tas phōnas, monais de tais synektikais chrēsomai, tas pleious hōsanei perittas kai dia tōn autōn chōrousas hyperthēsomenos. pro de tēs tōn eirēmenōn apodeixeōs oimai dein en prōtois parastēsai tois entynchanousin, hoti mēde tas procheirous lexeis tōn theiōn exēkribou anagnōsmatōn, hōs an gnōsthę̄ tois etʼ auton agnoousin hopoios tis ōn epi tēn tōn eirēmenōn proēchthē tolman.

Since my aim is to set out what he said briefly, I shall not collect all the man's words, but use only the essential ones, passing over most of them as superfluous and running through the same points. But before demonstrating what he said, I think I must first show readers that he did not even get the obvious words of the divine readings right, so that those who still do not know him may learn what sort of man he was who was led on to the boldness of what he said.

Against 1, chapter 2

1.2.1Klostermann

Αὐτίκα δʼ οὖν τοῦ προφήτου Ζαχαρίου κατὰ τοὺς τῆς ἐπανόδου χρόνους τῆς ἀπὸ Βαβυλῶνος γενομένου Ἰησοῦ τε μνημονεύσαντος τοῦ ἱερέως τοῦ μεγάλου, δηλαδὴ τοῦ υἱοῦ Ἰωσεδὲκ, ὃς ἅμα Ζοροβάβελ τῶν ἀπὸ Βαβυλῶνος ἐπανελθόντων ἡγήσατο, ὁ γενναῖος οὗτος καὶ θαυμαστὸς συγγραφεὺς ταῦτʼ ἀγνοήσας τίθησιν μὲν τοῦ Ζαχαρίου τὴν λέξιν διʼ ἧς μέμνηται τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, μακρὰν δὲ τῆς ἱστορίας ἀκοντισθεὶς λέγειν αὐτὸν ὑπείληφεν περὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Μωσέως διαδόχου.

Autika dʼ oun tou prophētou Zachariou kata tous tēs epanodou chronous tēs apo Babylōnos genomenou Iēsou te mnēmoneusantos tou hiereōs tou megalou, dēladē tou huiou Iōsedek, hos hama Zorobabel tōn apo Babylōnos epanelthontōn hēgēsato, ho gennaios houtos kai thaumastos syngrapheus tautʼ agnoēsas tithēsin men tou Zachariou tēn lexin diʼ hēs memnētai tou Iēsou, makran de tēs historias akontistheis legein auton hypeilēphen peri Iēsou tou Mōseōs diadochou.

To begin with, then: the prophet Zechariah, who lived in the time of the return from Babylon, mentioned Jesus the great priest, that is, the son of Jozadak, who together with Zerubbabel led those who returned from Babylon. This noble and admirable writer, not knowing this, sets down the passage of Zechariah in which he mentions Jesus, but, thrown far off from the history, he supposed that the prophet was speaking of Jesus the successor of Moses.

1.2.2Klostermann

καὶ πάλιν τοῦ ἀποστόλου γράψαντος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Γαλάτας ἐπιστολῇ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον »ἡ δὲ ἄνω Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐλευθέρα ἐστίν, ἥτις ἐστὶν μήτηρ ἡμῶν«, ἢ λάθετʼ ἢ οὐκ ἐνοήσεν ἢ καὶ ἑκὼν διαστρέφει τὸν λόγον. γράφων »ἡ δὲ ἡμετέρα Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἄνω ἐστίν· αὕτη γὰρ δουλεύει μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς«.

kai palin tou apostolou grapsantos en tę̄ pros Galatas epistolę̄ touton ton tropon »hē de anō Hierousalēm eleuthera estin, hētis estin mētēr hēmōn«, ē lathetʼ ē ouk enoēsen ē kai hekōn diastrephei ton logon. graphōn »hē de hēmetera Hierousalēm anō estin; hautē gar douleuei meta tōn teknōn autēs«.

And again, when the apostle wrote in the Letter to the Galatians in this way, “But the Jerusalem above is free, which is our mother,” he either forgot, or did not understand, or even deliberately distorted the saying, writing: “But our Jerusalem is above; for she is in slavery with her children.”

1.2.3Klostermann

καὶ αὖθις τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν τῷ Πέτρῳ εἰρηκότος »ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, σατανᾶ, σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοί, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων«, οὐ συνεὶς ὅπως ὁ λόγος εἴρητο πρὸς τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν, πρὸς τὸν διάβολον ταῦτα λελέχθαι φησίν. ὁμοῦ δὲ τοσαῦτα σφάλματα ὑπὸ μίαν τίθησιν περικοπὴν αὐτολεξεὶ τοῦτον γράφων τὸν τρόπον ὅτι οὐδὲν ὄνομα μεῖζον Ἰησοῦ τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὀνομασθέντων γέγονεν, μαρτυρεῖ μὲν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἔνθα »ὁ ἄγγελος« τῇ Μαριὰμ »μὴ φοβοῦ« ἔφη »εὗρες γὰρ χάριν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ἰδοὺ συλλήψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν.

kai authis tou sōtēros hēmōn tǭ Petrǭ eirēkotos »hypage opisō mou, satana, skandalon ei emoi, hoti ou phroneis ta tou theou alla ta tōn anthrōpōn«, ou syneis hopōs ho logos eirēto pros ton apostolon kai dia poian aitian, pros ton diabolon tauta lelechthai phēsin. homou de tosauta sphalmata hypo mian tithēsin perikopēn autolexei touton graphōn ton tropon hoti ouden onoma meizon Iēsou tōn epi tēs gēs onomasthentōn gegonen, martyrei men to euangelion, entha »ho angelos« tę̄ Mariam »mē phobou« ephē »heures gar charin para tou theou. kai idou syllēpsę̄ en gastri kai texę̄ huion, kai kaleseis to onoma autou Iēsoun.

And again, when our Saviour said to Peter, “Get behind me, Satan; you are a stumbling block to me, because you are not minding the things of God but the things of men,” not understanding how the word was spoken to the apostle and for what reason, he says it was said to the devil. He puts so many errors together in one passage, writing word for word as follows: “That no name among those named on earth has been greater than that of Jesus, the gospel bears witness, where ‘the angel’ said to Mary: ‘Do not be afraid, for you have found favour with God. And behold, you will conceive in your womb and bear a son, and you will call his name Jesus.

1.2.4Klostermann

οὗτος ἔσται μέγας, καὶ υἱὸς ὑψίστου κληθήσεται«· δῆλον δέ ἐστιν καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Ζαχαρίου προφητείας, πάλαι περὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος τούτου προφητευσάσης, »ἔδειξεν« γὰρ »μοι« φησὶν »κύριος Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἱερέα τὸν μέγαν, ἑστῶτα πρὸ προσώπου ἀγγέλου κυρίου. καὶ ὁ διάβολος εἱστήκει ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀντικεῖσθαι αὐτῷ. καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς τὸν διάβολον· ἐπιτιμήσαι κύριος ἐν σοὶ ὁ ἐκλεξάμενος τὴν Ἱερουσαλήμ«.

houtos estai megas, kai huios hypsistou klēthēsetai«; dēlon de estin kai apo tēs tou Zachariou prophēteias, palai peri tou onomatos toutou prophēteusasēs, »edeixen« gar »moi« phēsin »kyrios Iēsoun ton hierea ton megan, hestōta pro prosōpou angelou kyriou. kai ho diabolos heistēkei ek dexiōn autou tou antikeisthai autǭ. kai eipen kyrios pros ton diabolon; epitimēsai kyrios en soi ho eklexamenos tēn Hierousalēm«.

He will be great, and will be called Son of the Most High.’ And it is clear also from the prophecy of Zechariah, which prophesied of old about this name. For he says: ‘The Lord showed me Jesus the great priest, standing before the face of the angel of the Lord. And the devil stood at his right hand to oppose him. And the Lord said to the devil: The Lord rebuke you, who has chosen Jerusalem.’

1.2.5Klostermann

πότε γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐπετίμησεν; ὅτε τὸν ἀγαπηθέντα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἄνθρωπον τῷ ἑαυτοῦ συνῆψεν λόγῳ. »ὁ ἐκλεξάμενος« φησὶν »τὴν Ἱερουσαλήμ«, δηλονότι ταύτην τὴν ἡμετέραν, περὶ ἧς ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγει »ἡ δὲ ἡμετέρα Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἄνω ἐστίν· αὕτη γὰρ δουλεύει μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς«.

pote gar autǭ epetimēsen? hote ton agapēthenta hypʼ autou anthrōpon tǭ heautou synēpsen logǭ. »ho eklexamenos« phēsin »tēn Hierousalēm«, dēlonoti tautēn tēn hēmeteran, peri hēs ho apostolos legei »hē de hēmetera Hierousalēm anō estin; hautē gar douleuei meta tōn teknōn autēs«.

For when did he rebuke him? When he united to his own Word the man beloved by him. ‘Who has chosen Jerusalem,’ he says, clearly this our Jerusalem, about which the apostle says: ‘But our Jerusalem is above; for she is in slavery with her children.’

1.2.6Klostermann

τηνικαῦτα γὰρ ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ αὐτῇ Ἱερουσαλήμ, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ ἐκκλησίᾳ, γενόμενος ἐπετίμησεν τῷ διαβόλῳ κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν εἰπὼν »ἄπελθε ὀπίσω μου, σατανᾶ, ὅτι σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῖ«. οὗτος τοίνυν ἐστὶν ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ μέγας, οὗ τύπον ἔσωζεν ὁ τηνικαῦτα Ἰησοῦς.

tēnikauta gar en tę̄ megalę̄ autę̄ Hierousalēm, toutestin en tę̄ hēmeterą ekklēsią, genomenos epetimēsen tǭ diabolǭ kata tēn prophēteian eipōn »apelthe opisō mou, satana, hoti skandalon ei emoi«. houtos toinyn estin ho hiereus ho megas, hou typon esōzen ho tēnikauta Iēsous.

For it was then, being in that great Jerusalem, that is, in our church, that he rebuked the devil according to the prophecy, saying: ‘Go behind me, Satan, for you are a stumbling block to me.’ This, then, is the great priest, whose type the Jesus of that time preserved.

1.2.7Klostermann

οὐ γὰρ ἦν δυνατὸν ἐκεῖνον μέγαν κληθῆναι ἱερέα, καίτοι ἔνδοξον ἐν πᾶσιν γεγονότα, Μωσέως μὴ ὀνομασθέντος μεγάλου (οὕπω γὰρ μέγας ἦν Μωσῆς, ὅτι καὶ θεράπων ἤκουσεν θεοῦ καὶ θεὸς τοῦ Φαραὼ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ὠνομάσθη)

ou gar ēn dynaton ekeinon megan klēthēnai hierea, kaitoi endoxon en pasin gegonota, Mōseōs mē onomasthentos megalou (houpō gar megas ēn Mōsēs, hoti kai therapōn ēkousen theou kai theos tou Pharaō hypʼ autou tou theou ōnomasthē)

For it was not possible for that man to be called a great priest, though he had become glorious in all things, when Moses was not named great (for Moses was not yet great, although he was called servant of God, and was named by God himself god of Pharaoh).

1.2.8Klostermann

εἰ δέ τις κατὰ τοῦτο μέγαν εἰρῆσθαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν νομίζοι, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἠξιώθη εἰσαγαγεῖν τὸν λαὸν εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν γῆν καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ θαυμαστὰ ἐποίησεν, γνώτω καὶ διὰ τούτου, ὅτι οὐ τῷ τυπικῷ τοσοῦτον διέφερεν πράγματι τὸ λεχθὲν μέγεθος ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἀλλὰ τῷ μικρὸν ὕστερον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λαὸν εἰς τὴν μεγάλην ταύτην Ἱερουσαλὴμ εἰσαγαγεῖν μέλλον〈τι〉. ὁρᾶς ὅσον ἠγνόησεν ἀποπλανηθεὶς τῆς ἱστορίας, καὶ μὴ δυνηθεὶς ἐπιστῆσαι τῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ προφήτου Ζαχαρίου δηλωθέντι Ἰησοῦ.

ei de tis kata touto megan eirēsthai ton Iēsoun nomizoi, hoti autos ēxiōthē eisagagein ton laon eis tēn hagian gēn kai hetera polla thaumasta epoiēsen, gnōtō kai dia toutou, hoti ou tǭ typikǭ tosouton diepheren pragmati to lechthen megethos epi tou Iēsou, alla tǭ mikron hysteron ton heautou laon eis tēn megalēn tautēn Hierousalēm eisagagein mellon〈ti〉. horas hoson ēgnoēsen apoplanētheis tēs historias, kai mē dynētheis epistēsai tǭ hypo tou prophētou Zachariou dēlōthenti Iēsou.

But if anyone thinks that Jesus was called great because he was counted worthy to bring the people into the holy land and did many other wonderful things, let him know also from this that the greatness spoken of Jesus did not so much belong to the typical event, as to the one who was a little later going to bring his own people into this great Jerusalem.” You see how ignorant he was, having wandered from the history and being unable to attend to the Jesus whom the prophet Zechariah made known.

1.2.9Klostermann

ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἦν υἱὸς Ἰωσεδὲκ, φυλῆς Λευιτῶν ἀπὸ γένους Ἀαρὼν τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην ἀναδεδεγμένος, παρʼ ὃ καὶ μέγας ἱερεὺς ἐχρημάτιζεν, ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ προφήτης διδάσκει λέγων καὶ ἔδειξέν μοι κύριος Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἱερέα τὸν μέγαν«.

ho men gar ēn huios Iōsedek, phylēs Leuitōn apo genous Aarōn tēn archierōsynēn anadedegmenos, parʼ ho kai megas hiereus echrēmatizen, hōsper oun ho prophētēs didaskei legōn kai edeixen moi kyrios Iēsoun ton hierea ton megan«.

For that man was the son of Jozadak, of the tribe of the Levites, from the family of Aaron, who had received the high priesthood, and for this reason he was called great priest, as the prophet teaches when he says: “And the Lord showed me Jesus the great priest.”

1.2.10Klostermann

ὁ δὲ Μωσέως διάδοχος [υἱὸς μέν], ὁ εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἄγων τὸν λαὸν καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ καὶ θαυμαστὰ ποιήσας, 〈υἱὸς μὲν⟩ ἐτύγχανεν τοῦ Ναυῆ, φυλῆς δὲ τῆς Ἐφραίμ, οὐδὲν κοινὸν ἐχούσης πρὸς ἱερωσύνην. ὁ τοίνυν τοσοῦτον ἀποσφαλεὶς τῆς προχείρου λέξεως ψιλήν τε τὴν ἱστορίαν ἀγνοήσας πῶς ἂν γένοιτο ἀξιόχρεως πρὸς διδασκαλίαν τῆς ἀνωτάτω θεολογίας; καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Πέτρου δὲ ὡσαύτως ἐπιστῆσαι δέον τὸ ὅπως ἐλέχθη πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸ »ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου«,

ho de Mōseōs diadochos [huios men], ho eis tēn gēn tēs epangelias agōn ton laon kai hetera polla kai thaumasta poiēsas, 〈huios men⟩ etynchanen tou Nauē, phylēs de tēs Ephraim, ouden koinon echousēs pros hierōsynēn. ho toinyn tosouton aposphaleis tēs procheirou lexeōs psilēn te tēn historian agnoēsas pōs an genoito axiochreōs pros didaskalian tēs anōtatō theologias? kai epi tou Petrou de hōsautōs epistēsai deon to hopōs elechthē pros auton to »hypage opisō mou«,

But the successor of Moses, who led the people into the land of promise and did many other wonderful things, was the son of Nun, of the tribe of Ephraim, which had nothing to do with the priesthood. How, then, could a man who so failed to understand the plain wording and was ignorant of the bare history be a worthy teacher of the highest theology? And in the case of Peter he ought likewise to have considered how “Get behind me” was said to him,

1.2.11Klostermann

καὶ τίς ἡ τοῦ σατανᾶ ὀνόματος ἑρμηνεία, διὰ τί δὲ καὶ »σκάνδαλον« αὐτὸν εἶπεν, πῶς δὲ σχεδὸν ὑφʼ ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν καὶ τὸ »μακάριος εἶ Σίμων βὰρ Ἰωνᾶ« πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλέγετο καὶ τὸ »ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, σατανᾶ«,

kai tis hē tou satana onomatos hermēneia, dia ti de kai »skandalon« auton eipen, pōs de schedon hyphʼ hena kai ton auton kairon kai to »makarios ei Simōn bar Iōna« pros auton elegeto kai to »hypage opisō mou, satana«,

and what the meaning of the name Satan is, and why he called him a “stumbling block,” and how at almost one and the same time both “Blessed are you, Simon Bar-Jonah” and “Get behind me, Satan” were said to him,

1.2.12Klostermann

καὶ τίς ἡ διάνοια τοῦ »ὀπίσω πορεύεσθαι« [καὶ] τοῦ σωτῆρος (ἢν παρὰ πόδας αὐτὸς διεσάφησεν συνάψας ἑξῆς τὸ »εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι«· ὃ δὴ καὶ ἔργῳ διεπράξατο μικρὸν ὕστερον αὐτὸς ὁ Πέτρος, μαρτυρίῳ τελειωθείς),

kai tis hē dianoia tou »opisō poreuesthai« [kai] tou sōtēros (ēn para podas autos diesaphēsen synapsas hexēs to »ei tis thelei opisō mou elthein, aparnēsasthō heauton kai aratō ton stauron autou, kai akoloutheitō moi«; ho dē kai ergǭ diepraxato mikron hysteron autos ho Petros, martyriǭ teleiōtheis),

and what the meaning is of “going behind” the Saviour (which he himself explained at once by adding next: “If anyone wants to come after me, let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow me”; and this Peter himself did in deed a little later, being perfected by martyrdom),

1.2.13Klostermann

ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπιζητῆσαι δέον ἐπὶ ποίοις μὲν αὐτὸν ἐμακάρισεν, ἐπὶ ποίοις δὲ αὐτῷ ἐπέπληξεν· ὁ δὲ μηδενὶ τούτων προσεσχηκὼς ταῦτʼ εἰρῆσθαι πρὸς τὸν διάβολον ἀπεφήνατο τῆς γραφῆς ἐναντίως.

alla kai epizētēsai deon epi poiois men auton emakarisen, epi poiois de autǭ epeplēxen; ho de mēdeni toutōn proseschēkōs tautʼ eirēsthai pros ton diabolon apephēnato tēs graphēs enantiōs.

and he ought also to have asked for what things Christ called him blessed and for what he rebuked him. But he paid attention to none of this and declared, contrary to Scripture, that these words were said to the devil.

1.2.14Klostermann

ἆρα οὖν τοῦτο μόνον ἠγνόησεν; οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ προϊὼν αὖθις, τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν μνημονεύσας, ἔπειτα βουληθεὶς δεῖξαι ὅτι καὶ πρὸ αὐτοῦ κατὰ τοὺς χρόνους τοὺς προφητικοὺς φέρεταί τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγηγερμένος, πάλιν κἀνταῦθα σφάλλεται, πρῶτον λέγων Ἐλισσαῖον τὸν προφήτην ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγεῖραι· ἀγνοήσας ὡς καὶ πρὸ Ἐλισσαίου Ἠλίας ὁ μέγας τὸν τῆς χήρας υἱὸν ἀποθανόντα ἀνέστησεν, ὡς ἔστιν μαθεῖν ἐκ τῆς τρίτης τῶν Βασιλειῶν;

ara oun touto monon ēgnoēsen? ouchi de kai proïōn authis, tēs anastaseōs tou sōtēros hēmōn mnēmoneusas, epeita boulētheis deixai hoti kai pro autou kata tous chronous tous prophētikous pheretai tis ek nekrōn egēgermenos, palin kantautha sphalletai, prōton legōn Elissaion ton prophētēn ek nekrōn egeirai; agnoēsas hōs kai pro Elissaiou Ēlias ho megas ton tēs chēras huion apothanonta anestēsen, hōs estin mathein ek tēs tritēs tōn Basileiōn?

Was this, then, the only thing he did not know? Does he not, going further, mention the resurrection of our Saviour, and then, wishing to show that even before him, in the times of the prophets, someone is recorded to have been raised from the dead, go wrong here too, saying that Elisha the prophet was the first to raise someone from the dead? He did not know that even before Elisha the great Elijah raised up the widow's son who had died, as one can learn from the Third Book of Kingdoms.

1.2.15Klostermann

ὁ δὲ καὶ τοῦτʼ ἀγνοήσας φαίνεται, διʼ ὧν ταῦθʼ οὕτως γράφει οὐ μόνον τοίνυν τῆς »καινῆς κτίσεως« πρωτότοκον αὐτὸν ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶναι φησίν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρωτότοκον »ἐκ νεκρῶν«, διʼ οὐδὲν ἕτερον, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα διὰ τοῦ πρωτοτόκου »τῶν νεκρῶν«, ὅπως καὶ »πρωτότοκος ἁπάσης κτίσεως« εἴρηται, γνωσθῆναι δυνηθῇ. οὐ γὰρ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνέστη πρῶτος ὁ δεσπότης ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός· ἀλλʼ ὁ διʼ Ἐλισσαίου τοῦ προφήτου ἀναστὰς ἀνέστη πρότερος, καὶ Λάζαρος δὲ πρὸ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀναστάσεως ἀνέστη, καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τοῦ πάθους »πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων« ἀνέστησαν.

ho de kai toutʼ agnoēsas phainetai, diʼ hōn tauthʼ houtōs graphei ou monon toinyn tēs »kainēs ktiseōs« prōtotokon auton ho apostolos einai phēsin, alla kai prōtotokon »ek nekrōn«, diʼ ouden heteron, emoi dokein, allʼ hina dia tou prōtotokou »tōn nekrōn«, hopōs kai »prōtotokos hapasēs ktiseōs« eirētai, gnōsthēnai dynēthę̄. ou gar ek nekrōn anestē prōtos ho despotēs hēmōn Iēsous Christos; allʼ ho diʼ Elissaiou tou prophētou anastas anestē proteros, kai Lazaros de pro tēs autou anastaseōs anestē, kai en tǭ kairǭ tou pathous »polla sōmata tōn kekoimēmenōn« anestēsan.

He appears to have been ignorant of this too, from what he writes as follows: “So the apostle says he is not only the firstborn of ‘the new creation,’ but also firstborn ‘from the dead,’ for no other reason, as it seems to me, than that through the ‘firstborn of the dead’ it might be possible to know how he is also called ‘firstborn of all creation.’ For our Lord Jesus Christ was not the first to rise from the dead; the one raised through Elisha the prophet rose before him, and Lazarus rose before his resurrection, and at the time of the passion ‘many bodies of those who had fallen asleep’ rose.”

1.2.16Klostermann

καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἀθεωρήτως δοκεῖ μοι τεθεικέναι ὁ Μάρκελλος, λέγω δὲ τὸ »πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων« πρὸ αὐτοῦ ἐγεγέρθαι. οὐ γὰρ προσέσχεν ὄλῃ τῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου γραφῇ διδασκούσῃ, ὅτι »μετὰ τὴν 〈ἔγερσιν〉 αὐτοῦ« τὰ τῶν ἁγίων ἐγήγερται σώματα.

kai touto de atheōrētōs dokei moi tetheikenai ho Markellos, legō de to »polla sōmata tōn kekoimēmenōn hagiōn« pro autou egegerthai. ou gar proseschen olę̄ tę̄ tou euangeliou graphę̄ didaskousę̄, hoti »meta tēn 〈egersin〉 autou« ta tōn hagiōn egēgertai sōmata.

This too Marcellus seems to me to have put down without consideration: I mean that “many bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep” were raised before him. For he did not attend to the whole text of the gospel, which teaches that the bodies of the saints were raised “after his resurrection.”

1.2.17Klostermann

εὕροις δʼ ἂν αὐτὸν σφαλλόμενον καὶ ἐν τῇ τοῦ ἀποστολικοῦ ῥητοῦ ἐκθέσει. ὁ μὲν γὰρ θεῖος ἀπόστολος Ῥωμαίοις γράφων τάδε φησὶν »ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον θεοῦ, ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν γραφαῖς ἁγίαις περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυὶδ κατὰ σάρκα, τοῦ ὁρισθέντος υἱοῦ θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει κατὰ πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης«.

heurois dʼ an auton sphallomenon kai en tę̄ tou apostolikou rhētou ekthesei. ho men gar theios apostolos Rhōmaiois graphōn tade phēsin »aphōrismenos eis euangelion theou, ho proepēngeilato dia tōn prophētōn autou en graphais hagiais peri tou huiou autou tou genomenou ek spermatos Dauid kata sarka, tou horisthentos huiou theou en dynamei kata pneuma hagiōsynēs«.

You would find him going wrong also in setting out a saying of the apostle. For the divine apostle, writing to the Romans, says this: “set apart for the gospel of God, which he promised beforehand through his prophets in the holy Scriptures, concerning his Son, who was born of the seed of David according to the flesh, who was declared Son of God in power according to the Spirit of holiness.”

1.2.18Klostermann

ὁ δέ, οὐκ οἶδα ποίᾳ διανοίᾳ, κἀνταῦθα διαστρέφει τὴν ἀποστολικὴν λέξιν. ἀντὶ τοῦ »ὁρισθέντος« ποιήσας προορισθέντος, ἵνʼ ᾗ ὅμοιος τοῖς »κατὰ πρόγνωσιν« προορισθεῖσιν.

ho de, ouk oida poią dianoią, kantautha diastrephei tēn apostolikēn lexin. anti tou »horisthentos« poiēsas prooristhentos, hinʼ hę̄ homoios tois »kata prognōsin« prooristheisin.

But he, with what intention I do not know, distorts the apostle's wording here too, making “predestined” instead of “declared,” so that Christ may be like those who were predestined “according to foreknowledge.”

1.2.19Klostermann

λέγει οὖν κατὰ λέξιν οὕτως ὥσπερ οὖν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν πάλαι προωρίσατο ὁ παντοκράτωρ θεός, οὕ〈τω〉 καὶ τὴν κατὰ σάρκα τοῦ Χριστοῦ οἰκονομίαν, διʼ οὗ τὸ τῶν θεοσεβῶν γένος »εἰς υἱοθεσίαν« καλέσαι προωρίσατο, πρότερον θεμελιώσας ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ διανοίᾳ. διὰ τοῦτο ὁ ἀπόστολος τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι σαφῶς προαγορεύει »τοῦ προορισθέντος υἱοῦ θεοῦ« λέγων. καὶ αὐθίς φησιν ἐν ἑτέροις οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ ὁ Παῦλος ἔφη »τοῦ προορισθέντος υἱοῦ θεοῦ«.

legei oun kata lexin houtōs hōsper oun tēn ekklēsian palai proōrisato ho pantokratōr theos, hou〈tō〉 kai tēn kata sarka tou Christou oikonomian, diʼ hou to tōn theosebōn genos »eis huiothesian« kalesai proōrisato, proteron themeliōsas en tę̄ autou dianoią. dia touto ho apostolos tǭ hagiǭ pneumati saphōs proagoreuei »tou prooristhentos huiou theou« legōn. kai authis phēsin en heterois houtos estin peri hou ho Paulos ephē »tou prooristhentos huiou theou«.

So he says, word for word: “Just as Almighty God long ago predestined the church, so also he predestined the dispensation of Christ according to the flesh, through which he predestined to call the race of the godly ‘to adoption,’ having first laid its foundation in his own mind. For this reason the apostle, by the Holy Spirit, clearly proclaims beforehand, saying ‘of the Son of God who was predestined.’” And again he says elsewhere: “This is the one of whom Paul said, ‘of the Son of God who was predestined.’”

1.2.20Klostermann

καὶ ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐ τὴν λέξιν μόνην τὴν ἀποστολικὴν παρέφθειρεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτὴν διὰ τῆς προσθήκης τῆς τοῦ πρὸ προθέσεως. ἀδελφὰ δὲ τούτοις πράττων, τῆς ψαλμῳδίας περιεχούσης »ἐκ γαστρὸς πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐγέννησά σε«, ὁ δὲ κἀνταῦθα προσθήκῃ κέχρηται τῇ μηδαμῶς ἐμφερομένῃ πρὸς τὸ καταμέμφεσθαι τῷ μὴ ὁμοίως αὐτῷ φάσκοντι.

kai entautha de ou tēn lexin monēn tēn apostolikēn parephtheiren, alla kai tēn dianoian autēn dia tēs prosthēkēs tēs tou pro protheseōs. adelpha de toutois prattōn, tēs psalmǭdias periechousēs »ek gastros pro heōsphorou egennēsa se«, ho de kantautha prosthēkę̄ kechrētai tę̄ mēdamōs empheromenę̄ pros to katamemphesthai tǭ mē homoiōs autǭ phaskonti.

Here too he has corrupted not only the apostle's wording but also the very sense, by adding the preposition “pre-.” And doing much the same, when the psalm contains “From the womb before the morning star I begot you,” he uses here too an addition that is nowhere found, in order to find fault with the one who does not speak as he does.

1.2.21Klostermann

ἐπάκουσον οὖν ὅπως γράφει λέγων διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν δοκεῖ μοι καλῶς ἔχειν ἔτι περὶ ὧν μηδέπω πρότερον διῆλθον νυνὶ διελθεῖν.

epakouson oun hopōs graphei legōn dia touto toinyn dokei moi kalōs echein eti peri hōn mēdepō proteron diēlthon nyni dielthein.

Listen, then, to how he writes, saying: “For this reason, then, it seems good to me now to go through also what I have not yet gone through before.

1.2.22Klostermann

τὰ γὰρ πλεῖστα τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γραφέντων ἐκ τῶν ἤδη προειρημένων ἡμῖν γέγονεν δῆλα. »ἐκ γαστρὸς« φησὶν »πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐξεγέννησά σε« ᾤετο γὰρ πάντως που τὴν ἐξ πρόθεσιν κλαπεῖσαν συνδραμεῖσθαι τῇ τῆς αἱρέσεως γνώμῃ. διὸ τὸ κυριώτατον τῆς συλλαβῆς ἐξελὼν τὴν ἀρχαίαν αὐτοῦ ἀναγέννησιν σημῆναι ἐβουλήθη. καὶ ἐπειδήπερ ἐν τούτοις ἰσχυρῶς διετείνατο περὶ τοῦ οἰκείου σφάλματος τὸν ὀρθῶς γράψαντα μεμψάμενος, οὐδὲν αὐτὸς εἰπών, τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀναγνώσεως παραδίδωσι μαρτυρίαν.

ta gar pleista tōn hypʼ autou graphentōn ek tōn ēdē proeirēmenōn hēmin gegonen dēla. »ek gastros« phēsin »pro heōsphorou exegennēsa se« ǭeto gar pantōs pou tēn ex prothesin klapeisan syndrameisthai tę̄ tēs haireseōs gnōmę̄. dio to kyriōtaton tēs syllabēs exelōn tēn archaian autou anagennēsin sēmēnai eboulēthē. kai epeidēper en toutois ischyrōs dieteinato peri tou oikeiou sphalmatos ton orthōs grapsanta mempsamenos, ouden autos eipōn, tois entynchanousin tēn autēn tēs anagnōseōs paradidōsi martyrian.

For most of what he has written has become clear from what we have already said. ‘From the womb,’ he says, ‘before the morning star I begot you.’ For he thought, surely, that if the preposition ‘out of’ (ex) were stolen, the text would run together with the opinion of his heresy. Therefore he took out the most proper part of the syllable and wanted it to signify his ancient generation. And since in this he contended strongly for his own error, blaming the one who wrote correctly, though he himself says nothing, he hands on to his readers the same evidence for the reading.”

1.2.23Klostermann

προϊὼν δʼ αὖθις ὁ αὐτὸς εἰσάγει τὸν σωτῆρα λέγοντα »ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἡμέρα«, ὧδέ πη φάσκων σκότους γὰρ ὄντος πρότερον διὰ τὴν τῆς θεοσεβείας ἄγνοιαν, τῆς δὲ ἡμέρας φαίνεσθαι μελλούσης (»ἐγὼ« γάρ »εἰμι« φησὶν »ἡ ἡμέρα«) εἰκότως τὸν ἀστέρα ἑωσφόρον ὀνομάζει.

proïōn dʼ authis ho autos eisagei ton sōtēra legonta »egō eimi hē hēmera«, hōde pē phaskōn skotous gar ontos proteron dia tēn tēs theosebeias agnoian, tēs de hēmeras phainesthai mellousēs (»egō« gar »eimi« phēsin »hē hēmera«) eikotōs ton astera heōsphoron onomazei.

Going on again, the same man presents the Saviour as saying “I am the day,” putting it like this: “For since there was darkness before, because of ignorance of godliness, and the day was about to appear (for ‘I am,’ he says, ‘the day’), he rightly names the star ‘morning star.’”

1.2.24Klostermann

καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ τόπῳ φησὶν ἐπειδὴ [τὴν] μετὰ τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ἀνάληψιν Χριστός τε καὶ Ἰησοῦς κηρύττεται, ζωή τε καὶ ὁδὸς καὶ ἡμέρα. καὶ αὖθις προϊὼν τοῦ ἀποστόλου τίθησιν τὸ »ἡ δὲ ἡμετέρα Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἄνω ἐστίν«.

kai en heterǭ topǭ phēsin epeidē [tēn] meta tēn tēs sarkos analēpsin Christos te kai Iēsous kēryttetai, zōē te kai hodos kai hēmera. kai authis proïōn tou apostolou tithēsin to »hē de hēmetera Hierousalēm anō estin«.

And in another place he says: “Since after the taking up of the flesh he is preached as Christ and Jesus, life and way and day.” And again, going on, he sets down the apostle's words as: “But our Jerusalem is above.”

1.2.25Klostermann

καὶ τί με δεῖ μηκύνειν, παρὸν τῷ βουλομένῳ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων τὰ παραπλήσια ἐκ τοῦ παντὸς συγγράμματος ἀναλέγεσθαι καὶ τὸ εὐχερὲς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἐποπτεύειν. ἐξ ἧς εὐχερείας ἀκούσει αὐτοῦ τὸν Σολομῶνα προφήτην ἀποκαλοῦντος πολλάκις καὶ τὰς Παροιμίας προφητείας ὀνομάζοντος·

kai ti me dei mēkynein, paron tǭ boulomenǭ ek tōn eirēmenōn ta paraplēsia ek tou pantos syngrammatos analegesthai kai to eucheres tou andros epopteuein. ex hēs euchereias akousei autou ton Solomōna prophētēn apokalountos pollakis kai tas Paroimias prophēteias onomazontos;

But why must I go on at length, when anyone who wishes can gather from the whole treatise things like those already mentioned and observe the man's carelessness? Out of this carelessness you will hear him often calling Solomon a prophet and naming the Proverbs prophecies;

1.2.26Klostermann

ὥσπερ οὖν ἐν οἷς φησιν τούτου γὰρ χάριν ὁ ἁγιώτατος προφήτης Σολομὼν »δέξασθαί τε στροφὰς λόγων« ἔφη, καὶ πάλιν »ῥήσεις τε σοφῶν καὶ αἰνίγματα« τὴν παροιμίαν προφητείαν ὀνομάζει, καὶ αὖθις διό μοι δοκεῖ ὁ σοφώτατος οὗτος προφήτης καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ῥήματα τῆς προφητείας παροιμιωδῶς εἰρηκέναι.

hōsper oun en hois phēsin toutou gar charin ho hagiōtatos prophētēs Solomōn »dexasthai te strophas logōn« ephē, kai palin »rhēseis te sophōn kai ainigmata« tēn paroimian prophēteian onomazei, kai authis dio moi dokei ho sophōtatos houtos prophētēs kai ta prōta rhēmata tēs prophēteias paroimiōdōs eirēkenai.

as in these words: “For this reason the most holy prophet Solomon said ‘to receive the turns of words’”; and again, “‘the sayings of the wise and riddles,’” he calls the proverb prophecy; and again: “Therefore it seems to me that this most wise prophet said even the first words of the prophecy in the manner of proverbs.”

1.2.27Klostermann

καὶ δεύτερον δὲ καὶ τρίτον καὶ πολλάκις, ὡς ἔφην, τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι »διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσὶν« εἰ καὶ τὸ »αὐτὸ πνεῦμα« καὶ ἄλλῳ μὲν »δίδοται λόγος σοφίας« κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον. »ἄλλῳ λόγος γνώσεως κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα, ἑτέρῳ πίστις ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι, ἄλλῳ προφητείαι. διόπερ ὁ Σολομὼν σοφίας μὲν εἰληφὼς χάρισμα μεμαρτύρηται·

kai deuteron de kai triton kai pollakis, hōs ephēn, touto poiei, agnoōn hoti »diaireseis charismatōn eisin« ei kai to »auto pneuma« kai allǭ men »didotai logos sophias« kata ton apostolon. »allǭ logos gnōseōs kata to auto pneuma, heterǭ pistis en tǭ autǭ pneumati, allǭ prophēteiai. dioper ho Solomōn sophias men eilēphōs charisma memartyrētai;

He does this a second and third time and often, as I said, not knowing that “there are varieties of gifts” though “the same Spirit,” and that, according to the apostle, to one “is given the word of wisdom,” “to another the word of knowledge according to the same Spirit, to another faith by the same Spirit, to another prophecies.” Solomon, therefore, is testified to have received the gift of wisdom:

1.2.28Klostermann

»καὶ ἔδωκεν γὰρ κύριος τῷ Σολομῶνι σοφίαν«, ὡς ἡ γραφή φησιν. »καὶ ἐσοφίσθη ὑπὲρ πάντας ἀνθρώπους«· οὕτε δὲ τὸν βίον προφητικὸν ἐσχηκὼς οὕτε τὸν τῆς προφητείας χαρακτῆρα, τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ »τάδε λέγει κύριος« τῶν τε ὁμοιοτρόπων γνωριζόμενον, διὰ τῶν οἰκείων ἐμφαίνει λόγων.

»kai edōken gar kyrios tǭ Solomōni sophian«, hōs hē graphē phēsin. »kai esophisthē hyper pantas anthrōpous«; houte de ton bion prophētikon eschēkōs houte ton tēs prophēteias charaktēra, ton apo tou »tade legei kyrios« tōn te homoiotropōn gnōrizomenon, dia tōn oikeiōn emphainei logōn.

“and the Lord gave Solomon wisdom,” as Scripture says, “and he became wiser than all men”; but he had neither a prophet's way of life nor does he show in his own words the character of prophecy, which is recognized from “Thus says the Lord” and similar phrases.

1.2.29Klostermann

ὁ δὲ τούτων οὐδὲν ἰδών, ὥσπερ τι χαριζόμενος τῷ ἀνδρὶ προφήτην αὐτὸν καλεῖ, οὐ συνιεὶς ὅτι οἱ προφῆται »περιῆλθον ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγείοις δέρμασιν, ὑστερούμενοι. θλιβόμενοι, κακουχούμενοι«. καὶ τὰς Παροιμίας δὲ αὐτοῦ προφητείαν εἶναι λέγει, [εἰ] μηδαμοῦ τῆς θείας γραφῆς διδασκούσης, αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ σοφωτάτου σὺν θείῳ πνεύματι ταύτῃ μὲν τῇ βίβλῳ ΠΑΡΟΙΜΙΑΙ ὄνομα θέντος, τῇ δὲ ἑτέρα ΕΚΚΛΗΣΙΑΣΤΗΣ καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ΑΙΣΜΑΤΑ ΑΙΣΜΑΤΩΝ,

ho de toutōn ouden idōn, hōsper ti charizomenos tǭ andri prophētēn auton kalei, ou synieis hoti hoi prophētai »periēlthon en mēlōtais, en aigeiois dermasin, hysteroumenoi. thlibomenoi, kakouchoumenoi«. kai tas Paroimias de autou prophēteian einai legei, [ei] mēdamou tēs theias graphēs didaskousēs, autou de tou sophōtatou syn theiǭ pneumati tautę̄ men tę̄ biblǭ PAROIMIAI onoma thentos, tę̄ de hetera EKKLĒSIASTĒS kai tę̄ tritę̄ AISMATA AISMATŌN,

But he, seeing none of this, calls him a prophet as if doing the man a favour, not understanding that the prophets “went about in sheepskins, in goatskins, destitute, afflicted, ill-treated.” And he says that his Proverbs are prophecy, though the divine Scripture nowhere teaches this, and though the most wise man himself, with the divine Spirit, gave this book the name PROVERBS, the other ECCLESIASTES, and the third SONG OF SONGS,

1.2.30Klostermann

οὐκ ἀθεεὶ οὐδʼ ἀνθρωπίνῳ λογισμῷ ταύταις ἐπιβάλλοντος ταῖς ἐπηγορίαις. ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν θεόπνευστον αὐτοῦ γραφὴν διʼ Ἑλληνικῶν πειρᾶται παραδειγμάτων ἑρμηνεύειν. οὐκ ἐπακούσας Παύλου τοῦ ἀποστόλου λέγοντος »ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κόσμου ἐλάβομεν ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα ἴδωμεν τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν· ἃ καὶ λαλοῦμεν οὐκ ἐν διδακτοῖς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ἐν διδακτοῖς πνεύματος ἁγίου, πνευματικὰ ‹πνευματικοῖς› συγκρίνοντες. ψυχικὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ· μωρία γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστιν. καὶ οὐ δύναται γνῶναι, ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται«. καὶ ταῦτα δὲ ἀγνοήσας ὁ γενναῖος πειρᾶται ἡμῖν ἐξ Ἑλληνικῶν ἀναγνωσμάτων τὴν τῶν θείων Παροιμιῶν διάνοιαν παρατιθέναι, τοῦτον γράφων αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν τὸν τρόπον

ouk atheei oudʼ anthrōpinǭ logismǭ tautais epiballontos tais epēgoriais. alla kai autēn tēn theopneuston autou graphēn diʼ Hellēnikōn peiratai paradeigmatōn hermēneuein. ouk epakousas Paulou tou apostolou legontos »hēmeis de ou to pneuma tou kosmou elabomen alla to pneuma to ek tou theou, hina idōmen ta hypo tou theou charisthenta hēmin; ha kai laloumen ouk en didaktois anthrōpinēs sophias logois, allʼ en didaktois pneumatos hagiou, pneumatika ‹pneumatikois› synkrinontes. psychikos de anthrōpos ou dechetai ta tou pneumatos tou theou; mōria gar autǭ estin. kai ou dynatai gnōnai, hoti pneumatikōs anakrinetai«. kai tauta de agnoēsas ho gennaios peiratai hēmin ex Hellēnikōn anagnōsmatōn tēn tōn theiōn Paroimiōn dianoian paratithenai, touton graphōn autois rhēmasin ton tropon

not giving these titles without God or by human reasoning. Moreover, he tries to interpret this inspired writing itself through Greek examples, not heeding Paul the apostle, who says: “We have not received the spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God, that we may know the things freely given us by God; which things we also speak, not in words taught by human wisdom, but in words taught by the Holy Spirit, comparing spiritual things with spiritual. But the natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness to him; and he cannot know them, because they are spiritually discerned.” Ignorant of this too, the noble fellow tries to set before us the meaning of the divine Proverbs from Greek readings, writing in these very words as follows:

Against 1, chapter 3

1.3.1Klostermann

Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἄτοπον, οἶμαι, ἐν τῷ παρόντι ὀλίγον τῶν ἔξωθεν ὑπομνῆσαί σε παροιμιῶν. ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν πρὸς μὲν τὸ φαινόμενον τοῦ γράμματος ὑπολάβοι ἄν τις κατὰ τῶν γράμματα διδασκόντων εἰρῆσθαι· ἐπεὶ καὶ ἕτερός τις τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς »ἐδίδασκες γράμματα, ἐγὼ δʼ ἐφοίτων« ἔφη. τὸ δʼ οὐχ οὕτως ἔχειν οἱ τὰ ὑπομνήματα γράψαντες ἔφασαν· ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ Ἀθηναίους Σικελιῶται, φασίν, πολέμῳ νικήσαντες μόνους ἔσωζον τοὺς παιδείαν σκηπτομένους, διδασκάλους αὐτοὺς τοῖς παισὶν ἄγοντες, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους πάντας ἐφόνευον, ἐξ αὐτῶν δή τινας φυγόντας καὶ ἐπανελθόντας ἐρωτωμένους τε ὑπὸ Ἀθηναίων περί τινων διαφερόντων αὐτοῖς ἔφασαν εἰρηκέναι

Ouden gar atopon, oimai, en tǭ paronti oligon tōn exōthen hypomnēsai se paroimiōn. tautēn tēn paroimian pros men to phainomenon tou grammatos hypolaboi an tis kata tōn grammata didaskontōn eirēsthai; epei kai heteros tis tōn parʼ autois »edidaskes grammata, egō dʼ ephoitōn« ephē. to dʼ ouch houtōs echein hoi ta hypomnēmata grapsantes ephasan; allʼ epeidē Athēnaious Sikeliōtai, phasin, polemǭ nikēsantes monous esōzon tous paideian skēptomenous, didaskalous autous tois paisin agontes, tous de allous pantas ephoneuon, ex autōn dē tinas phygontas kai epanelthontas erōtōmenous te hypo Athēnaiōn peri tinōn diapherontōn autois ephasan eirēkenai

“There is nothing out of place, I think, in reminding you at present of a few of the proverbs from outside. This proverb, according to the surface of the letter, one might suppose was said against those who teach letters, since another of their writers said, ‘You taught letters, and I attended school.’ But those who wrote the commentaries said that this is not so; rather, they say, when the Sicilians defeated the Athenians in war, they spared only those who claimed to be educated, taking them as teachers for their children, and killed all the others; and when some of these escaped and returned and were asked by the Athenians about certain of their friends, they said that they had said …

1.3.2Klostermann

τί δὲ καὶ τὸ νομίσειεν ἄν τις [εἰρῆσθαι], ἵνα θῶ πρότερον τὰ περὶ αὐτῆς λεγόμενα, πάντως που διὰ ‹τὸ› τὴν θυομένην αἶγα εἰς τὴν μάχαιραν ἀφορᾶν εἰρῆσθαι τὴν παροιμίαν. ἀλλʼ οὔτι γε τοῦτʼ ἔφασαν οἱ παλαιοί· οὐδὲ γὰρ παροιμία ἦν ἂν ἡ λεχθεῖσα, εἴγε τοῦθʼ οὕτως εἶχεν (τοῦτο γὰρ ἀκόλουθον ἦν ἐκ τῶν φαινομένων ἐννοεῖν), ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῖς κακὰ προξενούντων εἰρῆσθαι τοῦτό φασιν. φασὶν γὰρ Μήδειαν ἐν Κορίνθῳ τὰ τέκνα ἀποκτείνασαν κατακρύψαι τὴν μάχαιραν αὐτόθι· τοὺς δὲ Κορινθίους κατὰ χρησμὸν αὐτοῖς δοθέντα αἶγα μέλαιναν ἐναγίζοντας ἀπορεῖν μαχαίρας, τὴν δὲ αἶγα σκάλλουσαν τῷ ποδὶ τὴν Μηδείας ἀνευρεῖν μάχαιραν καὶ αὐτῇ τυθῆναι.

ti de kai to nomiseien an tis [eirēsthai], hina thō proteron ta peri autēs legomena, pantōs pou dia ‹to› tēn thyomenēn aiga eis tēn machairan aphoran eirēsthai tēn paroimian. allʼ outi ge toutʼ ephasan hoi palaioi; oude gar paroimia ēn an hē lechtheisa, eige touthʼ houtōs eichen (touto gar akolouthon ēn ek tōn phainomenōn ennoein), allʼ epi tōn heautois kaka proxenountōn eirēsthai touto phasin. phasin gar Mēdeian en Korinthǭ ta tekna apokteinasan katakrypsai tēn machairan autothi; tous de Korinthious kata chrēsmon autois dothenta aiga melainan enagizontas aporein machairas, tēn de aiga skallousan tǭ podi tēn Mēdeias aneurein machairan kai autę̄ tythēnai.

And what might one think was meant by — to set down first what is said about it — surely one would think the proverb was said because the goat being sacrificed looks at the knife. But this is not what the ancients said; for what was said would not have been a proverb if that were so (for that is what one would naturally take from the surface); but they say it is said of those who bring evil on themselves. For they say that Medea, having killed her children in Corinth, hid the knife there; and that the Corinthians, offering a black goat according to an oracle given them, were at a loss for a knife; but the goat, scratching with its foot, found Medea's knife and was sacrificed with it.

1.3.3Klostermann

τί δὲ τὸ ΑΛΙΣ ΔΡΥΟΣ σημαίνει; φησί τις· οὐ γὰρ δυνατὸν ἐκ τοῦ προχείρου γιγνώσκειν τὴν παροιμίαν. οἱ παλαιοί, ὡς ἔφασαν, πρὸ τῆς τοῦ σίτου γεωργίας βαλανηφαγοῦντες, ἐπειδὴ ὡς ᾤοντο ὁ καρπὸς οὗτος ὕστερον εὑρέθη, ἐκείνῳ προσέχοντες τὸν νοῦν καὶ τῇ μεταβολῇ προσχαίροντες ΑΛΙΣ ΔΡΥΟΣ ἔλεγον· καὶ τοῦτο τὴν παροιμίαν ἔφασαν εἶναι.

ti de to ALIS DRYOS sēmainei? phēsi tis; ou gar dynaton ek tou procheirou gignōskein tēn paroimian. hoi palaioi, hōs ephasan, pro tēs tou sitou geōrgias balanēphagountes, epeidē hōs ǭonto ho karpos houtos hysteron heurethē, ekeinǭ prosechontes ton noun kai tę̄ metabolę̄ proschairontes ALIS DRYOS elegon; kai touto tēn paroimian ephasan einai.

What does ENOUGH OF THE OAK mean? someone asks; for one cannot know the proverb from the surface. The ancients, they said, ate acorns before the farming of grain; when this crop was later found, as they thought, they turned their minds to it and, rejoicing at the change, said ENOUGH OF THE OAK; and this, they said, is the proverb.

1.3.4Klostermann

αὖθίς τε ἑτέρας παροιμίας ὑπὸ πλείστων τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς σοφῶν ἐν πλείστοις καὶ διαφόροις βιβλίοις εἰρημένης, τίνα περὶ αὐτῆς γεγράφασιν οἱ τὰς παροιμίας ἑρμηνεῦσαι προελόμενοι ἀναγκαῖον ἐν τῷ παρόντι μνημονεῦσαι, * * * ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ ἐλέγξωμεν Ἀστέριον, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν αὐτὸν μαθημάτων εἰδότα μὲν ἀκριβῶς τὸ τῆς παροιμίας ἐξαίρετον, ἐν δὲ τῷ παρόντι ἄγνοιαν προσποιηθέντα, ἵνα τὸ ἑαυτοῦ βούλημα διὰ τῆς τοῦ παροιμιώδους ῥητοῦ χρήσεως πιθανῶς κατασκευάζειν δόξῃ. ἔστιν δὲ ΓΛΑΥΚΟΥ ΤΕΧΝΗ. ταύτης οἱ ἔξωθεν σοφοὶ τῆς παροιμίας μνημονεύσαντες διαφόρως αὐτὴν ἐξηγήσαντο.

authis te heteras paroimias hypo pleistōn tōn parʼ autois sophōn en pleistois kai diaphorois bibliois eirēmenēs, tina peri autēs gegraphasin hoi tas paroimias hermēneusai proelomenoi anankaion en tǭ paronti mnēmoneusai, * * * allʼ hinʼ elenxōmen Asterion, kai apo tōn exōthen auton mathēmatōn eidota men akribōs to tēs paroimias exaireton, en de tǭ paronti agnoian prospoiēthenta, hina to heautou boulēma dia tēs tou paroimiōdous rhētou chrēseōs pithanōs kataskeuazein doxę̄. estin de GLAUKOU TEChNĒ. tautēs hoi exōthen sophoi tēs paroimias mnēmoneusantes diaphorōs autēn exēgēsanto.

And again, since another proverb has been used by very many of their wise men in very many different books, it is necessary at present to recall what those who undertook to interpret proverbs have written about it, … but so that we may refute Asterius, who from outside learning knew exactly the special character of a proverb, but at present pretended ignorance, so that he might seem to establish his own intention persuasively by using a proverbial saying. It is THE ART OF GLAUCUS. The wise men from outside who mentioned this proverb explained it in different ways.

1.3.5Klostermann

ὁ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν τις ἔφη, Γλαῦκόν τινα ἐπιστήμονα τέχνης τινὸς γεγονότα † πολλῶν οὖσαν θαυμασιωτάτην, ἀπολέσθαι ἄμα ἐκείνῳ κατὰ θάλατταν, μηδενός πω διακηκοότος αὐτῆς. ἕτερος δέ, τὴν ἐπʼ ἄκρον μουσικῆς ἐμπειρίαν μαρτυρήσας τῷ Γλαύκῳ, τοὺς κατασκευασθέντας ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ δίσκους χαλκοῦς φησιν τέσσαρας, πρὸς τὸ ἐμμελῆ τινα τῆς κρούσεως τὴν συμφωνίαν τῶν φθόγγων ἀποτελεῖν· ἔνθεν τε εἰρῆσθαι τὴν παροιμίαν.

ho men gar autōn tis ephē, Glaukon tina epistēmona technēs tinos gegonota † pollōn ousan thaumasiōtatēn, apolesthai ama ekeinǭ kata thalattan, mēdenos pō diakēkootos autēs. heteros de, tēn epʼ akron mousikēs empeirian martyrēsas tǭ Glaukǭ, tous kataskeuasthentas hypʼ autou diskous chalkous phēsin tessaras, pros to emmelē tina tēs krouseōs tēn symphōnian tōn phthongōn apotelein; enthen te eirēsthai tēn paroimian.

For one of them said that a certain Glaucus, who had become expert in a certain art … most wonderful of many, perished with it at sea, before anyone had learned it from him. Another, testifying that Glaucus had the highest skill in music, speaks of four bronze discs made by him to produce, when struck, a melodious harmony of notes; and that the proverb was said from this.

1.3.6Klostermann

ἄλλος δέ τις Ἀλυαττικῶν ἀναθημάτων φησὶν ἀνακεῖσθαι κρατῆρα καὶ ὑποκρατήριον θαυμάσιον, Γλαύκου Χίου ποίημα. ἕτερος δέ, Γλαῦκον αὐτὸν ἀναθεῖναι εἰς Δελφοὺς τρίποδα χαλκοῦν, οὕτω δημιουργήσαντα τοῖς † παχέως τε κρουομένου, τούς τε πόδας, ἐφʼ ὧν βέβηκεν, καὶ τὸ ἄνω περικείμενον καὶ τὴν στεφάνην τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ λέβητος καὶ τὰς ῥάβδους διὰ μέσου τεταγμένας φθέγγεσθαι λύρας φωνῇ. καὶ αὖθις ἕτερος, ἀπὸ Γλαύκου τινὸς δόξαντός τι πλέον πεποιηκέναι εἰρῆσθαι τὴν παροιμίαν.

allos de tis Alyattikōn anathēmatōn phēsin anakeisthai kratēra kai hypokratērion thaumasion, Glaukou Chiou poiēma. heteros de, Glaukon auton anatheinai eis Delphous tripoda chalkoun, houtō dēmiourgēsanta tois † pacheōs te krouomenou, tous te podas, ephʼ hōn bebēken, kai to anō perikeimenon kai tēn stephanēn tēn epi tou lebētos kai tas rhabdous dia mesou tetagmenas phthengesthai lyras phōnę̄. kai authis heteros, apo Glaukou tinos doxantos ti pleon pepoiēkenai eirēsthai tēn paroimian.

Another says that among the offerings of Alyattes there was dedicated a wonderful mixing bowl and stand, the work of Glaucus of Chios. Another, that Glaucus himself dedicated a bronze tripod at Delphi, made in such a way that, when … struck, the feet on which it stood, the part placed above it, the rim on the cauldron, and the rods set through the middle gave out the sound of a lyre. And again another, that the proverb was said from a certain Glaucus who seemed to have made something more.

1.3.7Klostermann

ὁρᾶς, ὅπως τὸ δυσχερὲς τῆς παροιμίας καὶ διὰ τούτου δείκνυται, διὰ τοῦ μηδὲ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἑρμηνείας στῆναι τοὺς τὴν παροιμίαν ταύτην ἐξηγήσασθαι βουληθέντας. οὕτως δυσεύρετόν τι πρᾶγμα τὸ τῆς παροιμίας καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἔξωθεν εἶναι δοκεῖ. διὸ καί τις τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς σοφῶν συναγαγὼν τὰς ὑπὸ πολλῶν καὶ διαφόρως λεχθείσας παροιμίας, εἰς αὐτὰς γέγραφεν ἕξ βιβλία, δύο μὲν τῶν ‹ἐμ›μέτρων, τῶν δὲ ἀμέτρων τέσσαρα.

horas, hopōs to dyscheres tēs paroimias kai dia toutou deiknytai, dia tou mēde epi tēs autēs hermēneias stēnai tous tēn paroimian tautēn exēgēsasthai boulēthentas. houtōs dyseureton ti pragma to tēs paroimias kai para tois exōthen einai dokei. dio kai tis tōn parʼ autois sophōn synagagōn tas hypo pollōn kai diaphorōs lechtheisas paroimias, eis autas gegraphen hex biblia, dyo men tōn ‹em›metrōn, tōn de ametrōn tessara.

You see how the difficulty of the proverb is shown by this as well, since those who wished to explain this proverb did not even keep to the same interpretation. So hard to discover does the matter of a proverb seem to be even among those outside. That is why one of their wise men, collecting the proverbs spoken by many and in different ways, wrote six books on them, two of proverbs in verse and four of proverbs in prose.

1.3.8Klostermann

ταύτας δὲ παροιμίας ὠνόμασαν οἱ ἔξωθεν διʼ οὐδὲν ἕτερον, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ ταῖς τοῦ σοφωτάτου Σολομῶνος Παροιμίαις ἐντυχόντες καὶ γνόντες διʼ αὐτῶν ὅτι οὐδέν ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ προχείρου σαφῶς τῶν ἐν αὐταῖς εἰρημένων μαθεῖν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ζηλῶσαι τὸ προφητικὸν βουληθέντες γράμμα τὸν αὐτὸν ἐκείνῳ γεγράφασι τρόπον. εἶτα ὡς μηδὲν ἕτερον ὄνομα κυριώτερον ἐκείνου ἐπινοῆσαι δυνηθέντες καὶ ταύτας παροιμίας ὠνόμασαν.

tautas de paroimias ōnomasan hoi exōthen diʼ ouden heteron, emoi dokein, allʼ epeidē tais tou sophōtatou Solomōnos Paroimiais entychontes kai gnontes diʼ autōn hoti ouden estin ek tou procheirou saphōs tōn en autais eirēmenōn mathein, kai autoi zēlōsai to prophētikon boulēthentes gramma ton auton ekeinǭ gegraphasi tropon. eita hōs mēden heteron onoma kyriōteron ekeinou epinoēsai dynēthentes kai tautas paroimias ōnomasan.

Those outside named these ‘proverbs,’ for no other reason, as it seems to me, than that they read the Proverbs of the most wise Solomon and knew from them that nothing of what is said in them can be learned clearly from the surface, and, wishing themselves to imitate the prophetic writing, wrote in the same way as he did. Then, since they could think of no name more proper than that, they named these too ‘proverbs.’”

1.3.9Klostermann

διὰ τοιούτων Μάρκελλος παραθέσεων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ διδάσκειν τὰς θεοπνεύστους νοεῖν πειρᾶται γραφάς. ὅλην δὲ ταύτην παρεθέμην τὴν μακρὰν καὶ ἀδόλεσχον περιττολογίαν δεῖξαι βουλόμενος αὐτοῦ τὴν ἄνοιαν τῆς πολλῆς καὶ ἀκαίρου φιλοτιμίας, ᾗ κέχρηται ὁ ἀνήρ, τῶν μὲν Ἑλληνικῶν λόγων ἐπιδεικτικῶς, τῶν δὲ θείων ἀμνημόνως.

dia toioutōn Markellos paratheseōn tēn ekklēsian tou theou didaskein tas theopneustous noein peiratai graphas. holēn de tautēn parethemēn tēn makran kai adoleschon perittologian deixai boulomenos autou tēn anoian tēs pollēs kai akairou philotimias, hę̄ kechrētai ho anēr, tōn men Hellēnikōn logōn epideiktikōs, tōn de theiōn amnēmonōs.

With such citations Marcellus tries to teach the church of God how to understand the inspired Scriptures. I have set out this whole long and garrulous verbiage because I wanted to show the folly of the great and untimely ambition the man shows, displaying Greek learning and forgetting the divine words.

1.3.10Klostermann

οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτε εἰς τοσαύτην ἐξέπιπτε φλυαρίαν, εἰ τῶν ἀποστολικῶν ἐμέμνητο παραγγελμάτων, διʼ ὧν παραινεῖ χρῆναι »τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν « λαλεῖν »οὐκ ἐν διδακτοῖς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ἐν διδακτοῖς πνεύματος, πνευματικὰ πνευματικοῖς συγκρίνοντας«,

ou gar an pote eis tosautēn exepipte phlyarian, ei tōn apostolikōn ememnēto parangelmatōn, diʼ hōn parainei chrēnai »ta hypo tou theou charisthenta hēmin « lalein »ouk en didaktois anthrōpinēs sophias logois, allʼ en didaktois pneumatos, pneumatika pneumatikois synkrinontas«,

For he would never have fallen into such nonsense if he had remembered the apostolic commands, by which Paul urges that we must speak “the things freely given us by God,” “not in words taught by human wisdom, but in words taught by the Spirit, comparing spiritual things with spiritual,”

1.3.11Klostermann

οὐδὲ νοήσας ὅπως ἐλέχθη τὸ ψυχικὸς ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ, μωρία γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστίν, καὶ οὐ δύναται γνῶναι, ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται«. ταῦτα δὲ ἀγνοήσας τοὺς Ἑλλήνων σοφοὺς ὑπέλαβεν γνῶσιν ἐσχηκέναι τῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ Σολομῶνι χαρισθείσης σοφίας καὶ γνόντας ζηλῶσαι τὸ προφητικόν, ὡς αὐτός φησιν, γράμμα.

oude noēsas hopōs elechthē to psychikos anthrōpos ou dechetai ta tou pneumatos tou theou, mōria gar autǭ estin, kai ou dynatai gnōnai, hoti pneumatikōs anakrinetai«. tauta de agnoēsas tous Hellēnōn sophous hypelaben gnōsin eschēkenai tēs hypo tou theou tǭ Solomōni charistheisēs sophias kai gnontas zēlōsai to prophētikon, hōs autos phēsin, gramma.

nor did he understand how it was said: “The natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness to him; and he cannot know them, because they are spiritually discerned.” Ignorant of this, he supposed that the wise men of the Greeks had knowledge of the wisdom given by God to Solomon, and, knowing it, imitated the prophetic writing, as he puts it.

1.3.12Klostermann

καὶ πῶς οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν γνῶναι τὰ θεῖα καὶ ζηλῶσαι οἱ ψυχικοὶ καὶ οὐκ εἰδότες »πνευματικὰ πνευματικοῖς« συγκρίνειν, τοῦ θείου ἀποστόλου ἀποφηναμένου ψυχικὸν ἄνθρωπον μὴ δέχεσθαι τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ«; τοῦ δʼ αὐτοῦ φήσαντος μὴ δύνασθαι γνῶναι τὸν ψυχικὸν τὰ πνευματικά, »ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται«, ἀντιδοξάζων ὁ γενναῖος τῷ ἀποστόλῳ φάσκει τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τῷ Σολομῶνι γεγραφέναι τοὺς τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς παροιμίας πεποιημένους.

kai pōs hoioi tʼ ēsan gnōnai ta theia kai zēlōsai hoi psychikoi kai ouk eidotes »pneumatika pneumatikois« synkrinein, tou theiou apostolou apophēnamenou psychikon anthrōpon mē dechesthai ta tou pneumatos tou theou«? tou dʼ autou phēsantos mē dynasthai gnōnai ton psychikon ta pneumatika, »hoti pneumatikōs anakrinetai«, antidoxazōn ho gennaios tǭ apostolǭ phaskei ton auton tropon tǭ Solomōni gegraphenai tous tas Hellēnikas paroimias pepoiēmenous.

And how could natural men, who do not know how to compare “spiritual things with spiritual,” know divine things and imitate them, when the divine apostle declared that “the natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit of God”? And when the same apostle said that the natural man cannot know spiritual things, “because they are spiritually discerned,” the noble fellow, taking the opposite view to the apostle, says that the makers of the Greek proverbs wrote in the same way as Solomon.

1.3.13Klostermann

λέγει δʼ οὖν ἐπὶ λέξεως ἐπειδὴ ταῖς τοῦ σοφωτάτου Σολομῶνος Παροιμίαις ἐντυχόντες καὶ γνόντες διʼ αὐτῶν ὅτι οὐδέν ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ προχείρου σαφῶς τῶν ἐν αὐταῖς εἰρημένων μαθεῖν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ζηλῶσαι τὸ προφητικὸν βουληθέντες γράμμα τὸν αὐτὸν ἐκείνῳ γεγράφασι τρόπον. σκέψαι δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν παραθέσεων ὅσον τῆς ἀληθείας διήμαρτεν, εἰπὼν τοὺς παρʼ Ἕλλησιν τὸν αὐτὸν τῷ Σολομῶνι γεγραφέναι τρόπον.

legei dʼ oun epi lexeōs epeidē tais tou sophōtatou Solomōnos Paroimiais entychontes kai gnontes diʼ autōn hoti ouden estin ek tou procheirou saphōs tōn en autais eirēmenōn mathein, kai autoi zēlōsai to prophētikon boulēthentes gramma ton auton ekeinǭ gegraphasi tropon. skepsai de kai allōs ex autōn tōn paratheseōn hoson tēs alētheias diēmarten, eipōn tous parʼ Hellēsin ton auton tǭ Solomōni gegraphenai tropon.

He says, word for word: “Since they read the Proverbs of the most wise Solomon and knew from them that nothing of what is said in them can be learned clearly from the surface, and, wishing themselves to imitate the prophetic writing, they wrote in the same way as he did.” But consider in another way, from his very citations, how far he has missed the truth in saying that the Greek writers wrote in the same way as Solomon.

1.3.14Klostermann

ὁ μὲν γὰρ Σολομὼν θεοδωρήτῳ σοφίᾳ κινούμενος πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν γραφὴν ἐπʼ ὠφελείᾳ καὶ σωτηρίᾳ ψυχῶν τῷ τῆς θεοσεβείας ἀνετίθει λόγῳ, γυμνασίου δʼ ἕνεκεν τῆς τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων διανοίας σκοτεινοῖς ἐχρῆτο προβλήμασιν καὶ λόγων στροφαῖς καὶ φωναῖς διʼ αἰνιγμάτων προενηνεγμέναις. καὶ τοῦτο δʼ ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς βίβλου μαρτύρεται λέγων » τῶνδε γὰρ ἀκούσας σοφὸς σοφώτερος ἔσται, ὁ δὲ νοήμων κυβέρνησιν κτήσεται, νοήσει τε παραβολὴν σκοτεινῶν λόγων, ῥήσεις τε σοφῶν καὶ αἰνίγματα«,

ho men gar Solomōn theodōrētǭ sophią kinoumenos pasan autou tēn graphēn epʼ ōpheleią kai sōtērią psychōn tǭ tēs theosebeias anetithei logǭ, gymnasiou dʼ heneken tēs tōn entynchanontōn dianoias skoteinois echrēto problēmasin kai logōn strophais kai phōnais diʼ ainigmatōn proenēnegmenais. kai touto dʼ en archę̄ tēs biblou martyretai legōn » tōnde gar akousas sophos sophōteros estai, ho de noēmōn kybernēsin ktēsetai, noēsei te parabolēn skoteinōn logōn, rhēseis te sophōn kai ainigmata«,

For Solomon, moved by God-given wisdom, devoted his whole writing to the teaching of godliness for the benefit and salvation of souls, and, to exercise the minds of his readers, he used dark problems and turns of speech and sayings put forward in riddles. He testifies to this at the beginning of the book, saying: “For when the wise man hears these things he will be wiser, and the man of understanding will gain guidance, and will understand a parable and dark words, the sayings of the wise and riddles,”

1.3.15Klostermann

καὶ πάλιν »δέξασθαι στροφὰς λόγων«. ἃ δὴ καὶ οὕτως ἔχοντα ἐκ τῶν ἐμφερομένων τῇ βίβλῳ καταμαθεῖν ῥᾴδιον, ἄλλως οὐ δυναμένων νοηθῆναι ἢ διιόντων ἡμῶν ἐκ τῆς προχείρου λέξεως ἐπὶ τὸν ἐξ αὐτῆς θεωρούμενον νοῦν· οἷόν ἐστιν τὸ »τῇ βδέλλῃ τρεῖς θυγατέρες ἦσαν ἀγαπήσει ἀγαπώμεναι, καὶ αἱ τρεῖς αὗται οὐκ ἐνεπίπλασαν αὐτήν. καὶ ἡ τετάρτη οὐκ ἠρκέσθη εἰπεῖν ἱκανόν«,

kai palin »dexasthai strophas logōn«. ha dē kai houtōs echonta ek tōn empheromenōn tę̄ biblǭ katamathein rhądion, allōs ou dynamenōn noēthēnai ē diiontōn hēmōn ek tēs procheirou lexeōs epi ton ex autēs theōroumenon noun; hoion estin to »tę̄ bdellę̄ treis thygateres ēsan agapēsei agapōmenai, kai hai treis hautai ouk enepiplasan autēn. kai hē tetartē ouk ērkesthē eipein hikanon«,

and again, “to receive the turns of words.” That this is so is easy to learn from what is in the book, since these things cannot be understood otherwise than by our passing from the surface wording to the sense seen in it: for example, “The leech had three daughters, dearly loved, and these three did not satisfy her, and the fourth was not content to say ‘Enough,’”

1.3.16Klostermann

καὶ »ἡ σοφία ᾠκοδόμησεν ἑαυτῇ οἶκον, καὶ ὑπήρεισεν στύλους ἑπτά· ἔσφαξεν τὰ ἑαυτῆς θύματα, ἐκέρασεν εἰς κρατῆρα τὸν ἑαυτῆς οἶνον«, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τούτοις παραπλήσια, οὐχ ἑτέρως δυνατὰ νοεῖσθαι, οὔτε προχείρως οὔτε ἔκ τινος ἱστορίας, εἰ μὴ κατὰ μόνην μεταφορὰν καὶ ἀναστροφὴν τῆς λέξεως. αἱ δʼ ἐκτεθεῖσαι τῶν Ἑλλήνων παροιμίαι ἀπό τινων ἱστοριῶν τὰς ἀρχὰς εἰλήφασιν.

kai »hē sophia ǭkodomēsen heautę̄ oikon, kai hypēreisen stylous hepta; esphaxen ta heautēs thymata, ekerasen eis kratēra ton heautēs oinon«, kai hosa alla toutois paraplēsia, ouch heterōs dynata noeisthai, oute procheirōs oute ek tinos historias, ei mē kata monēn metaphoran kai anastrophēn tēs lexeōs. hai dʼ ektetheisai tōn Hellēnōn paroimiai apo tinōn historiōn tas archas eilēphasin.

and “Wisdom has built herself a house and set up seven pillars; she has slaughtered her sacrifices, she has mixed her wine in a bowl,” and as many other things like these, which cannot be understood otherwise, neither on the surface nor from some history, except by metaphor alone and a turning of the wording. But the Greek proverbs that were set out took their origins from certain histories.

1.3.17Klostermann

τὸ γὰρ διὰ τήνδε, φησίν, ἐλέχθη τὴν ἱστορίαν, καὶ διʼ ἑτέραν πάλιν γενομένην τοιανδὶ πρᾶξιν τὸ εἴρηται· καὶ τὸ ΑΛΙΣ ΔΡΥΟΣ ὡσαύτως, διὰ τὸ βαλανηφαγοῦντάς ποτε παύσασθαι τῆς τοιαύτης τροφῆς. εἰ δὲ καὶ Γλαῦκός τις ἐπιστήμων τέχνης τινὸς γεγονὼς διαφόρως ἐμνημονεύθη παρὰ τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα διαφωνήσασιν ἐν τῷ περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγῳ, τί τοῦτο πρὸς τὰς θεοπνεύστους Παροιμίας; οὐ γὰρ ὁμοίως ταῖς Ἑλληνικαῖς παροιμίαις καὶ αὗται ἔκ τινος ἱστορίας τὴν λύσιν ἐπιδέχονται. ἀμαθῶς ἄρα καὶ ἀπείρως τῆς τῶν θείων γραφῶν θεωρίας οὐ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐναντίως τῷ ἀποστόλῳ Μάρκελλος τοὺς Ἑλλήνων σοφοὺς ‹ἐν›τυχόντας ταῖς Παροιμίαις Σολομῶνος μαθεῖν καὶ ζηλῶσαι τὸ προφητικὸν γράμμα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐκείνῳ γράψαι τρόπον ἀπεφήνατο.

to gar dia tēnde, phēsin, elechthē tēn historian, kai diʼ heteran palin genomenēn toiandi praxin to eirētai; kai to ALIS DRYOS hōsautōs, dia to balanēphagountas pote pausasthai tēs toiautēs trophēs. ei de kai Glaukos tis epistēmōn technēs tinos gegonōs diaphorōs emnēmoneuthē para tois meta tauta diaphōnēsasin en tǭ peri autou logǭ, ti touto pros tas theopneustous Paroimias? ou gar homoiōs tais Hellēnikais paroimiais kai hautai ek tinos historias tēn lysin epidechontai. amathōs ara kai apeirōs tēs tōn theiōn graphōn theōrias ou monon, alla kai enantiōs tǭ apostolǭ Markellos tous Hellēnōn sophous ‹en›tychontas tais Paroimiais Solomōnos mathein kai zēlōsai to prophētikon gramma kai ton auton ekeinǭ grapsai tropon apephēnato.

For this one, he says, was said because of such and such a story, and that one again because of another deed of such a kind; and ENOUGH OF THE OAK likewise, because those who once ate acorns stopped eating such food. And if a certain Glaucus, who was expert in some art, was remembered in different ways by later writers who disagreed in their account of him, what has this to do with the inspired Proverbs? For these, unlike the Greek proverbs, do not receive their solution from some story. Ignorantly, then, and without experience in the study of the divine Scriptures, and not only that but contrary to the apostle, Marcellus declared that the wise men of the Greeks read the Proverbs of Solomon, learned and imitated the prophetic writing, and wrote in the same way as he did.

1.3.18Klostermann

τούτων ἡμῖν εἰρημένων εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ μηδὲ ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς ὃν χρὴ τρόπον ἐντετυχηκέναι τὸν ἄνδρα, καλεῖ δὴ καιρὸς καὶ τὴν οὐχ ὑγιῆ τῆς πίστεως αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐπισκέψασθαι, ὡς ἐναντία δοξάζων τῇ ἐκκλησιαστικῇ διδασκαλίᾳ αὐτήν τε καὶ τοὺς προεστῶτας αὐτῆς διέβαλλεν.

toutōn hēmin eirēmenōn eis apodeixin tou mēde tais theiais graphais hon chrē tropon entetychēkenai ton andra, kalei dē kairos kai tēn ouch hygiē tēs pisteōs autou doxan episkepsasthai, hōs enantia doxazōn tę̄ ekklēsiastikę̄ didaskalią autēn te kai tous proestōtas autēs dieballen.

Now that we have said this to show that the man did not even read the divine Scriptures in the way he should, the time has come to examine also the unsound opinion of his faith, and how, holding views contrary to the church's teaching, he slandered both that teaching and those who preside over it.

Against 1, chapter 4

1.4.1Klostermann

Θήσω δὲ πρῶτα διʼ ὧν τοῖς ὀρθῶς καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικῶς γραφεῖσιν ἀντιλέγειν πειρᾶται, διαβάλλων τοὺς γράψαντας, καὶ μονονουχὶ πάμμαχον συνιστάμενος ἀγῶνα πρὸς πάντας. ἄρτι μὲν γὰρ πρὸς Ἀστέριον τὴν ἀντίρρησιν ποιεῖται, ἄρτι δὲ πρὸς Εὐσέβιον τὸν μέγαν.

Thēsō de prōta diʼ hōn tois orthōs kai ekklēsiastikōs grapheisin antilegein peiratai, diaballōn tous grapsantas, kai mononouchi pammachon synistamenos agōna pros pantas. arti men gar pros Asterion tēn antirrēsin poieitai, arti de pros Eusebion ton megan.

I shall first set down the passages in which he tries to contradict what was written rightly and in accordance with the church, slandering those who wrote it, and all but taking up a fight against everyone. At one moment he makes his rebuttal against Asterius, at another against the great Eusebius.

1.4.2Klostermann

καὶ ἔπειτα ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπον, τὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς τρισμακάριον τρέπεται Παυλῖνον, ἄνδρα τιμηθέντα μὲν τῆς Ἀντιοχέων ἐκκλησίας πρεσβείῳ, διαπρεπῶς δʼ ἐπισκοπεύσαντα τῆς Τυρίων οὕτω τε ἐν τῇ ἐπισκοπῇ διαλάμψαντα, ὡς τὴν Ἀντιοχέων ἐκκλησίαν ὡς οἰκείου ἀγαθοῦ μεταποιηθῆναι αὐτοῦ.

kai epeita epi ton tou theou anthrōpon, ton hōs alēthōs trismakarion trepetai Paulinon, andra timēthenta men tēs Antiocheōn ekklēsias presbeiǭ, diaprepōs dʼ episkopeusanta tēs Tyriōn houtō te en tę̄ episkopę̄ dialampsanta, hōs tēn Antiocheōn ekklēsian hōs oikeiou agathou metapoiēthēnai autou.

And then he turns against the man of God, the truly thrice-blessed Paulinus, a man honoured with the presbyterate of the church of Antioch, who was bishop of the church of Tyre with distinction, and shone so brightly in that office that the church of Antioch claimed him as its own good.

1.4.3Klostermann

ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτον, μακαρίως μὲν βεβιωκότα, μακαρίως δʼ ἀναπεπαυμένον πάλαι τε κεκοιμημένον καὶ μηδὲν αὐτῷ διενοχλοῦντα, ὁ θαυμαστὸς οὗτος συγγραφεὺς σκώπτει. καὶ ἐκ τούτου μεταβὰς Ὠριγένει πολεμεῖ, πρόπαλαι καὶ αὐτῷ πεπαυμένῳ τοῦ βίου. ἔπειτα Ναρκίσσῳ ἐπιστρατεύεται, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον Εὐσέβιον διώκει, ὁμοῦ τε πάντας τοὺς ἐκκλησιαστικοὺς πατέρας ἀθετεῖ, οὐδενὶ τὸ παράπαν ἀρεσκόμενος ἢ μόνῳ ἑαυτῷ.

alla kai touton, makariōs men bebiōkota, makariōs dʼ anapepaumenon palai te kekoimēmenon kai mēden autǭ dienochlounta, ho thaumastos houtos syngrapheus skōptei. kai ek toutou metabas Ōrigenei polemei, propalai kai autǭ pepaumenǭ tou biou. epeita Narkissǭ epistrateuetai, kai ton heteron Eusebion diōkei, homou te pantas tous ekklēsiastikous pateras athetei, oudeni to parapan areskomenos ē monǭ heautǭ.

But this man too, who lived blessedly and went to his rest blessedly, who fell asleep long ago and was troubling him not at all, this admirable writer mocks. And passing from him he wars on Origen, who had also departed this life long ago. Then he marches against Narcissus, and pursues the other Eusebius, and at the same time rejects all the church's fathers, being pleased with no one at all except himself alone.

1.4.4Klostermann

γράφει δʼ οὖν ὀνομαστὶ κακῶς μνημονεύων ἀπάντων τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἄρξομαι τοίνυν ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γραφείσης ἐπιστολῆς πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν μὴ ὀρθῶς γραφέντων ἀντιλέγειν. γέγραφεν πιστεύειν εἰς πατέρα θεὸν παντοκράτορα, καὶ εἰς τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ θεόν, τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, καὶ εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον· καί φησιν ἐκ τῶν θείων γραφῶν μεμαθηκέναι τοῦτον τὸν τῆς θεοσεβείας τρόπον.

graphei dʼ oun onomasti kakōs mnēmoneuōn apantōn touton ton tropon arxomai toinyn apo tēs hypʼ autou grapheisēs epistolēs pros hekaston tōn mē orthōs graphentōn antilegein. gegraphen pisteuein eis patera theon pantokratora, kai eis ton huion autou ton monogenē theon, ton kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun Christon, kai eis to pneuma to hagion; kai phēsin ek tōn theiōn graphōn memathēkenai touton ton tēs theosebeias tropon.

He writes, then, mentioning them all by name with abuse, in this way: “I shall begin, then, from the letter written by him, to speak against each thing not written rightly. He has written that he believes in the Father, God Almighty, and in his Son, the only-begotten God, our Lord Jesus Christ, and in the Holy Spirit; and he says that he has learned this manner of godliness from the divine Scriptures.

1.4.5Klostermann

ἐγὼ δὲ ὅταν μὲν τοῦτο λέγῃ ἀποδέχομαι σφόδρα τὰ λεγόμενα, κοινὸς γὰρ οὗτος ἁπάντων ἡμῶν τῆς θεοσεβείας ὁ τρόπος, πιστεύειν εἰς πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν καὶ ἅγιον πνεῦμα· ὅταν δὲ μὴ τῆς θείας ἐστοχασμένος δυνάμεως ἀνθρωπικώτερον ἡμῖν διά τινος ἐντέχνου θεωρίας τόν τε πατέρα πατέρα λέγῃ καὶ τὸν υἱὸν υἱόν, οὐκέτʼ ἐπαινεῖν τὴν τοιαύτην θεωρίαν ἀκίνδυνον.

egō de hotan men touto legę̄ apodechomai sphodra ta legomena, koinos gar houtos hapantōn hēmōn tēs theosebeias ho tropos, pisteuein eis patera kai huion kai hagion pneuma; hotan de mē tēs theias estochasmenos dynameōs anthrōpikōteron hēmin dia tinos entechnou theōrias ton te patera patera legę̄ kai ton huion huion, ouketʼ epainein tēn toiautēn theōrian akindynon.

And when he says this I heartily accept what is said, for this manner of godliness is common to all of us, to believe in Father and Son and Holy Spirit. But when, not aiming at the divine power, he speaks to us in too human a way, through some technical theory, of the Father as Father and the Son as Son, it is no longer safe to praise such a theory.

1.4.6Klostermann

διὰ γὰρ τῆς τοιαύτης θεωρίας τὴν νῦν αὐτοῖς ἐπινοουμένην αἵρεσιν αὐξάνεσθαι συμβαίνει, ὅπερ σαφῶς ἐπιδεῖξαι ῥᾴδιον οἶμαι ἐκ τῶν αὐτοῦ λόγων. ἔφη γὰρ τὸν μὲν πατέρα δεῖν ἀληθῶς πατέρα εἶναι νομίζειν καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἀληθῶς υἱὸν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ὡσαύτως.

dia gar tēs toiautēs theōrias tēn nyn autois epinooumenēn hairesin auxanesthai symbainei, hoper saphōs epideixai rhądion oimai ek tōn autou logōn. ephē gar ton men patera dein alēthōs patera einai nomizein kai ton huion alēthōs huion kai to hagion pneuma hōsautōs.

For it is through such a theory that the heresy now devised by them happens to grow, which I think it is easy to show clearly from his own words. For he said that one must think the Father to be truly Father, and the Son truly Son, and the Holy Spirit likewise.”

1.4.7Klostermann

ταῦτα ὁ Μάρκελλος πρὸς Ἀστέριον, οὐκ ἀρεσκόμενος τῷ τὸν πατέρα δεῖν ἀληθῶς πατέρα εἶναι ὁμολογεῖν καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἀληθῶς υἱὸν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ὡσαύτως. ὅθεν ἑξῆς διὰ μακροτέρων ἀνασκευάζειν τὸν περὶ τούτων πειρᾶται λόγον. ψιλὸν γὰρ καὶ τῷ ἀνθρωπείῳ λόγῳ ὅμοιον, οὐχὶ δὲ υἱὸν ἀληθῶς ζῶντα καὶ ὑφεστῶτα τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι ὁμολογεῖν ἐθέλει.

tauta ho Markellos pros Asterion, ouk areskomenos tǭ ton patera dein alēthōs patera einai homologein kai ton huion alēthōs huion kai to hagion pneuma hōsautōs. hothen hexēs dia makroterōn anaskeuazein ton peri toutōn peiratai logon. psilon gar kai tǭ anthrōpeiǭ logǭ homoion, ouchi de huion alēthōs zōnta kai hyphestōta ton Christon einai homologein ethelei.

This is what Marcellus says against Asterius, displeased that one must confess the Father to be truly Father, and the Son truly Son, and the Holy Spirit likewise. Hence he next tries at greater length to overturn the argument about these things. For he wants to confess that Christ is a mere word, like a human word, but not a Son truly living and subsisting.

1.4.8Klostermann

καὶ ἐπειδὴ ταύτην εἶπεν ἐπινοεῖσθαι νῦν αἵρεσιν, δεικτέον ὡς προϊὼν Ὠριγένους τοῦ πάλαι γενομένου μέμνηται ὡς ὁμοδοξοῦντος τοῖς νυνὶ πρὸς αὐτοῦ διαβαλλομένοις. ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ Ὠριγένους παλαιοτέρων ἀνδρῶν πλείστοις ὅσοις ἐκκλησιαστικοῖς συγγράμμασιν ἐντετύχηκα, ἐπισκόπων τε καὶ συνόδων ἐπιστολαῖς διαφόροις πρόπαλαι γραφείσαις, διʼ ὧν εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς ὁ τῆς πίστεως χαρακτὴρ ἀποδείκνυται.

kai epeidē tautēn eipen epinoeisthai nyn hairesin, deikteon hōs proïōn Ōrigenous tou palai genomenou memnētai hōs homodoxountos tois nyni pros autou diaballomenois. egō de kai Ōrigenous palaioterōn andrōn pleistois hosois ekklēsiastikois syngrammasin entetychēka, episkopōn te kai synodōn epistolais diaphorois propalai grapheisais, diʼ hōn heis kai ho autos ho tēs pisteōs charaktēr apodeiknytai.

And since he said that this heresy is being devised now, it must be shown that, as he goes on, he mentions Origen, who lived long ago, as holding the same opinion as those he is now slandering. But I have read very many church writings of men older even than Origen, and various letters of bishops and synods written long ago, through which one and the same character of the faith is shown.

1.4.9Klostermann

οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἄρα διαβέβληκεν εἰπὼν 〈ταύτην〉 ἐπινοεῖσθαι νῦν αἵρεσιν ὑπὸ τῶν διαβαλλομένων. μετὰ ταῦτα μικρὸν προελθὼν οὐ τὸν Ἀστέριον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν μέγαν Εὐσέβιον, οὗ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς πλεῖσται καὶ διαφανεῖς ἐπαρχίαι τε καὶ πόλεις μετεποιήθησαν, κακῶς ἀγορεύει τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ὑπομνήσω δέ σε ὧν αὐτὸς γέγραφεν συνιστάμενος τοῖς κακῶς ὑπὸ Εὐσεβίου γραφεῖσιν, ἵνα γνῷς ὅτι ἀφίσταται σαφῶς τῆς προτέρας ἐπαγγελίας.

ouk orthōs ara diabeblēken eipōn 〈tautēn〉 epinoeisthai nyn hairesin hypo tōn diaballomenōn. meta tauta mikron proelthōn ou ton Asterion monon, alla kai ton megan Eusebion, hou tēs episkopēs pleistai kai diaphaneis eparchiai te kai poleis metepoiēthēsan, kakōs agoreuei touton ton tropon hypomnēsō de se hōn autos gegraphen synistamenos tois kakōs hypo Eusebiou grapheisin, hina gnǭs hoti aphistatai saphōs tēs proteras epangelias.

So he was wrong to slander them by saying that this heresy is being devised now by those he slanders. After this, going on a little, he abuses not only Asterius but also the great Eusebius, whose episcopate very many famous provinces and cities have claimed, in this way: “I shall remind you of what he himself wrote in support of what was badly written by Eusebius, so that you may know that he clearly departs from his earlier promise.

1.4.10Klostermann

γέγραφεν γὰρ αὐταῖς λέξεσιν οὕτως· τὸ γὰρ κεφάλαιον εἶναι τῆς ἐπιστολῆς ἐπὶ τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀνενεγκεῖν τοῦ υἱοῦ τὴν γένεσιν, καὶ μὴ πάθος ἀποφῆναι τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν γονήν. ὅπερ οἱ σοφώτατοι τῶν πατέρων ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις συντάγμασιν ἀπεφήναντο, φυλαξάμενοι τῶν αἱρετικῶν τὴν ἀσέβειαν, οἳ σωματικήν τινα καὶ παθητικὴν κατεψεύσαντο τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν τεκνογονίαν, τὰς προβολὰς δογματίζοντες.

gegraphen gar autais lexesin houtōs; to gar kephalaion einai tēs epistolēs epi tēn boulēn tou patros anenenkein tou huiou tēn genesin, kai mē pathos apophēnai tou theou tēn gonēn. hoper hoi sophōtatoi tōn paterōn en tois oikeiois syntagmasin apephēnanto, phylaxamenoi tōn hairetikōn tēn asebeian, hoi sōmatikēn tina kai pathētikēn katepseusanto tou theou tēn teknogonian, tas probolas dogmatizontes.

For he wrote in these very words: ‘For the main point of the letter was to refer the Son's generation to the Father's will, and not to declare God's begetting an experience; which is what the wisest of the fathers declared in their own writings, guarding against the impiety of the heretics, who falsely ascribed to God a bodily and passible begetting of children, teaching emanations.’”

1.4.11Klostermann

καὶ πρὸς ταύτας δὲ τὰς φωνὰς πολλὴν ἑξῆς ποιεῖται τὴν ἀντίρρησιν, μεθʼ ἣν ἐπισυνάπτει λέγων ὥστε συνηγορῆσαι Εὐσεβίῳ κακῶς γράψαντι βουλόμενος Ἀστέριος, φύσεώς τε πατρὸς καὶ φύσεως [ἀ]γεννητοῦ μνημονεύσας, αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ κατήγορος γέγονεν. πολὺ γὰρ βέλτιον ἦν τὸ βάθος τοῦ νοήματος Εὐσεβίου, ὡς αὐτὸς γέγραφεν, ἐν βραχυλογίᾳ κείμενον ἀνεξέταστον καταλιπεῖν, ἢ τοιαύτῃ θεωρίᾳ χρησάμενον τὸ πανοῦργον τοῦ γράμματος εἰς φῶς ἀγαγεῖν.

kai pros tautas de tas phōnas pollēn hexēs poieitai tēn antirrēsin, methʼ hēn episynaptei legōn hōste synēgorēsai Eusebiǭ kakōs grapsanti boulomenos Asterios, physeōs te patros kai physeōs [a]gennētou mnēmoneusas, autos heautou katēgoros gegonen. poly gar beltion ēn to bathos tou noēmatos Eusebiou, hōs autos gegraphen, en brachylogią keimenon anexetaston katalipein, ē toiautę̄ theōrią chrēsamenon to panourgon tou grammatos eis phōs agagein.

Against these words too he makes a long rebuttal next, after which he adds, saying: “So Asterius, wishing to support Eusebius, who wrote badly, by mentioning the nature of the Father and the nature of the begotten, became his own accuser. For it would have been far better to leave unexamined the depth of Eusebius's thought, lying, as he himself wrote, in brevity, than to use such a theory and bring the craftiness of the letter to light.”

1.4.12Klostermann

καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει νυνὶ δὲ ἐξετάσωμεν ἕν τι ῥητὸν τῶν ὑπὸ Ἀστερίου γραφέντων· ἔφη γὰρ οὗτος· ἄλλος μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ὁ πατήρ, ὁ γεννήσας ἐξ αὑτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ λόγον καὶ πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως. ἀμφότερα συνάψας γέγραφεν μονογενῆ καὶ πρωτότοκον, πολλῆς ἐναντιότητος ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασιν οὔσης τούτοις, ὡς ἔστιν ῥᾴδιον καὶ τοῖς σφόδρα δυσμαθέσιν γνῶναι.

kai methʼ hetera epilegei nyni de exetasōmen hen ti rhēton tōn hypo Asteriou graphentōn; ephē gar houtos; allos men gar estin ho patēr, ho gennēsas ex hautou ton monogenē logon kai prōtotokon pasēs ktiseōs. amphotera synapsas gegraphen monogenē kai prōtotokon, pollēs enantiotētos en tois onomasin ousēs toutois, hōs estin rhądion kai tois sphodra dysmathesin gnōnai.

And after other things he adds: “Now let us examine one saying from what Asterius wrote. For he said: ‘For the Father, who begot from himself the only-begotten Word and firstborn of all creation, is another.’ Joining both together, he wrote ‘only-begotten’ and ‘firstborn,’ though there is great opposition between these names, as even the very slow of learning can easily see.

1.4.13Klostermann

δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι ὁ μονογενής, εἰ ὄντως μονογενὴς εἴη, οὐκέτι πρωτότοκος εἶναι δύναται, καὶ ὁ πρωτότοκος ᾗ ⟨πρωτότοκος〉 οὐ δύναται μονογενὴς εἶναι. καὶ ἐν τούτοις δὲ τὸν Ἀστέριον αἰτιᾶται μάτην· οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἀλλὰ τῆς θείας γραφῆς ἐτύγχανον αἱ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ποτὲ μὲν λέγουσαι μονογενῆ υἱὸν ποτὲ δὲ πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως φωναί.

dēlon gar hoti ho monogenēs, ei ontōs monogenēs eiē, ouketi prōtotokos einai dynatai, kai ho prōtotokos hę̄ ⟨prōtotokos〉 ou dynatai monogenēs einai. kai en toutois de ton Asterion aitiatai matēn; ou gar autou alla tēs theias graphēs etynchanon hai ton huion tou theou pote men legousai monogenē huion pote de prōtotokon pasēs ktiseōs phōnai.

For it is clear that the only-begotten, if he is truly only-begotten, can no longer be firstborn, and the firstborn, as firstborn, cannot be only-begotten.” Here too he accuses Asterius in vain. For the words that call the Son of God at one time only-begotten Son and at another firstborn of all creation were not Asterius's but divine Scripture's.

1.4.14Klostermann

αὖθις δὲ συνάπτει τούτοις λέγων ἀλλʼ ἀφέμενος τῆς ἀληθοῦς γνώσεως τὴν ἔντεχνον ἡμῖν καὶ νῦν ἐπεδείξατο θεωρίαν. οὐκ ἔχων γὰρ ἐκ τῶν θείων γραφῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ κατασκευάσαι βούλημα, ἐπὶ τοὺς σοφωτάτους, ὡς οἴεται, ἀνατρέχει πατέρας φάσκων· ὅπερ οἱ σοφώτατοι τῶν πατέρων ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις συντάγμασιν ἀπεφήναντο.

authis de synaptei toutois legōn allʼ aphemenos tēs alēthous gnōseōs tēn entechnon hēmin kai nyn epedeixato theōrian. ouk echōn gar ek tōn theiōn graphōn to heautou kataskeuasai boulēma, epi tous sophōtatous, hōs oietai, anatrechei pateras phaskōn; hoper hoi sophōtatoi tōn paterōn en tois oikeiois syntagmasin apephēnanto.

Again he adds to this, saying: “But leaving true knowledge aside, he has now too displayed to us his technical theory. For, unable to establish his own intention from the divine Scriptures, he runs back to the wisest fathers, as he thinks, saying: ‘which is what the wisest of the fathers declared in their own writings.’

1.4.15Klostermann

ἀπόφασιν ἀποπεφάσθαι τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ πατέρας Ἀστέριός φησιν καὶ δόγμα περὶ θεοῦ γεγραφέναι ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκείας ἑαυτῶν προαιρέσεως. τὸ γὰρ τοῦ δόγματος ὄνομα τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἔχεται βουλῆς τε καὶ γνώμης.

apophasin apopephasthai tous heautou pateras Asterios phēsin kai dogma peri theou gegraphenai apo tēs oikeias heautōn proaireseōs. to gar tou dogmatos onoma tēs anthrōpinēs echetai boulēs te kai gnōmēs.

Asterius says that his fathers made a declaration and wrote a dogma about God from their own choice. For the name ‘dogma’ belongs to human will and opinion.

1.4.16Klostermann

ὅτι δὲ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει μαρτυρεῖ μὲν ἡμῖν ἱκανῶς ἡ δογματικὴ τῶν ἰατρῶν τέχνη, μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ τὰ τῶν φιλοσόφων καλούμενα ⟨δόγματα⟩· ὅτι δὲ καὶ τὰ συγκλήτῳ δόξαντα ἔτι καὶ νῦν δόγματα συγκλήτου λέγεται, οὐδένα ἀγνοεῖν οἶμαι. καὶ ταῦτα δὲ ὁ Μάρκελλος, ἀμνημονήσας τῆς ἀποστολικῆς φωνῆς ἥ φησιν περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος »τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῖς δόγμασιν καταργήσας«, προήχθη εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέμφεται τῷ δεῖν ἕπεσθαι τοῖς πατράσιν, τῆς θείας φασκούσης γραφῆς ἐπερώτησον τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ σοι·

hoti de touthʼ houtōs echei martyrei men hēmin hikanōs hē dogmatikē tōn iatrōn technē, martyrei de kai ta tōn philosophōn kaloumena ⟨dogmata⟩; hoti de kai ta synklētǭ doxanta eti kai nyn dogmata synklētou legetai, oudena agnoein oimai. kai tauta de ho Markellos, amnēmonēsas tēs apostolikēs phōnēs hē phēsin peri tou sōtēros »ton nomon tōn entolōn tois dogmasin katargēsas«, proēchthē eipein, alla kai memphetai tǭ dein hepesthai tois patrasin, tēs theias phaskousēs graphēs eperōtēson ton patera sou kai anangelei soi;

That this is so, the dogmatic art of physicians bears us sufficient witness, and so do the so-called ‘dogmas’ of the philosophers; and that the decisions of the senate are still now called ‘dogmas’ of the senate, I think no one is unaware.” Marcellus was led to say this, forgetting the apostle's word which says of the Saviour, “having abolished the law of commandments in dogmas”; and he even finds fault with the need to follow the fathers, though divine Scripture says: “Ask your father, and he will tell you,

1.4.17Klostermann

τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους σου καὶ ἐροῦσίν σοι« καὶ μὴ μέταιρε ὅρια αἰώνια ἅ ἔθεντο οἱ πατέρες σου«. εἶτʼ ἀγανακτῶν ὅτι Παυλῖνον μακάριον ἀπεκάλεσεν, ὁμοῦ τε κακῶς Εὐσεβίου πάλιν μνημονεύων, οὕτω γράφει συνηγορῆσαι γὰρ βουληθεὶς τῷ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν κακῶς γράψαντι Εὐσεβίῳ, πρῶτον μὲν οὐ διδασκαλικῶς ἀναπτύξας, ἔφη, τὸ δόγμα τὴν ἐπιστολὴν συνέταξεν, οὐ γὰρ πρὸς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν οὐδὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἀγνοοῦντας ἐγίγνετο τὸ γράμμα ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν μακάριον Παυλῖνον, μακάριον αὐτὸν διὰ τοῦτο εἰπών, ὅτι τὴν αὐτὴν εἶχεν Ἀστερίῳ δόξαν. οὐκοῦν ἐπειδήπερ τοὺς σοφωτάτους πατέρας Ἀστερίου μεμαθήκαμεν, ἀκόλουθον ἡγοῦμαι λέγειν καὶ τὸν Παυλίνου τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων γενόμενον διδάσκαλον.

tous presbyterous sou kai erousin soi« kai mē metaire horia aiōnia ha ethento hoi pateres sou«. eitʼ aganaktōn hoti Paulinon makarion apekalesen, homou te kakōs Eusebiou palin mnēmoneuōn, houtō graphei synēgorēsai gar boulētheis tǭ tēn epistolēn kakōs grapsanti Eusebiǭ, prōton men ou didaskalikōs anaptyxas, ephē, to dogma tēn epistolēn synetaxen, ou gar pros tēn ekklēsian oude pros tous agnoountas egigneto to gramma alla pros ton makarion Paulinon, makarion auton dia touto eipōn, hoti tēn autēn eichen Asteriǭ doxan. oukoun epeidēper tous sophōtatous pateras Asteriou memathēkamen, akolouthon hēgoumai legein kai ton Paulinou te kai tōn allōn genomenon didaskalon.

your elders, and they will tell you,” and “Do not remove the eternal boundaries which your fathers set.” Then, vexed that Asterius called Paulinus blessed, and at the same time again mentioning Eusebius with abuse, he writes thus: “For, wishing to support Eusebius, who wrote the letter badly, he first said that he composed the letter without unfolding the dogma in the manner of a teacher, for the letter was written not to the church nor to those who did not know, but to the blessed Paulinus; calling him blessed for this reason, that he held the same opinion as Asterius. Since, then, we have learned who are the wisest fathers of Asterius, I think it follows to name also the one who became the teacher of Paulinus and the others.

1.4.18Klostermann

ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς Παυλίνου ἐπιστολῆς ὁ κἀκείνου διδάσκαλος γεγονὼς εὔδηλος γένοιτʼ ἂν ἡμῖν. καὶ μεταξύ τινα εἰπὼν τὸν αὐτὸν αὖθις διαβάλλει ὡς οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἀποδεξάμενον τὸν Ὠριγένη, λέγων οὕτως οὐκ εὐαγγελικῆς ὑπομιμνήσκων διδασκαλίας ταῦτʼ ἔγραψεν Παυλῖνος, ὁμολογῶν δὲ ἐνίους μὲν ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν οὕτω κινεῖσθαι, ἐνίους δὲ ἐκ τῶν ἀναγνωσμάτων τῶν προειρημένων ἀνδρῶν τοῦτον ἦχθαι τὸν τρόπον.

apo gar tēs Paulinou epistolēs ho kakeinou didaskalos gegonōs eudēlos genoitʼ an hēmin. kai metaxy tina eipōn ton auton authis diaballei hōs ouk orthōs apodexamenon ton Ōrigenē, legōn houtōs ouk euangelikēs hypomimnēskōn didaskalias tautʼ egrapsen Paulinos, homologōn de enious men aphʼ heautōn houtō kineisthai, enious de ek tōn anagnōsmatōn tōn proeirēmenōn andrōn touton ēchthai ton tropon.

For from the letter of Paulinus the man who was his teacher too would become plain to us.” And after saying some things in between, he slanders the same man again as having wrongly accepted Origen, saying this: “Paulinus wrote this not reminding us of the gospel teaching, but admitting that some were moved this way of themselves, and others had been led in this way by the readings of the men mentioned before.

1.4.19Klostermann

εἶτα τέλος, ὥσπερ τινὰ κορωνίδα τῆς ἀποδείξεως ἐπάγων, ἐκ τῶν Ὠριγένους ῥητῶν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ὑπέγραψεν ἐπιστολῇ, ὡς μᾶλλον πεῖσαι δυναμένου παρὰ τοὺς εὐαγγελιστὰς καὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους. ἔστιν δὲ τὰ ῥητὰ ταῦτα· ὥρα ἐπαναλαβόντα περὶ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος, ὀλίγα τῶν τότε παραλελειμμένων διεξελθεῖν· περὶ πατρὸς ὡς ἀδιαίρετος ὢν καὶ ἀμέριστος υἱοῦ γίγνεται πατήρ, οὐ προβαλὼν αὐτόν, ὡς οἴονταί τινες.

eita telos, hōsper tina korōnida tēs apodeixeōs epagōn, ek tōn Ōrigenous rhētōn tę̄ heautou hypegrapsen epistolę̄, hōs mallon peisai dynamenou para tous euangelistas kai tous apostolous. estin de ta rhēta tauta; hōra epanalabonta peri patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos, oliga tōn tote paraleleimmenōn diexelthein; peri patros hōs adiairetos ōn kai ameristos huiou gignetai patēr, ou probalōn auton, hōs oiontai tines.

Then finally, adding as a kind of crowning touch to his proof, he appended to his letter some sayings of Origen, as if Origen could persuade more than the evangelists and the apostles. These are the sayings: ‘It is time, taking up again the subject of the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit, to go through a few of the things omitted then. Concerning the Father: that being indivisible and without parts he becomes Father of the Son, not by putting him forth, as some think.

1.4.20Klostermann

εἰ γὰρ πρόβλημά ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ γέννημα ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ὁποῖα τὰ τῶν ζῴων γεννήματα, ἀνάγκη σῶμα εἶναι τὸν προβαλόντα καὶ τὸν προβεβλημένον.

ei gar problēma estin ho huios tou patros kai gennēma ex autou, hopoia ta tōn zǭōn gennēmata, anankē sōma einai ton probalonta kai ton probeblēmenon.

For if the Son is a putting-forth of the Father and an offspring from him, like the offspring of living creatures, the one who puts forth and the one put forth must be bodies.’

1.4.21Klostermann

εἶθʼ ἑξῆς μετὰ τὴν τῶν Ὠριγενειῶν φωνῶν παράθεσιν ἐπιφέρει λέγων ταῦτα Ὠριγένης γέγραφεν, μὴ παρὰ τῶν ἱερῶν προφητῶν τε καὶ ἀποστόλων περὶ τῆς ἀιδιότητος τοῦ λόγου μαθεῖν βουληθείς, ἀλλʼ ἑαυτῷ δεδωκὼς πλεῖον δευτέραν ὑπόθεσιν διηγήσασθαι τοῦ λόγου μάτην τολμᾷ. καὶ τούτοις δὲ τοῖς ὑπὸ Ὠριγένους ὀρθῶς εἰρημένοις, περὶ τοῦ μὴ δεῖν σωματικήν τινα καὶ παθητικὴν ὑπολαμβάνειν τὴν τῆς θεότητος τοῦ υἱοῦ γέννησιν, ἀντιλέγει, μάλισθʼ ὅτι τῷ υἱῷ δέδωκεν ὑπόστασιν. καὶ ἐπιφέρει τὸν Ὠριγένη πάλιν κακῶς λέγων τοῖς τε ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ὀρθῶς γραφεῖσιν ἀντιλέγων ἐν τούτοις ὅτι τὰ τοιαῦτα γράφων Ὠριγένης ἰδίοις ἐχρῆτο δόγμασιν, δῆλον ἀφʼ ὧν καὶ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ἀνατρέπει πολλάκις. ἐν γοῦν ἑτέρῳ χωρίῳ ἅτινα περὶ θεοῦ λέγει, ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν ὑπομνῆσαι. γράφει δὲ οὕτως·

eithʼ hexēs meta tēn tōn Ōrigeneiōn phōnōn parathesin epipherei legōn tauta Ōrigenēs gegraphen, mē para tōn hierōn prophētōn te kai apostolōn peri tēs aidiotētos tou logou mathein boulētheis, allʼ heautǭ dedōkōs pleion deuteran hypothesin diēgēsasthai tou logou matēn tolmą. kai toutois de tois hypo Ōrigenous orthōs eirēmenois, peri tou mē dein sōmatikēn tina kai pathētikēn hypolambanein tēn tēs theotētos tou huiou gennēsin, antilegei, malisthʼ hoti tǭ huiǭ dedōken hypostasin. kai epipherei ton Ōrigenē palin kakōs legōn tois te hypʼ autou orthōs grapheisin antilegōn en toutois hoti ta toiauta graphōn Ōrigenēs idiois echrēto dogmasin, dēlon aphʼ hōn kai ta heautou anatrepei pollakis. en goun heterǭ chōriǭ hatina peri theou legei, akolouthon estin hypomnēsai. graphei de houtōs;

Then, after setting out Origen's words, he adds: “Origen wrote this not wishing to learn about the eternity of the Word from the holy prophets and apostles, but, allowing himself more, he rashly ventures to describe a second hypostasis of the Word.” Against these words too, rightly spoken by Origen, that one must not suppose the begetting of the Son's divinity to be bodily and passible, he speaks, chiefly because Origen gave the Son a hypostasis. And he goes on again abusing Origen and contradicting what he wrote rightly, in these words: “That in writing such things Origen was using his own dogmas is clear from the fact that he often overturns his own views. At any rate, it follows to recall what he says about God in another place. He writes thus:

1.4.22Klostermann

οὐ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς πατὴρ εἶναι ἤρξατο κωλυόμενος, ὡς οἱ γινόμενοι πατέρες ἄνθρωποι, ὑπὸ τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαί πω πατέρες εἶναι. εἰ γὰρ ἀεὶ τέλειος ὁ θεός, καὶ πάρεστιν αὐτῷ δύναμις τοῦ πατέρα αὐτὸν εἶναι, καὶ καλὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι πατέρα τοιούτου υἱοῦ, 〈τί〉 ἀναβάλλεται καὶ τοῦ καλοῦ ἑαυτὸν στερίσκει καί, ὡς ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, ἐξ οὗ δύναται πατὴρ εἶναι, οὐ 〈γίνεται πατήρ⟩; τὸ αὐτὸ μέντοιγε καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος λεκτέον.

ou gar ho theos patēr einai ērxato kōlyomenos, hōs hoi ginomenoi pateres anthrōpoi, hypo tou mē dynasthai pō pateres einai. ei gar aei teleios ho theos, kai parestin autǭ dynamis tou patera auton einai, kai kalon auton einai patera toioutou huiou, 〈ti〉 anaballetai kai tou kalou heauton steriskei kai, hōs estin eipein, ex hou dynatai patēr einai, ou 〈ginetai patēr⟩? to auto mentoige kai peri tou hagiou pneumatos lekteon.

‘For God did not begin to be Father, being hindered, like men who become fathers, by not yet being able to be fathers. For if God is always perfect, and the power to be Father is present to him, and it is good for him to be Father of such a Son, why does he delay and deprive himself of the good, and, so to speak, not become Father from when he is able to be Father? The same must be said also of the Holy Spirit.’

1.4.23Klostermann

πῶς οὖν Ὠριγένους καὶ τοῦτο γράψαντος, ὁ μακάριος κατʼ αὐτὸν Παυλῖνος τοῦτο μὲν ἀποκρύψασθαι οὐκ ἀκίνδυνον ἐνόμισεν, χρήσασθαι δὲ εἰς κατασκευὴν τῶν ἑαυτῷ δοκούντων τοῖς ἐναντίοις, ὧν οὐδὲ αὐτὸν ἂν Ὠριγένη εἴποιμι τὸν λόγον ἀποδοῦναι δυνατὸν εἶναι; ἐν τούτοις ὁ Μάρκελλος ἐναντία φάναι αὑτῷ τὸν Ὠριγένη εἰπὼν κατεψεύσατο, μὴ δυνηθεὶς συνεῖναι, ὡς διὰ μὲν τῆς προτέρας παραθέσεως τὸ ἀσώματον καὶ ἀπαθὲς τοῦ πατρὸς ἐδήλου, διὰ δὲ τῆς δευτέρας τὸ μὴ χρόνῳ πρὸ πάντων δὲ αἰώνων τὸν υἱὸν γεγεννηκέναι.

pōs oun Ōrigenous kai touto grapsantos, ho makarios katʼ auton Paulinos touto men apokrypsasthai ouk akindynon enomisen, chrēsasthai de eis kataskeuēn tōn heautǭ dokountōn tois enantiois, hōn oude auton an Ōrigenē eipoimi ton logon apodounai dynaton einai? en toutois ho Markellos enantia phanai hautǭ ton Ōrigenē eipōn katepseusato, mē dynētheis syneinai, hōs dia men tēs proteras paratheseōs to asōmaton kai apathes tou patros edēlou, dia de tēs deuteras to mē chronǭ pro pantōn de aiōnōn ton huion gegennēkenai.

How then, when Origen wrote this too, did Paulinus, blessed in his view, think it not without danger to hide this, but to use contrary statements to establish his own opinions, of which I would say not even Origen himself could give an account?” Here Marcellus falsely accused Origen of contradicting himself, being unable to understand that by the first citation he showed that the Father is incorporeal and impassible, and by the second that he begot the Son not in time but before all ages.

1.4.24Klostermann

αὖθις δὲ μεθʼ ἕτερα περὶ τοῦ Ὠριγένους ὁ αὐτὸς ταῦτα γράφει καίτοι εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς περὶ Ὠριγένους εἰπεῖν, τοῦτο προσήκει λέγειν, ὅτι ἄρτι τῶν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν ἀποστὰς μαθημάτων, καὶ τοῖς θείοις ὁμιλῆσαι προελόμενος λόγοις πρὸ τῆς ἀκριβοῦς τῶν γραφῶν καταλήψεως, διὰ τὸ πολὺ καὶ φιλότιμον τῆς ἔξωθεν παιδεύσεως θᾶττον τοῦ δέοντος ἀρξάμενος [ὑπο]γράφειν ὑπὸ τῶν τῆς φιλοσοφίας παρήχθη λόγων, καί τινα διʼ αὐτοὺς οὐ καλῶς γέγραφεν. δῆλον δέ· ἔτι γὰρ τῶν Πλάτωνος μεμνημένος δογμάτων,

authis de methʼ hetera peri tou Ōrigenous ho autos tauta graphei kaitoi ei dei talēthes peri Ōrigenous eipein, touto prosēkei legein, hoti arti tōn kata philosophian apostas mathēmatōn, kai tois theiois homilēsai proelomenos logois pro tēs akribous tōn graphōn katalēpseōs, dia to poly kai philotimon tēs exōthen paideuseōs thatton tou deontos arxamenos [hypo]graphein hypo tōn tēs philosophias parēchthē logōn, kai tina diʼ autous ou kalōs gegraphen. dēlon de; eti gar tōn Platōnos memnēmenos dogmatōn,

Again, after other things, the same man writes this about Origen: “And yet, if one must speak the truth about Origen, it is fitting to say this: that having just left philosophical studies and chosen to give himself to the divine words, before an exact understanding of the Scriptures, because of the greatness and ambition of his outside education he began writing sooner than he should and was led astray by the doctrines of philosophy, and because of them wrote some things not well. This is clear; for, still remembering the dogmas of Plato,

1.4.25Klostermann

καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀρχῶν παρʼ αὐτῷ διαφορᾶς, ΠΕΡΙ ΑΡΧΩΝ γέγραφεν βιβλίον, καὶ ταύτην τῷ συγγράμματι τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν ἔθετο. δεῖγμα δὲ τούτου μέγιστον τὸ μηδὲ ἄλλοθέν ποθεν τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν λέξεων αὐτὸν ἢ τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν τοῦ βιβλίου ποιήσασθαι, ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ τῶν Πλάτωνι λεχθέντων ῥημάτων· γέγραφεν γὰρ ἀρχόμενος οὕτως·

kai tēs tōn archōn parʼ autǭ diaphoras, PERI ARChŌN gegraphen biblion, kai tautēn tǭ syngrammati tēn epigraphēn etheto. deigma de toutou megiston to mēde allothen pothen tēn archēn tōn lexeōn auton ē tēn epigraphēn tou bibliou poiēsasthai, allʼ apo tōn Platōni lechthentōn rhēmatōn; gegraphen gar archomenos houtōs;

and the difference of the first principles in him, he wrote a book ON FIRST PRINCIPLES and gave his treatise this title. The greatest proof of this is that he took the beginning of his words, or the title of the book, from nowhere else than from the words spoken by Plato. For he wrote at the beginning thus:

1.4.26Klostermann

οἱ πεπιστευκότες καὶ πεπεισμένοι, τοῦτο 〈τὸ⟩ ῥητὸν οὕτως εἰρημένον εὕροις ἂν ἐν τῷ Γοργίᾳ Πλάτωνος. οὔτʼ εἰ ἐφέρετο, ἤνεγκεν ἂν διαβολὴν Ὠριγένει φάντι· οἱ πεπιστευκότες [ἢ] καὶ πεπεισμένοι, καὶ συνάψαντι ἑξῆς· τὴν χάριν καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν »διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ« γεγονέναι καὶ Χριστὸν εἶναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ· »ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια«. ποία γὰρ πρὸς ταῦτα κοινωνία γένοιτʼ ἄν ποτε Πλάτωνι;

hoi pepisteukotes kai pepeismenoi, touto 〈to⟩ rhēton houtōs eirēmenon heurois an en tǭ Gorgią Platōnos. outʼ ei ephereto, ēnenken an diabolēn Ōrigenei phanti; hoi pepisteukotes [ē] kai pepeismenoi, kai synapsanti hexēs; tēn charin kai tēn alētheian »dia Iēsou Christou« gegonenai kai Christon einai tēn alētheian kata to eirēmenon hypʼ autou; »egō eimi hē alētheia«. poia gar pros tauta koinōnia genoitʼ an pote Platōni?

‘Those who have believed and been persuaded’; you would find this saying, put this way, in Plato's Gorgias.” Even if it were found there, it would bring no reproach on Origen for saying “those who have believed and been persuaded” and adding next that grace and truth came “through Jesus Christ” and that Christ is the truth, according to his own saying, “I am the truth.” What fellowship could Plato ever have with these things?

1.4.27Klostermann

οὐδὲν Πλάτωνος ΠΕΡΙ ΑΡΧΩΝ μνημονεύεται βιβλίον, οὐδὲ Ὠριγένης ὁμοίως περὶ ἀρχῶν ἐδόξασεν Πλάτωνι, ὁ μίαν μόνην τὴν ἀγένητον καὶ ἄναρχον καὶ ἐπέκεινα τῶν ὅλων εἰδὼς ἀρχήν, ταύτην τε εἶναι πατέρα ἑνὸς μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ, διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα γέγονεν.

ouden Platōnos PERI ARChŌN mnēmoneuetai biblion, oude Ōrigenēs homoiōs peri archōn edoxasen Platōni, ho mian monēn tēn agenēton kai anarchon kai epekeina tōn holōn eidōs archēn, tautēn te einai patera henos monogenous huiou, diʼ hou ta panta gegonen.

No book of Plato's ON FIRST PRINCIPLES is recorded, nor did Origen think about first principles as Plato did, for he knew only one first principle, unbegotten, without beginning and beyond all things, and that this is the Father of one only-begotten Son, through whom all things came into being.

1.4.28Klostermann

ὁ δὲ καὶ ἐν τούτοις Ὠριγένους καταψευσάμενος μεθʼ ἕτερα προστίθησι λέγων Ἀστερίου γὰρ εἰρηκότος πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων γεγενῆσθαι τὸν λόγον, αὐτὸ τὸ ῥητὸν αὐτὸν ἐλέγχει ψευδόμενον· ὥστε μὴ μόνον αὐτὸν τοῦ πράγματος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ γράμματος διαμαρτεῖν. εἰ γὰρ »πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέν με« φησὶν ἡ Παροιμία, πῶς αὐτὸς γεγενῆσθαι αὐτὸν πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἔφη; ἕτερον γὰρ πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος τεθεμελιῶσθαι αὐτόν, καὶ ἕτερον πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων γεγενῆσθαι.

ho de kai en toutois Ōrigenous katapseusamenos methʼ hetera prostithēsi legōn Asteriou gar eirēkotos pro tōn aiōnōn gegenēsthai ton logon, auto to rhēton auton elenchei pseudomenon; hōste mē monon auton tou pragmatos, alla kai tou grammatos diamartein. ei gar »pro tou aiōnos ethemeliōsen me« phēsin hē Paroimia, pōs autos gegenēsthai auton pro tōn aiōnōn ephē? heteron gar pro tou aiōnos tethemeliōsthai auton, kai heteron pro tōn aiōnōn gegenēsthai.

Having lied about Origen here too, after other things he adds: “For when Asterius said that the Word was begotten before the ages, the very text convicts him of lying, so that he misses not only the matter but the wording. For if Proverbs says ‘Before the age he founded me,’ how did he say that he was begotten before the ages? For it is one thing to be founded before the age, and another to be begotten before the ages.”

1.4.29Klostermann

ταῦτα εἰπὼν καὶ προσθεὶς ἕτερα εἰς ἀνατροπὴν τοῦ πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων γεγενῆσθαι τὸν υἱόν, ἐπιλέγει αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν ἀξιῶ δὲ τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας τῶν ἁγίων, ὡσπερεὶ σπέρματα καὶ ἀρχὰς τῆσδε τῆς ἐξηγήσεως ἀληθῶς εἰληφότας, πλείονας ἀποδείξεις προσθεῖναι τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ὥστε ἔτι μᾶλλον τὰς τῶν [περὶ] τὴν πίστιν διαστρεφόντων ἐλέγχεσθαι προαιρέσεις. ὄντως γὰρ θεὸν τὸν γεννήσαντα αὐτοὺς ἐγκατέλιπον, καὶ ὤρυξαν ἑαυτοῖς λάκκους συντετριμμένους«.

tauta eipōn kai prostheis hetera eis anatropēn tou pro tōn aiōnōn gegenēsthai ton huion, epilegei autois rhēmasin axiō de tous entynchanontas tōn hagiōn, hōsperei spermata kai archas tēsde tēs exēgēseōs alēthōs eilēphotas, pleionas apodeixeis prostheinai tois eirēmenois, hōste eti mallon tas tōn [peri] tēn pistin diastrephontōn elenchesthai proaireseis. ontōs gar theon ton gennēsanta autous enkatelipon, kai ōryxan heautois lakkous syntetrimmenous«.

Having said this, and added other things to overturn the Son's being begotten before the ages, he adds in these very words: “I ask those of the saints who read this, having truly received, as it were, seeds and beginnings of this explanation, to add more proofs to what has been said, so that the intentions of those who pervert the faith may be convicted still more. For truly ‘they have forsaken God who begot them, and dug for themselves broken cisterns.’”

1.4.30Klostermann

τοιαῦτα καὶ διὰ τούτων λοιδορησάμενος ἑξῆς πειρᾶται δεικνύναι ὅτι μηδὲ εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ υἱός, λέγων οὕτως ἀκόλουθον ἡγοῦμαι βραχέα καὶ περὶ τῆς εἰκόνος εἰπεῖν. γέγραφεν γάρ· ἄλλος δέ ἐστιν ὁ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεννηθείς, »ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου«. εἰκόνος διὰ τοῦτο μέμνηται θεοῦ ἀοράτου Ἀστέριος, ἵνα τοσοῦτον τὸν θεὸν τοῦ λόγου διαφέρειν διδάξῃ, ὅσον καὶ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἑαυτοῦ εἰκόνος διαφέρειν δοκεῖ.

toiauta kai dia toutōn loidorēsamenos hexēs peiratai deiknynai hoti mēde eikōn tou theou estin ho huios, legōn houtōs akolouthon hēgoumai brachea kai peri tēs eikonos eipein. gegraphen gar; allos de estin ho ex autou gennētheis, »hos estin eikōn tou theou tou aoratou«. eikonos dia touto memnētai theou aoratou Asterios, hina tosouton ton theon tou logou diapherein didaxę̄, hoson kai anthrōpos tēs heautou eikonos diapherein dokei.

After such abuse here too, he next tries to show that the Son is not even the image of God, saying thus: “I think it follows to say a little also about the image. For he wrote: ‘Another is he who was begotten from him, “who is the image of the invisible God.”’ Asterius mentions the image of the invisible God for this reason, to teach that God differs from the Word as much as a man is thought to differ from his own image.

1.4.31Klostermann

καὶ μεταξύ τινα εἰπὼν ἐπιφέρει οὐκοῦν πρόδηλον, ὅτι πρὸ τῆς τοῦ ἡμετέρου σώματος ἀναλήψεως ὁ λόγος καθʼ ἑαυτὸν οὐκ ἦν εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ. τὴν γὰρ εἰκόνα ὁρᾶσθαι προσήκει, ἵνα διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος τὸ τέως μὴ ὁρώμενον ὁρᾶσθαι δύνηται. καὶ ἐπιλέγει πῶς οὖν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον Ἀστέριος εἶναι γέγραφεν; αἱ γὰρ εἰκόνες τούτων ὧν εἰσιν εἰκόνες καὶ ἀπόντων δεικτικαί εἰσιν, ὥστε καὶ τὸν ἀπόντα διʼ αὐτῶν φαίνεσθαι δοκεῖν.

kai metaxy tina eipōn epipherei oukoun prodēlon, hoti pro tēs tou hēmeterou sōmatos analēpseōs ho logos kathʼ heauton ouk ēn eikōn tou aoratou theou. tēn gar eikona horasthai prosēkei, hina dia tēs eikonos to teōs mē horōmenon horasthai dynētai. kai epilegei pōs oun eikona tou aoratou theou ton tou theou logon Asterios einai gegraphen? hai gar eikones toutōn hōn eisin eikones kai apontōn deiktikai eisin, hōste kai ton aponta diʼ autōn phainesthai dokein.

And after saying some things in between he adds: “It is therefore plain that before the taking up of our body the Word by himself was not the image of the invisible God. For an image ought to be seen, so that through the image what was until then not seen can be seen.” And he adds: “How then did Asterius write that the Word of God is the image of the invisible God? For images show the things whose images they are even when absent, so that the absent one seems to appear through them.

1.4.32Klostermann

εἰ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ [τοῦ] ἀοράτου ὄντος ἀόρατον εἶναι καὶ τὸν λόγον συμβαίνει, πῶς εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ ὁ λόγος καθʼ ἑαυτὸν εἶναι δύναται, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀόρατος ὤν; καὶ προϊὼν αὖθις λοιδορεῖ, λέγων οὕτως πῶς οὖν οἱ »πλήρεις δόλου καὶ ῥᾳδιουργίας«, ἀποστολικῶς εἰπεῖν, μεταφέρουσιν τὸ ῥητὸν εἰς τὴν πρώτην αὐτοῦ, ὡς οἴονται, κτίσιν, καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ Δαυὶδ περὶ τῆς κατὰ σάρκα αὐτοῦ γενέσεως σαφῶς εἰρηκότος;

ei de tou theou [tou] aoratou ontos aoraton einai kai ton logon symbainei, pōs eikōn tou aoratou theou ho logos kathʼ heauton einai dynatai, kai autos aoratos ōn? kai proïōn authis loidorei, legōn houtōs pōs oun hoi »plēreis dolou kai rhądiourgias«, apostolikōs eipein, metapherousin to rhēton eis tēn prōtēn autou, hōs oiontai, ktisin, kai tauta tou Dauid peri tēs kata sarka autou geneseōs saphōs eirēkotos?

But if, God being invisible, it follows that the Word too is invisible, how can the Word by himself be the image of the invisible God, being himself invisible?” And going on he abuses again, saying thus: “How then do those ‘full of deceit and villainy,’ to speak as the apostle does, transfer the saying to his first creation, as they think, when David clearly spoke of his birth according to the flesh?”

1.4.33Klostermann

καὶ μεταξὺ τούτων μακρὸν κατατείνας λόγον ἐπιφέρει τί οὖν πρὸς ταῦτα λέξει; οὐ γὰρ οἶμαι αὐτὸν ἔχειν τι περὶ τούτου λέγειν. οὐδὲ γὰρ σαφῶς αὐτὸν καὶ ἀπαρακαλύπτως ἡγοῦμαι καὶ πρὸς ἑτέρους ὁμολογῆσαι ἄν, ὅπερ αὐτὸς ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ κρύπτει διανοίᾳ, ὡς ἔστιν σαφῶς ἀφʼ ὧν γέγραφεν μανθάνειν. ἄλλος μὲν γάρ, φησίν, ἐστὶν ὁ πατὴρ ὁ γεννήσας ἐξ αὑτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ λόγον καὶ πρωτότοκον ἁπάσης κτίσεως, μόνος μόνον, τέλειος τέλειον, βασιλεὺς βασιλέα, κύριος κύριον, θεὸς θεόν, οὐσίας τε καὶ βουλῆς καὶ δόξης καὶ δυνάμεως ἀπαράλλακτον εἰκόνα. ταῦτα τὰ ῥητὰ σαφῶς τὴν φαύλην αὐτοῦ περὶ θεότητος ἐλέγχει δόξαν.

kai metaxy toutōn makron katateinas logon epipherei ti oun pros tauta lexei? ou gar oimai auton echein ti peri toutou legein. oude gar saphōs auton kai aparakalyptōs hēgoumai kai pros heterous homologēsai an, hoper autos en tę̄ heautou kryptei dianoią, hōs estin saphōs aphʼ hōn gegraphen manthanein. allos men gar, phēsin, estin ho patēr ho gennēsas ex hautou ton monogenē logon kai prōtotokon hapasēs ktiseōs, monos monon, teleios teleion, basileus basilea, kyrios kyrion, theos theon, ousias te kai boulēs kai doxēs kai dynameōs aparallakton eikona. tauta ta rhēta saphōs tēn phaulēn autou peri theotētos elenchei doxan.

And having stretched out a long discussion between these, he adds: “What then will he say to this? For I do not think he has anything to say about it. Nor do I think he would openly and without disguise confess even to others what he hides in his own mind, as one can clearly learn from what he has written. For, he says, ‘Another is the Father, who begot from himself the only-begotten Word and firstborn of all creation, alone from alone, perfect from perfect, king from king, lord from lord, God from God, the exact image of substance and will and glory and power.’ These sayings clearly convict his bad opinion of the Godhead.

1.4.34Klostermann

πῶς γὰρ ὁ κύριος γεννηθεὶς καὶ [ὁ] θεός, ὡς αὐτὸς προλαβὼν ἔφη, δύναται εἰκὼν θεοῦ εἶναι; ἕτερον γὰρ εἰκὼν θεοῦ, καὶ ἕτερον θεός. ὥστε εἰ μὲν εἰκών, οὐ κύριος οὐδὲ θεός, ἀλλʼ εἰκὼν κυρίου καὶ θεοῦ· εἰ δὲ κύριος ὄντως καὶ θεός, οὐκέτι ὁ κύριος καὶ [ὁ] θεὸς εἰκὼν κυρίου καὶ θεοῦ εἶναι δύναται.

pōs gar ho kyrios gennētheis kai [ho] theos, hōs autos prolabōn ephē, dynatai eikōn theou einai? heteron gar eikōn theou, kai heteron theos. hōste ei men eikōn, ou kyrios oude theos, allʼ eikōn kyriou kai theou; ei de kyrios ontōs kai theos, ouketi ho kyrios kai [ho] theos eikōn kyriou kai theou einai dynatai.

For how can the Lord who was begotten, and God, as he said before, be the image of God? For an image of God is one thing, and God another. So if he is an image, he is not Lord nor God, but an image of the Lord and God; and if he is truly Lord and God, the Lord and God can no longer be an image of the Lord and God.”

1.4.35Klostermann

καὶ ταῦτα σφόδρα ἀβλεπτῶν εἴρηκεν, οὐκ ἐννοήσας ὡς καὶ ὁ υἱὸς δύναται ἔμψυχός ποτε εἰκὼν τοῦ ἰδίου πατρὸς λεχθῆναι, ἐπειδὰν ᾖ τῷ πατρὶ ὁμοιότατος. τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ἡ γραφὴ διδάσκει ἡ λέγουσα »ἔζησεν δὲ Ἀδὰμ τριάκοντα καὶ διακόσια ἔτη, καὶ ἐγέννησεν κατὰ τὴν ἰδέαν αὐτοῦ καὶ κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐπωνόμασεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Σῆθ«.

kai tauta sphodra ableptōn eirēken, ouk ennoēsas hōs kai ho huios dynatai empsychos pote eikōn tou idiou patros lechthēnai, epeidan ę̄ tǭ patri homoiotatos. touto goun kai hē graphē didaskei hē legousa »ezēsen de Adam triakonta kai diakosia etē, kai egennēsen kata tēn idean autou kai kata tēn eikona autou; kai epōnomasen to onoma autou Sēth«.

He said this very blindly, not considering that a son too can sometimes be called a living image of his own father, when he is very like his father. Scripture teaches this, at any rate, when it says: “Adam lived two hundred and thirty years, and begot according to his form and according to his image; and he named him Seth.”

1.4.36Klostermann

καὶ περὶ τῆς θεότητος δὲ τοῦ υἱοῦ ὁ ἀπόστολος διδάσκει λέγων »ὃς ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα θεῷ, ἀλλʼ ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν«, καὶ πάλιν »ὃς ὢν ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως«. καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις δὲ εἴρηται »ἀπαύγασμα γάρ ἐστιν φωτὸς ἀιδίου, καὶ ἔσοπτρον ἀκηλίδωτον τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνεργείας, καὶ εἰκὼν τῆς ἀγαθότητος αὐτοῦ«.

kai peri tēs theotētos de tou huiou ho apostolos didaskei legōn »hos en morphę̄ theou hyparchōn ouch harpagmon hēgēsato to einai isa theǭ, allʼ heauton ekenōsen«, kai palin »hos ōn apaugasma tēs doxēs kai charaktēr tēs hypostaseōs«. kai en heterois de eirētai »apaugasma gar estin phōtos aidiou, kai esoptron akēlidōton tēs tou theou energeias, kai eikōn tēs agathotētos autou«.

And about the Godhead of the Son the apostle teaches, saying: “who, being in the form of God, did not count equality with God a thing to be grasped, but emptied himself,” and again: “who, being the radiance of his glory and the exact imprint of his hypostasis.” And elsewhere it is said: “For she is a radiance of eternal light, and a spotless mirror of the working of God, and an image of his goodness.”

1.4.37Klostermann

αὐθις δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος »ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν νέον τὸν ἀνακαινούμενον εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν κατʼ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος« λέγων, δῆλός ἐστιν οὐ τὴν σάρκα εἰρῆσθαι διδάσκων τὴν εἰκόνα εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ.

authis de ho apostolos »apekdysamenoi ton palaion anthrōpon, kai endysamenoi ton neon ton anakainoumenon eis epignōsin katʼ eikona tou ktisantos« legōn, dēlos estin ou tēn sarka eirēsthai didaskōn tēn eikona einai tou theou.

And again the apostle, when he says, “having put off the old man and put on the new, which is being renewed in knowledge according to the image of the one who created him,” clearly teaches that the image of God is not said to be the flesh.

1.4.38Klostermann

μεταβὰς δὲ αὖθις Μάρκελλος ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐπισκόπους ὧδε γράφει ἰδοὺ γὰρ τὸ κατὰ Ἀστέριον ἡμᾶς οὐ τοσοῦτον λυπεῖ, εἰ τοιαῦτα προήχθη γράφειν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ τινες τῶν προεστάναι δοκούντων τῆς ἐκκλησίας, τῆς μὲν ἀποστολικῆς ἐπιλαθόμενοι παραδόσεως, τὰ δὲ ἔξωθεν τῶν θείων προτιμήσαντες τοιαῦτά τινα γράψαι τε καὶ διδάξαι ἐτόλμησαν, ἃ οὐδὲν ἔλαττον τῆς τῶν προειρημένων ἔχεται πλάνης.

metabas de authis Markellos epi tous episkopous hōde graphei idou gar to kata Asterion hēmas ou tosouton lypei, ei toiauta proēchthē graphein, allʼ hoti kai tines tōn proestanai dokountōn tēs ekklēsias, tēs men apostolikēs epilathomenoi paradoseōs, ta de exōthen tōn theiōn protimēsantes toiauta tina grapsai te kai didaxai etolmēsan, ha ouden elatton tēs tōn proeirēmenōn echetai planēs.

Passing on again to the bishops, Marcellus writes thus: “For see, what grieves us is not so much the case of Asterius, if he was led to write such things, but that some of those who seem to preside over the church, forgetting the apostolic tradition and preferring things outside the divine words, have dared to write and teach things which hold no less to the error of those mentioned before.

1.4.39Klostermann

καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει ἐντυχὼν γὰρ Ναρκίσσου τοῦ Νερωνιάδος προεστῶτος ἐπιστολῇ, ἥν γέγραφεν πρὸς Χρηστόν τινα καὶ Εὐφρόνιον καὶ Εὐσέβιον, ὡς Ὁσίου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου ἐρωτήσαντος αὐτόν, εἰ, ὥσπερ Εὐσέβιος ὁ τῆς Παλαιστίνης δύο οὐσίας εἶναί φησιν, οὕτως καὶ αὐτὸς λέγοι, ἔγνων αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν γραφέντων τρεῖς εἶναι πιστεύειν οὐσίας ἀποκρινόμενον. ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ναρκίσσου ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον μεταβαίνει, κατηγορῶν ὅτι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ θεὸν εἶναι ὁμολογεῖ.

kai methʼ hetera epilegei entychōn gar Narkissou tou Nerōniados proestōtos epistolę̄, hēn gegraphen pros Chrēston tina kai Euphronion kai Eusebion, hōs Hosiou tou episkopou erōtēsantos auton, ei, hōsper Eusebios ho tēs Palaistinēs dyo ousias einai phēsin, houtōs kai autos legoi, egnōn auton apo tōn graphentōn treis einai pisteuein ousias apokrinomenon. tautʼ eipōn apo tou Narkissou epi ton Eusebion metabainei, katēgorōn hoti ton logon tou theou theon einai homologei.

And after other things he adds: “For having read a letter of Narcissus, who presides over Neronias, which he wrote to a certain Chrestus and Euphronius and Eusebius, saying that the bishop Ossius had asked him whether he too, as Eusebius of Palestine says there are two substances, said the same, I learned from what he wrote that he answered that he believed there are three substances.” Having said this, he passes from Narcissus to Eusebius, accusing him of confessing that the Word of God is God.

1.4.40Klostermann

γράφει δὲ καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα διελεῖν γὰρ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ τολμήσας καὶ ἕτερον θεὸν τὸν λόγον ὀνομάσαι, οὐσίᾳ τε καὶ δυνάμει διεστῶτα τοῦ πατρός, εἰς ὅσην βλασφημίαν ἐκπέπτωκεν ἔνεστιν σαφῶς ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γραφέντων ῥητῶν ῥᾳδίως μανθάνειν.

graphei de kai peri autou tauta dielein gar ton logon tou theou tolmēsas kai heteron theon ton logon onomasai, ousią te kai dynamei diestōta tou patros, eis hosēn blasphēmian ekpeptōken enestin saphōs apʼ autōn tōn hypʼ autou graphentōn rhētōn rhądiōs manthanein.

He writes about him too as follows: “For having dared to divide the Word of God and to name the Word another God, separated from the Father in substance and power, into how great a blasphemy he has fallen one can easily and clearly learn from the very sayings he wrote.

1.4.41Klostermann

γέγραφεν δʼ αὐταῖς λέξεσιν οὕτως· οὐ δήπου δὲ ἡ εἰκὼν καὶ τὸ οὗ ἐστιν ἡ εἰκὼν ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν ἐπινοεῖται, ἀλλὰ δύο μὲν οὐσίαι καὶ δύο πράγματα καὶ δύο δυνάμεις, ὡς καὶ τοσαῦται προσηγορίαι. καὶ ταῦτα ὡς καλῶς διαβάλλων προστίθησιν λέγων πῶς οὖν οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν οὗτοι τοῖς ἔξωθεν κακίστην ὁδὸν τραπέντες τὰ αὐτὰ διδάξαι τε καὶ γράψαι προὔθεντο, τοῦ μὲν Εὐσεβίου Οὐαλεντίνῳ τε καὶ Ἑρμῇ ὁμοίως εἰρηκότος, τοῦ δὲ Ναρκίσσου Μαρκίωνί τε καὶ Πλάτωνι;

gegraphen dʼ autais lexesin houtōs; ou dēpou de hē eikōn kai to hou estin hē eikōn hen kai tauton epinoeitai, alla dyo men ousiai kai dyo pragmata kai dyo dynameis, hōs kai tosautai prosēgoriai. kai tauta hōs kalōs diaballōn prostithēsin legōn pōs oun ou tēn autēn houtoi tois exōthen kakistēn hodon trapentes ta auta didaxai te kai grapsai prouthento, tou men Eusebiou Oualentinǭ te kai Hermę̄ homoiōs eirēkotos, tou de Narkissou Markiōni te kai Platōni?

For he wrote in these very words: ‘Surely the image and that of which it is the image are not conceived as one and the same, but as two substances and two things and two powers, as also so many names.’” And, as if slandering well, he adds this, saying: “How then have these not turned to the same worst road as those outside and set out to teach and write the same things, Eusebius having spoken like Valentinus and Hermes, and Narcissus like Marcion and Plato?”

1.4.42Klostermann

εἶθʼ ἑξῆς μακρὰν καὶ ἀδόλεσχον ἀπεραντολογίαν συνείρει, φάσκων ἐξ ἀκοῆς μεμαθηκέναι τὸν Εὐσέβιον ὡμιληκέναι τινὰ ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ ποτὲ γενόμενον, καὶ περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἠπίστατο ὡς ἐξ ἀκοῆς μαθὼν γράφει, καὶ ἐπισυνάπτει λέγων δέον τἀναντία μετὰ δακρύων τε καὶ πένθους πρὸς κύριον βοᾶν »ἡμάρτομεν, ἠσεβήσαμεν, ἠνομήσαμεν«, καὶ τὸ πονηρὸν ἐνώπιόν σου ἐποιήσαμεν, καὶ νῦν μεταγνόντες τῆς παρά σου τυχεῖν ἀξιοῦμεν φιλανθρωπίας.

eithʼ hexēs makran kai adoleschon aperantologian syneirei, phaskōn ex akoēs memathēkenai ton Eusebion hōmilēkenai tina en Laodikeią pote genomenon, kai peri hōn ouk ēpistato hōs ex akoēs mathōn graphei, kai episynaptei legōn deon tanantia meta dakryōn te kai penthous pros kyrion boan »hēmartomen, ēsebēsamen, ēnomēsamen«, kai to ponēron enōpion sou epoiēsamen, kai nyn metagnontes tēs para sou tychein axioumen philanthrōpias.

Then next he strings together a long and garrulous endless talk, saying he had learned by hearsay that Eusebius had conversed with someone who was once in Laodicea; and he writes, as one learning from hearsay, about things he did not know, and adds, saying: “He ought instead to cry to the Lord with tears and mourning, ‘We have sinned, we have acted impiously, we have done lawlessly,’ and ‘we have done evil before you,’ and now, having repented, we ask to obtain your kindness.

1.4.43Klostermann

ταῦθʼ ἥρμοττεν αὐτῷ, ταῦτα συνέφερεν λέγειν διὰ τὴν ἄμετρον τοῦ θεοῦ χρηστότητα καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν. καίτοι ἀκόλουθον ἦν τὸν μετὰ φιλανθρωπίας καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἐπιμελούμενον θεὸν ἀντειπεῖν λέγοντα »εἰ ἐχθρὸς ὠνείδισέν με, ὑπήνεγκα ἄν, καὶ εἰ ὁ μισῶν με ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἐμεγαλορημόνησεν, ἐκρύβην ἂν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ. σύ δέ, ἄνθρωπε ἰσόψυχε, ἡγεμών μου καὶ γνωστά μου· ὃς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἐγλύκανάς μοι ἐδέσματα, ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπορεύθημεν ἐν ὁμονοίας«.

tauthʼ hērmotten autǭ, tauta synepheren legein dia tēn ametron tou theou chrēstotēta kai philanthrōpian. kaitoi akolouthon ēn ton meta philanthrōpias kai dikaiosynēs epimeloumenon theon anteipein legonta »ei echthros ōneidisen me, hypēnenka an, kai ei ho misōn me epʼ eme emegalorēmonēsen, ekrybēn an apʼ autou. sy de, anthrōpe isopsyche, hēgemōn mou kai gnōsta mou; hos epi to auto eglykanas moi edesmata, en tǭ oikǭ tou theou eporeuthēmen en homonoias«.

This would have suited him; this it would have profited him to say, because of God's boundless goodness and kindness. And yet it would follow that God, who cares for us with kindness and justice, should answer, saying: ‘If an enemy had reproached me, I would have borne it; and if he who hates me had boasted against me, I would have hidden from him. But you, a man of like soul, my guide and my acquaintance, who together with me made sweet the food, we walked in the house of God in harmony.’”

1.4.44Klostermann

ὅτι γὰρ σύνεστιν ἡμῖν τοῖς αὐτοῦ λειτουργοῖς ἴσμεν ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτοῦ ῥήσεως, »ἰδοὺ« γὰρ »ἔσομαι μεθʼ ὑμῶν ἔφη »πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας« τῆς ζωῆς ὑμῶν »ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος«. εἶτα ἀκολούθως πάντως που καὶ τὰ ἑπόμενα τοῖς προάγουσιν ἐπήγαγεν ἂν ῥητά. »ἐλθέτω θάνατος ἐπʼ αὐτούς, καὶ καταβήτωσαν εἰς ᾅδου ζῶντες· ὅτι πονηρία ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν«. τοὺς γὰρ ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ τῆς ἀσεβείας ὄντας νεκροὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾅδου καταπίνεσθαί φησιν ἡ γραφή· νεκροὶ γάρ, καὶ ζῆν δοκοῦντες, ἐτύγχανον 〈ὄν〉τες.

hoti gar synestin hēmin tois autou leitourgois ismen apo tēs autou rhēseōs, »idou« gar »esomai methʼ hymōn ephē »pasas tas hēmeras« tēs zōēs hymōn »heōs tēs synteleias tou aiōnos«. eita akolouthōs pantōs pou kai ta hepomena tois proagousin epēgagen an rhēta. »elthetō thanatos epʼ autous, kai katabētōsan eis hądou zōntes; hoti ponēria en tais kardiais autōn«. tous gar en agnoią tēs asebeias ontas nekrous hypo tou hądou katapinesthai phēsin hē graphē; nekroi gar, kai zēn dokountes, etynchanon 〈on〉tes.

For that he is with us his ministers we know from his own saying: ‘Behold, I will be with you,’ he said, ‘all the days’ of your life, ‘until the end of the age.’ Then, following on, he would surely have added the sayings that follow the earlier ones: ‘Let death come upon them, and let them go down alive into Hades; for wickedness is in their hearts.’ For Scripture says that those who are in the ignorance of impiety are swallowed by Hades as dead; for they were dead, even though they seemed to live.”

1.4.45Klostermann

καὶ πάλιν ἑξῆς τούτοις αἰτιᾶται τὸν Εὐσέβιον, ὡς ἐν τῷ διέναι τὴν Ἀγκύραν τότε ὡμιληκότα ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἅπερ φησὶν ἐξ ἀκοῆς μεμαθηκέναι. ἐφʼ οἷς ἀγανακτῶν τοιαῦτα γράφει ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν ἀπόστολος τοιαῦτα περὶ τῆς Γαλατῶν πίστεως γράφει· Εὐσέβιος δὲ μεταφέρων τὴν ἀποστολικὴν ἔννοιαν, διʼ ἣν τοῦθʼ ὁ ἀπόστολος τῆς προειρημένης αἰτίας ἕνεκα, »τέκνα μου« εἶπεν »οὓς πάλιν ὠδίνω ἄχρις οὑ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν«, καθήψατο Γαλατῶν ὡς μὴ ὀρθὴν ἐχόντων περὶ θεοῦ δόξαν.

kai palin hexēs toutois aitiatai ton Eusebion, hōs en tǭ dienai tēn Ankyran tote hōmilēkota epi tēs ekklēsias, haper phēsin ex akoēs memathēkenai. ephʼ hois aganaktōn toiauta graphei allʼ ho men apostolos toiauta peri tēs Galatōn pisteōs graphei; Eusebios de metapherōn tēn apostolikēn ennoian, diʼ hēn touthʼ ho apostolos tēs proeirēmenēs aitias heneka, »tekna mou« eipen »hous palin ōdinō achris hou morphōthę̄ Christos en hymin«, kathēpsato Galatōn hōs mē orthēn echontōn peri theou doxan.

And again, next to this, he accuses Eusebius of having preached in the church while passing through Ancyra at that time, things which he says he learned by hearsay. Vexed at these, he writes as follows: “But the apostle writes such things about the faith of the Galatians; and Eusebius, transferring the apostle's meaning, for which the apostle, for the reason given above, said, ‘My children, for whom I am again in labour until Christ is formed in you,’ attacked the Galatians as not having a right opinion about God.

1.4.46Klostermann

ὤδινεν γὰρ ἀληθῶς δριμεῖάν τινα καὶ πικρὰν ὠδῖνα, ὅτι ἠπίστατο Γαλάτας περὶ θεοσεβείας μὴ ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνος δοξάζοντας, μηδὲ δύο οὐσίας τε καὶ πράγματα καὶ δυνάμεις καὶ θεοὺς λέγοντας. τήρει δὲ ταῦτα ὅπως διαλοιδορεῖται πικρῶς τῷ μηδὲν εἰρηκότι πλεῖον, ὡς αὐτὸς γράφει, ἢ τὸ ἀποστολικὸν ῥητόν. καὶ νῦν δύο μὲν θεοὺς λέγειν τὸν Εὐσέβιον ὁμολογεῖ, ὡς ἂν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ θεολογοῦντα σὺν τῷ πατρί· προϊὼν δʼ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς, ὥσπερ ἐπιλελησμένος ὧν ἐνταῦθα κατηγόρηκεν, τὸν αὐτὸν πειρᾶται διαβάλλειν ὡς ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι λέγοντα.

ōdinen gar alēthōs drimeian tina kai pikran ōdina, hoti ēpistato Galatas peri theosebeias mē hōsper ekeinos doxazontas, mēde dyo ousias te kai pragmata kai dynameis kai theous legontas. tērei de tauta hopōs dialoidoreitai pikrōs tǭ mēden eirēkoti pleion, hōs autos graphei, ē to apostolikon rhēton. kai nyn dyo men theous legein ton Eusebion homologei, hōs an ton huion tou theou theologounta syn tǭ patri; proïōn dʼ en tois hexēs, hōsper epilelēsmenos hōn entautha katēgorēken, ton auton peiratai diaballein hōs psilon anthrōpon ton Christon einai legonta.

For he truly suffered a sharp and bitter labour, because he knew that the Galatians did not think about godliness as he did, nor speak of two substances and things and powers and gods.” Note how he bitterly reviles a man who said nothing more, as he himself writes, than the apostle's saying. And now he admits that Eusebius speaks of two gods, inasmuch as he confesses the Son of God as God together with the Father; but going on in what follows, as if he had forgotten what he accused him of here, he tries to slander the same man as saying that Christ is a mere man.

1.4.47Klostermann

ἑξῆς δὲ τοῖς προκειμένοις ἐπισυνάπτει πολλήν τινα καὶ μακρὰν φλυαρίαν, τά τε ὄντα τά τε μὴ ὄντα ἑαυτῷ συνείρων, μονονουχὶ κατὰ τοὺς φήσαντας τὰ χείλη ἡμῶν παρʼ ἡμῶν ἐστιν· τίς ἡμῶν κύριός ἐστιν«;

hexēs de tois prokeimenois episynaptei pollēn tina kai makran phlyarian, ta te onta ta te mē onta heautǭ syneirōn, mononouchi kata tous phēsantas ta cheilē hēmōn parʼ hēmōn estin; tis hēmōn kyrios estin«?

Next to this he adds a great deal of long nonsense, stringing together things that are and are not for himself, almost like those who said, “Our lips are our own; who is lord over us?”

1.4.48Klostermann

διʼ ὧν δείκνυται, καθὼς ἀρχόμενος ἔφην τοῦ συγγράμματος, ἐξ ὑπερβαλλούσης ἔχθρας τε καὶ μισαδελφίας ἐπιπηδήσας τῇ γραφῇ. μεταβὰς δʼ ἐκ τούτων Ἀστέριον αὖθις τραγῳδεῖ, μακρὰν ἀποτείνων καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ διήγησιν, ὅπως τε ἀποδημεῖ, καὶ ποῖ καὶ πότε καὶ πρὸς τίνας. καὶ τούτου δὲ ἀφέμενος αὖθις ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνδρα Παυλῖνον τρέπεται, ταῦτα γράφων αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν

diʼ hōn deiknytai, kathōs archomenos ephēn tou syngrammatos, ex hyperballousēs echthras te kai misadelphias epipēdēsas tę̄ graphę̄. metabas dʼ ek toutōn Asterion authis tragǭdei, makran apoteinōn kai peri autou diēgēsin, hopōs te apodēmei, kai poi kai pote kai pros tinas. kai toutou de aphemenos authis epi ton tou theou andra Paulinon trepetai, tauta graphōn autois rhēmasin

By this it is shown, as I said at the beginning of this treatise, that he attacked the writing out of excessive enmity and hatred of his brothers. Passing from this he again makes a tragedy of Asterius, stretching out a long narrative about him, how he travels abroad, and where and when and to whom. And leaving this, he turns again to the man of God Paulinus, writing this in these words:

1.4.49Klostermann

τούτοις δὲ τοῖς ῥητοῖς καὶ ὁ τούτου πατὴρ πειθόμενος Παυλῖνος, ταὐτὰ λέγειν τε καὶ γράφειν οὐκ ὀκνεῖ, ποτὲ μὲν δεύτερον θεὸν λέγων τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ τοῦτον ἀνθρωπικώτερον γεγενῆσθαι θεόν, ποτὲ δὲ κτίσμα αὐτὸν εἶναι διοριζόμενος. ὅτι δὲ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ποτε, τὴν Ἀγκύραν διών, κτίσμα εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν ἔφασκεν.

toutois de tois rhētois kai ho toutou patēr peithomenos Paulinos, tauta legein te kai graphein ouk oknei, pote men deuteron theon legōn ton Christon kai touton anthrōpikōteron gegenēsthai theon, pote de ktisma auton einai diorizomenos. hoti de touthʼ houtōs echei, kai pros hēmas pote, tēn Ankyran diōn, ktisma einai ton Christon ephasken.

“Persuaded by these sayings, his father Paulinus too does not hesitate to say and write the same things, at one time calling Christ a second God, and saying that he became God in a rather human way, at another defining him as a creature. That this is so, he once said to us too, while passing through Ancyra, that Christ is a creature.”

1.4.50Klostermann

καὶ πάλιν μυθολογῶν διειλέχθαι τῷ Παυλίνῳ φησίν. ἔπειτα διαβάλλει τὸν μακάριον ὡς θεοὺς πολλοὺς εἰρηκότα, καὶ καταλιπὼν τὸν Παυλῖνον πάλιν τῷ Εὐσεβίῳ σχολάζει φάσκων οὕτω δὲ καὶ Εὐσέβιος ὁ τῆς Καισαρείας γέγραφεν καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχων Παυλίνῳ τε καὶ τοῖς ἔξωθεν περὶ θεῶν δόξαν.

kai palin mythologōn dieilechthai tǭ Paulinǭ phēsin. epeita diaballei ton makarion hōs theous pollous eirēkota, kai katalipōn ton Paulinon palin tǭ Eusebiǭ scholazei phaskōn houtō de kai Eusebios ho tēs Kaisareias gegraphen kai autos tēn autēn echōn Paulinǭ te kai tois exōthen peri theōn doxan.

And again, telling tales, he says he conversed with Paulinus. Then he slanders the blessed man as having spoken of many gods, and, leaving Paulinus, he again occupies himself with Eusebius, saying: “So too Eusebius of Caesarea has written, he too holding the same opinion about gods as Paulinus and those outside.

1.4.51Klostermann

γέγραφεν γὰρ οὐχ ὡς ὄντος μόνου θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ μόνου ἀληθινοῦ θεοῦ. ὅθεν τοίνυν μαθὼν καὶ ὁ Ἀστερίου πατὴρ Παυλῖνος νεωτέρους θεοὺς εἶναι ᾤετο. καὶ ἐν τούτοις δὲ ὡς θεῶν δόξας εἰσάγοντας αἰτιᾶται, ἀρνούμενος αὐτὸς τὴν θεότητα τοῦ υἱοῦ. καὶ παραθέμενος τὴν Εὐσεβίου λέξιν 〈οὐ〉 συνίησιν ὡς οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἡ τὸν πατέρα μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεὸν διδάσκουσα φωνή,

gegraphen gar ouch hōs ontos monou theou, allʼ henos ontos tou monou alēthinou theou. hothen toinyn mathōn kai ho Asteriou patēr Paulinos neōterous theous einai ǭeto. kai en toutois de hōs theōn doxas eisagontas aitiatai, arnoumenos autos tēn theotēta tou huiou. kai parathemenos tēn Eusebiou lexin 〈ou〉 syniēsin hōs ouk ēn autou hē ton patera monon alēthinon theon didaskousa phōnē,

For he wrote, not as though God were alone, but as though there were one, the only true God. From this, then, Paulinus, the father of Asterius, learned and thought that there are younger gods.” Here too he accuses them as introducing opinions of gods, while he himself denies the Godhead of the Son. And having set out Eusebius's wording, he does not understand that the word teaching that the Father alone is true God was not his,

1.4.52Klostermann

τοῦ δὲ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν τοῦ εἰρηκότος »ἵνα γινώσκωσίν σε τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεόν«. καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα προστίθησιν λέγων ἐπεὶ πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐκ τῶν θείων δυνήσονται δεῖξαι ῥητῶν, ὅτι εἷς μὲν ἀγέννητος, εἷς δὲ γεννητὸς οὕτως, ὡς αὐτοὶ γεγεννῆσθαι αὐτὸν πεπιστεύκασιν, οὔτε προφητῶν οὕτε εὐαγγελιστῶν ἢ ἀποστόλων τοῦτʼ εἰρηκότων;

tou de sōtēros hēmōn tou eirēkotos »hina ginōskōsin se ton monon alēthinon theon«. kai methʼ hetera prostithēsin legōn epei pothen hēmin ek tōn theiōn dynēsontai deixai rhētōn, hoti heis men agennētos, heis de gennētos houtōs, hōs autoi gegennēsthai auton pepisteukasin, oute prophētōn houte euangelistōn ē apostolōn toutʼ eirēkotōn?

but our Saviour's, who said: “that they may know you, the only true God.” And after other things he adds, saying: “For from what divine sayings will they be able to show us that there is one unbegotten and one begotten in the way they have believed him to have been begotten, when neither prophets nor evangelists nor apostles said this?”

1.4.53Klostermann

εἶθʼ, ὥσπερ ἐν ἄθλοις ἀπογραψάμενος ὁμοῦ πρὸς ἅπαντας 〈δι〉απληκτίσασθαι, μεταβαίνει ἐπὶ τὸν Νάρκισσον καί φησιν ὥστε κἂν ἐκεῖνό τις λέγῃ, κατασκευάζων πρῶτον εἶναι θεὸν καὶ δεύτερον, ὡς Νάρκισσος αὐταῖς λέξεσιν γέγραφεν

eithʼ, hōsper en athlois apograpsamenos homou pros hapantas 〈di〉aplēktisasthai, metabainei epi ton Narkisson kai phēsin hōste kan ekeino tis legę̄, kataskeuazōn prōton einai theon kai deuteron, hōs Narkissos autais lexesin gegraphen

Then, as if he had entered himself in the games to box against everyone at once, he passes to Narcissus and says: “So that even if someone says this, establishing that there is a first God and a second, as Narcissus wrote in these very words

1.4.54Klostermann

(οὐδὲ γὰρ συγχωρεῖ ὁ λέγων »ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν«), ὅτι μὲν αὐτὸς καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ δύο εἰσίν, αὐτοῦ τοῦ κυρίου μαρτυροῦντος καὶ τῶν ἁγίων γραφῶν ἐκ μέρους ἠκούσαμεν. εἰ τοίνυν Νάρκισσος διὰ τοῦτο διαιρεῖν δυνάμει τὸν λόγον τοῦ πατρὸς ἐθέλοι, γνώτω ὅτι ὁ γράψας προφήτης ὡς τοῦ θεοῦ εἰρηκότος »ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν«, αὐτὸς γέγραφεν »καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον«.

(oude gar synchōrei ho legōn »poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona hēmeteran kai kathʼ homoiōsin«), hoti men autos kai ho patēr autou dyo eisin, autou tou kyriou martyrountos kai tōn hagiōn graphōn ek merous ēkousamen. ei toinyn Narkissos dia touto diairein dynamei ton logon tou patros etheloi, gnōtō hoti ho grapsas prophētēs hōs tou theou eirēkotos »poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona hēmeteran kai kathʼ homoiōsin«, autos gegraphen »kai epoiēsen ho theos ton anthrōpon«.

(for he who says ‘Let us make man according to our image and likeness’ does not allow it), that he and his Father are two, we have heard in part from the testimony of the Lord himself and of the holy Scriptures. If, then, Narcissus wishes for this reason to separate the Word from the Father in power, let him know that the prophet who wrote that God said, ‘Let us make man according to our image and likeness,’ himself wrote, ‘And God made man.’”

1.4.55Klostermann

καὶ μεταβὰς ἀπὸ Ναρκίσσου ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀστέριον ταῦτα γράφει ἓν γὰρ εἶναι καὶ ταὐτὸν Ἀστέριος κατὰ τοῦτο ἀπεφήνατο μόνον τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱόν, καθʼ ὃ ἐν πᾶσιν συμφωνοῦσιν. οὕτω γὰρ ἔφη· καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐν πᾶσιν λόγοις τε καὶ ἔργοις ἀκριβῇ συμφωνίαν »ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν«. καὶ πάλιν τοῦ Εὐσεβίου καθάπτεται λέγων ἄνθρωπον γὰρ τὸν σωτῆρα εἶναι βούλονται· δῆλον δὲ ἀφʼ ὧν πανούργως τὰ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ῥητὰ Εὐσέβιος πρὸς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ μετήνεγκεν βούλημα.

kai metabas apo Narkissou epi ton Asterion tauta graphei hen gar einai kai tauton Asterios kata touto apephēnato monon ton patera kai ton huion, kathʼ ho en pasin symphōnousin. houtō gar ephē; kai dia tēn en pasin logois te kai ergois akribę̄ symphōnian »egō kai ho patēr hen esmen«. kai palin tou Eusebiou kathaptetai legōn anthrōpon gar ton sōtēra einai boulontai; dēlon de aphʼ hōn panourgōs ta tou apostolou rhēta Eusebios pros to heautou metēnenken boulēma.

And passing from Narcissus to Asterius he writes this: “For Asterius declared that the Father and the Son are one and the same only in this respect, that they agree in all things. For he said thus: ‘And because of the exact agreement in all words and deeds, “I and the Father are one.”’” And again he attacks Eusebius, saying: “For they want the Saviour to be a man; this is clear from how craftily Eusebius has turned the apostle's sayings to his own intention.

1.4.56Klostermann

ὡς γὰρ ἐκ παλαιᾶς τινος ὠδῖνος μεγίστην ἀποκυῆσαι βουλόμενος βλασφημίαν, »ἐξέχεεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἰδίου θησαυροῦ« κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ῥῆσιν »τὸ πονηρόν«.

hōs gar ek palaias tinos ōdinos megistēn apokyēsai boulomenos blasphēmian, »execheen apo tou idiou thēsaurou« kata tēn tou sōtēros rhēsin »to ponēron«.

For as if wishing to give birth from some old labour to a very great blasphemy, he ‘poured out from his own treasure,’ according to the Saviour's saying, ‘the evil.’

1.4.57Klostermann

ἄνθρωπον γὰρ μόνον τὸν σωτῆρα δεῖξαι βουλόμενος, ὡς μέγιστον ἡμῖν ἀπόρρητον τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἀνακαλύπτων μυστήριον, οὕτως ἔφη· διὸ σαφέστατα καὶ ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος τὴν ἀπόρρητον ἡμῖν καὶ μυστικὴν παραδιδοὺς θεολογίαν βοᾷ καὶ κέκραγεν »εἷς ὁ θεός«, εἶτα μετὰ τὸν ἕνα θεόν φησιν »εἷς μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἄνθρωπος Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς«.

anthrōpon gar monon ton sōtēra deixai boulomenos, hōs megiston hēmin aporrēton tou apostolou anakalyptōn mystērion, houtōs ephē; dio saphestata kai ho theios apostolos tēn aporrēton hēmin kai mystikēn paradidous theologian boą kai kekragen »heis ho theos«, eita meta ton hena theon phēsin »heis mesitēs theou kai anthrōpōn, anthrōpos Christos Iēsous«.

For, wishing to show that the Saviour is only a man, as if revealing to us a very great secret mystery of the apostle, he said this: ‘Therefore the divine apostle too, handing on to us the secret and mystical theology, most clearly cries and shouts, “One God,” then after the one God he says, “one mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus.”’

1.4.58Klostermann

εἰ τοίνυν ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν εἶναί φησιν τῇ κατὰ σάρκα αὐτοῦ μόνῃ προσέχων οἰκονομίᾳ, πάντως κἀκεῖνο συνομολογεῖ, τὸ μηδὲ ἔχειν ἐλπίδα ἐπʼ αὐτόν. »ἐπικατάρατος« γὰρ »ἄνθρωπος« ὁ προφήτης Ἱερεμίας ἔφη »ὃς τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχει ἐπʼ ἄνθρωπον«.

ei toinyn anthrōpon auton einai phēsin tę̄ kata sarka autou monę̄ prosechōn oikonomią, pantōs kakeino synomologei, to mēde echein elpida epʼ auton. »epikataratos« gar »anthrōpos« ho prophētēs Hieremias ephē »hos tēn elpida echei epʼ anthrōpon«.

If, then, he says he is a man, attending only to his dispensation according to the flesh, he surely also agrees that one must not have hope in him. For ‘Cursed is the man,’ said the prophet Jeremiah, ‘who has his hope in man.’”

1.4.59Klostermann

ὁρᾶς ὅπως ἡ κακία τυφλώττει. τότε γοῦν αὐτὸς μαρτυρήσας θεὸν ὁμολογοῦντι τὸν υἱόν, μεμψάμενός τε ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὡς θεὸν οὐσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ὑφεστῶτα τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον εἰσάγοντι, νῦν τὸν αὐτὸν συκοφαντεῖ ὡς ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον λέγοντα εἶναι τὸν Χριστόν, προφανῶς καταψευδόμενος ἔν τε οἷς εἴρηκεν καὶ ἐν οἷς ἑξῆς ἐπάγει αὐθις περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγων ἀλλʼ ὁ προειρημένος, βραχέα τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν φροντίσας, ὡς ἀπόρρητόν τινα καὶ λανθάνουσαν τοῦ ἀποστόλου θεολογίαν ἐξηχούμενος, »εἷς θεὸς« ἔφη »εἷς καὶ μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἄνθρωπος Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς«.

horas hopōs hē kakia typhlōttei. tote goun autos martyrēsas theon homologounti ton huion, mempsamenos te epi toutǭ hōs theon ousią kai dynamei hyphestōta ton tou theou logon eisagonti, nyn ton auton sykophantei hōs psilon anthrōpon legonta einai ton Christon, prophanōs katapseudomenos en te hois eirēken kai en hois hexēs epagei authis peri autou legōn allʼ ho proeirēmenos, brachea tōn hagiōn prophētōn phrontisas, hōs aporrēton tina kai lanthanousan tou apostolou theologian exēchoumenos, »heis theos« ephē »heis kai mesitēs theou kai anthrōpōn, anthrōpos Christos Iēsous«.

You see how malice is blind. At that time, at any rate, he himself testified that Eusebius confesses the Son as God, and blamed him for this, for introducing the Word of God as God subsisting in substance and power; now he slanders the same man as saying that Christ is a mere man, lying openly both in what he has said and in what he next adds about him, saying: “But the man mentioned before, having cared little for the holy prophets, as if sounding out some secret and hidden theology of the apostle, said: ‘One God, one mediator also of God and men, the man Christ Jesus.’

1.4.60Klostermann

καὶ ὁ ταῦτα γράψας καὶ σφόδρα ἐπὶ τῷ μεμνῆσθαι τῶν γραφῶν μεγαλαυχῶν οὐκ ἐνενόησεν ὅτι ὁ τοῦτο γράψας ἁγιώτατος ἀπόστολος κἀκεῖνο γέγραφεν »ὃς ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα θεῷ, ἀλλʼ ἐκένωσεν ἑαυτόν, μορφὴν δούλου λαβών, ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπου γενόμενος καὶ σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος«.

kai ho tauta grapsas kai sphodra epi tǭ memnēsthai tōn graphōn megalauchōn ouk enenoēsen hoti ho touto grapsas hagiōtatos apostolos kakeino gegraphen »hos en morphę̄ theou hyparchōn ouch harpagmon hēgēsato to einai isa theǭ, allʼ ekenōsen heauton, morphēn doulou labōn, en homoiōmati anthrōpou genomenos kai schēmati heuretheis hōs anthrōpos«.

And the man who wrote this, and boasts greatly of remembering the Scriptures, did not notice that the most holy apostle who wrote this also wrote that: ‘who, being in the form of God, did not count equality with God a thing to be grasped, but emptied himself, taking the form of a servant, being made in the likeness of man, and found in fashion as a man.’

1.4.61Klostermann

ὁρᾷς ὅπως (ὥσπερ προϊδὼν τῷ πνεύματι τὴν τούτων κακουργίαν) ὁ ἱερὸς ἀπόστολος οὕτως ἐν ἑτέρῳ μέρει τὸ »ὡς ἄνθρωπος« ἔγραψεν καὶ »ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπου γενόμενος«, ἵνα παύσῃ αὐτῶν τὴν τοσαύτην βλασφημίαν. καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα τὸν αὐτὸν συκοφαντεῖ ὧδέ πως πῶς οὖν τούτοις μὴ προσχὼν Εὐσέβιος μόνον ἄνθρωπον τὸν σωτῆρα εἶναι βούλεται;

horąs hopōs (hōsper proïdōn tǭ pneumati tēn toutōn kakourgian) ho hieros apostolos houtōs en heterǭ merei to »hōs anthrōpos« egrapsen kai »en homoiōmati anthrōpou genomenos«, hina pausę̄ autōn tēn tosautēn blasphēmian. kai methʼ hetera ton auton sykophantei hōde pōs pōs oun toutois mē proschōn Eusebios monon anthrōpon ton sōtēra einai bouletai?

You see how the holy apostle (as if foreseeing their wickedness in the Spirit) wrote thus in another place “as a man” and “being made in the likeness of man,” to stop their great blasphemy.” And after other things he slanders the same man in this way: “How then does Eusebius, not attending to these things, want the Saviour to be only a man?

1.4.62Klostermann

οὐ φανερῶς μὲν τοῦτο λέγειν τολμῶν, τοῦτο δὲ βουλόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων ἐλέγχεται ῥήσεων. καὶ ὁ ταῦτα εἰπὼν τὸν αὐτὸν κατεμέμφετο ὡς θεὸν ἀναγορεύοντα τὸν υἱόν, γράφων οὕτως διελεῖν γὰρ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ τολμήσας, καὶ ἕτερον θεὸν τὸν λόγον ὀνομάσας, οὐσίᾳ τε καὶ δυνάμει διεστῶτα τοῦ πατρός, εἰς ὅσην βλασφημίαν ἐκπέπτωκεν.

ou phanerōs men touto legein tolmōn, touto de boulomenos hypo tōn idiōn elenchetai rhēseōn. kai ho tauta eipōn ton auton katemempheto hōs theon anagoreuonta ton huion, graphōn houtōs dielein gar ton logon tou theou tolmēsas, kai heteron theon ton logon onomasas, ousią te kai dynamei diestōta tou patros, eis hosēn blasphēmian ekpeptōken.

Not daring to say this openly, but wishing it, he is convicted by his own words.” And the man who said this used to blame the same Eusebius for proclaiming the Son God, writing thus: “For having dared to divide the Word of God, and having named the Word another God, separated from the Father in substance and power, into how great a blasphemy he has fallen.”

1.4.63Klostermann

τοσαῦτα καὶ τούτων ἔτι μακρῷ πλείονα, οὐ κατὰ μόνων τῶν ἐπισκόπων, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τῆς ὑγιοῦς καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικῆς πίστεως ἐκθέμενος Μάρκελλος, δῆλος ἂν εἴη ὁποίας αὐτὸς ὑπῆρχεν προαιρέσεως. ὅτι δʼ οὐδὲν τῆς ἀληθείας ἔμελεν τῷ ἀνδρί, μάθοις ἂν αὐταῖς ἐντυχὼν ταῖς τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἐπιστολαῖς, ἐν αἷς εὑρήσεις αὐτὸν τὸ μὲν πᾶν σῶμα τῆς διανοίας τῶν λέξεων ἀκρωτηριάζοντα καὶ τὸν μὲν πάντα εἱρμὸν ἀποκρύπτοντα, ῥηματίων δὲ ἀντιλαμβανόμενον καὶ τούτων κακούργως ποιούμενον τὴν διαβολήν.

tosauta kai toutōn eti makrǭ pleiona, ou kata monōn tōn episkopōn, alla kai kata tēs hygious kai ekklēsiastikēs pisteōs ekthemenos Markellos, dēlos an eiē hopoias autos hypērchen proaireseōs. hoti dʼ ouden tēs alētheias emelen tǭ andri, mathois an autais entychōn tais tōn episkopōn epistolais, en hais heurēseis auton to men pan sōma tēs dianoias tōn lexeōn akrōtēriazonta kai ton men panta heirmon apokryptonta, rhēmatiōn de antilambanomenon kai toutōn kakourgōs poioumenon tēn diabolēn.

Having set out so much, and much more than this, not only against the bishops but also against the sound faith of the church, Marcellus would make plain what sort of disposition he had. And that he cared nothing for the truth you would learn by reading the letters of the bishops themselves, in which you will find him mutilating the whole body of the sense of the words and hiding the whole sequence, but seizing on little phrases and making his slander from them maliciously.

1.4.64Klostermann

αὐτίκα γοῦν συκοφαντεῖ τὸν Εὐσέβιον ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς, ὡς ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν Χριστὸν εἰρηκότα, ἐπειδὴ τῆς ἀποστολικῆς φωνῆς ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιστολῇ τὴν παράθεσιν πεποίηται, διʼ ἧς αὐτὸς εἶπεν ὁ ἀπόστολος »εἷς γὰρ ὁ θεός, εἷς καὶ μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἄνθρωπος Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς«.

autika goun sykophantei ton Eusebion ek tou prophanous, hōs psilon anthrōpon ton Christon eirēkota, epeidē tēs apostolikēs phōnēs en tę̄ heautou epistolę̄ tēn parathesin pepoiētai, diʼ hēs autos eipen ho apostolos »heis gar ho theos, heis kai mesitēs theou kai anthrōpōn, anthrōpos Christos Iēsous«.

At once, for example, he slanders Eusebius openly as having said Christ was a mere man, because in his letter he made a citation of the apostle's words, in which the apostle himself said: “For God is one, and there is one mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus.”

1.4.65Klostermann

ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἀποστολικὴν λέξιν ὡσανεὶ Εὐσεβίου οὖσαν, διαβέβληκεν μὴ συνιεὶς ὁ σοφώτατος ὅτι τὸν ἀπόστολον διέβαλλεν· τὰς δʼ αὐτοῦ φωνὰς τὰς ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ φερομένας ἐπιστολῇ, τάς τε ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς αὐτοῦ συγγράμμασιν τοῖς εἰς τὰς θείας γραφὰς πεπονημένοις, ἃ δὴ κατὰ πάντα τόπον διαδέδοται, σιωπῇ παραδέδωκεν, κρύψας τῇ σιωπῇ ἃ μὴ ‹ἦν› συκοφαντεῖν.

tautēn men oun tēn apostolikēn lexin hōsanei Eusebiou ousan, diabeblēken mē synieis ho sophōtatos hoti ton apostolon dieballen; tas dʼ autou phōnas tas en tę̄ autę̄ pheromenas epistolę̄, tas te en tois loipois autou syngrammasin tois eis tas theias graphas peponēmenois, ha dē kata panta topon diadedotai, siōpę̄ paradedōken, krypsas tę̄ siōpę̄ ha mē ‹ēn› sykophantein.

This saying of the apostle, then, the most wise man attacked as if it were Eusebius's, not understanding that he was attacking the apostle; but Eusebius's own words in the same letter, and those in his other writings composed on the divine Scriptures, which are spread abroad everywhere, he passed over in silence, hiding by silence what could not be slandered.

1.4.66Klostermann

τὸ ὅμοιον δʼ ἂν εὕροι τις αὐτὸν πεποιηκότα καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ὧν διαβέβληκεν γραμμάτων. ἃ δή, λόγου συμμετρίας φειδόμενοι, τοῖς ἐθέλουσιν τὴν τούτων ἀκριβῆ ποιεῖσθαι διάγνωσιν παραχωρήσομεν, σπεύδοντες αὐτοὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ Μαρκέλλου περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ξενοφωνίαν ἤδη λοιπὸν ἀποκαλύψαι, ὡς ἂν φανερὸν γένοιτο τοῖς πᾶσιν ὅπως αὐτὸς ἐφρόνει περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.

to homoion dʼ an heuroi tis auton pepoiēkota kai epi tōn loipōn hōn diabeblēken grammatōn. ha dē, logou symmetrias pheidomenoi, tois ethelousin tēn toutōn akribē poieisthai diagnōsin parachōrēsomen, speudontes autoi tēn autou Markellou peri tou huiou tou theou xenophōnian ēdē loipon apokalypsai, hōs an phaneron genoito tois pasin hopōs autos ephronei peri tou huiou tou theou.

One would find him doing the same with the rest of the writings he attacked. Sparing proportion in our discourse, we leave these to those who wish to examine them exactly, while we hasten now to uncover Marcellus's own strange talk about the Son of God, so that it may become plain to all what he thought about the Son of God.

Against 2, chapter 1

2.1.1Klostermann

Τὴν τοῦ Γαλάτου πίστιν ἢ καὶ μᾶλλον τὴν ἀπιστίαν τὴν εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ. καιρὸς ἤδη καλεῖ μετὰ τὴν ἔκθεσιν τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ διαβληθέντων εἰς φῶς ἀγαγεῖν, καὶ τὴν χρόνοις μακροῖς ἐνδομυχήσασαν τῷ ἀνδρὶ κακοδοξίαν βραχὺ περιελθόντας τοῦ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς προσχήματος ἀπογυμνῶσαι. δεῖξαί τε τοῖς πᾶσιν διὰ τῆς τῶν αὐτοῦ φωνῶν μαρτυρίας οἷός τις ὢν τῆς Χριστοῦ καθηγεῖτο ἐκκλησίας ἄνθρωπος μήτε εἶναι μήτε προϋφεστάναι μήτε ὅλως πώποτε υἱὸν ὑπάρξαι τῷ θεῷ πρὸ τοῦ τεχθῆναι διὰ τῆς παρθένου δοξάζων, αὐτὸ δὲ μόνον εἶναι λόγον φάσκων, συμφυᾶ τῷ θεῷ, ἀιδίως αὐτῷ συνόντα καὶ ἡνωμένον, οἷος ἂν εἴη καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ λόγος.

Tēn tou Galatou pistin ē kai mallon tēn apistian tēn eis ton huion tou theou. kairos ēdē kalei meta tēn ekthesin tōn hypʼ autou diablēthentōn eis phōs agagein, kai tēn chronois makrois endomychēsasan tǭ andri kakodoxian brachy perielthontas tou tēs epistolēs proschēmatos apogymnōsai. deixai te tois pasin dia tēs tōn autou phōnōn martyrias hoios tis ōn tēs Christou kathēgeito ekklēsias anthrōpos mēte einai mēte proÿphestanai mēte holōs pōpote huion hyparxai tǭ theǭ pro tou techthēnai dia tēs parthenou doxazōn, auto de monon einai logon phaskōn, symphya tǭ theǭ, aidiōs autǭ synonta kai hēnōmenon, hoios an eiē kai ho en anthrōpǭ logos.

The faith of the Galatian, or rather his unbelief toward the Son of God, the time now calls us to bring to light, after setting out what he slandered; and, stripping away a little of the pretext of his letter, to lay bare the wrong opinion that has long lurked in the man; and to show all, by the testimony of his own words, what sort of man led the church of Christ: one who held that the Son neither is nor pre-exists nor ever at all existed for God before he was born through the Virgin, and said that he was only a Word, of one nature with God, eternally with him and united to him, such as the word in a man would be.

2.1.2Klostermann

τούτῳ γὰρ αὐτὸς χρῆται τῷ παραδείγματι, λόγον εἶναι φήσας ἔνδον ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ, ποτὲ μὲν ἡσυχάζοντα, ποτὲ δὲ σημαντικῶς ἐνεργοῦντα, μόνῃ τε ἐνεργείᾳ προϊόντα τοῦ πατρός, ὡς ἂν καὶ ἡμεῖς τι προστάττοντες ἐν τῷ λέγειν τι καὶ λαλεῖν ἐνεργήσαιμεν. ὅτι δʼ οὐκ ἄν τις οὕτω γε εἴποι υἱὸν εἶναι τὸν σημαντικὸν καὶ ἐνεργητικὸν λόγον παντί τῳ δῆλον. ὁ δὲ τοῦτο δοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως τὸν μὴ ὑφεστῶτα λόγον τὴν σάρκα ἀνειληφέναι καὶ ἐνεργῆσαι ἐν αὐτῇ φησιν

toutǭ gar autos chrētai tǭ paradeigmati, logon einai phēsas endon en autǭ tǭ theǭ, pote men hēsychazonta, pote de sēmantikōs energounta, monę̄ te energeią proïonta tou patros, hōs an kai hēmeis ti prostattontes en tǭ legein ti kai lalein energēsaimen. hoti dʼ ouk an tis houtō ge eipoi huion einai ton sēmantikon kai energētikon logon panti tǭ dēlon. ho de touto dous epi tou theou, ouk oidʼ hopōs ton mē hyphestōta logon tēn sarka aneilēphenai kai energēsai en autę̄ phēsin

For he himself uses this example, saying that there is a Word within God himself, at one time at rest, at another active in signifying, and going forth from the Father by activity alone, as we too, when we command something, would act by saying and speaking something. That no one would call the signifying and active word a son in this way is clear to everyone. But he, granting this of God, says, I do not know how, that the Word who does not subsist took on flesh and acted in it,

2.1.3Klostermann

καὶ τότε Χριστὸν γενέσθαι καὶ Ἰησοῦν καὶ βασιλέα καὶ εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀγαπητὸν καὶ υἱὸν δεδοξασμένον, καὶ δὴ καὶ πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως, μὴ ὄντα πρότερον, τότε γενέσθαι καίπερ οὐχ ὑφεστῶτα· τὸ δὲ παράδοξον τοῦ λόγου, ἄρξασθαί γε ἀπὸ τετρακοσίων οὐδὲ ὅλων ἐτῶν τούτων ἁπάντων καὶ πάλιν τούτων ἀθρόως παυθήσεσθαι μετὰ τὸν τῆς κρίσεως καιρόν, τοῦ μὲν λόγου ἑνουμένου τῷ θεῷ, ὡς μηδὲν ἕτερον εἶναι πλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ, τῆς δὲ σαρκὸς ἧς ἀνείληφεν ἐρήμου καταλειφθησομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου, ὡς μήτε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τότε ὑφεστάναι, μήτε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὃν ἀνείληφεν.

kai tote Christon genesthai kai Iēsoun kai basilea kai eikona tou theou kai agapēton kai huion dedoxasmenon, kai dē kai prōtotokon pasēs ktiseōs, mē onta proteron, tote genesthai kaiper ouch hyphestōta; to de paradoxon tou logou, arxasthai ge apo tetrakosiōn oude holōn etōn toutōn hapantōn kai palin toutōn athroōs pauthēsesthai meta ton tēs kriseōs kairon, tou men logou henoumenou tǭ theǭ, hōs mēden heteron einai plēn tou theou, tēs de sarkos hēs aneilēphen erēmou kataleiphthēsomenēs hypo tou logou, hōs mēte ton huion tou theou tote hyphestanai, mēte ton huion tou anthrōpou hon aneilēphen.

and that then he became Christ and Jesus and king and image of God and beloved and glorified Son, and indeed firstborn of all creation, not having been so before, that he became so then, although he did not subsist. And the strangest part of the argument: that all these things began not even four hundred whole years ago, and will cease again all at once after the time of the judgment, the Word being united to God so as to be nothing other than God, and the flesh which he assumed being left deserted by the Word, so that then neither the Son of God will subsist, nor the Son of Man whom he assumed.

2.1.4Klostermann

καὶ δὴ εἰς τοῦτο τέλους καταστρέφει, ὥσπερ κεκωφωμένος καὶ μήτε τοῦ ἀγγέλου Γαβριὴλ ἀκούων, εὐαγγελιζομένου τὴν θεοτόκον σαφῶς τε καὶ διαρρήδην περὶ τοῦ ἐξ αὐτῆς τεχθησομένου καὶ »ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυὶδ κατὰ σάρκα« προελευσομένου φάσκοντος »ἰδοὺ συλλήψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν. οὗτος ἔσται μέγας καὶ υἱὸς ὑψίστου κληθήσεται, καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ κύριος ὁ θεὸς τὸν θρόνον Δαυὶδ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ βασιλεύσει ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔσται τέλος«, μήτε Δανιὴλ τοῦ μεγάλου προφήτου τὰς φωνὰς συνιείς, αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἐπισφραγιζομένου διʼ ὧν ἐν θείῳ πνεύματι προεφώνει λέγων »καὶ ἰδοὺ μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενος ἦν, καὶ ἕως τοῦ παλαιοῦ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἔφθασεν· καὶ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ προσηνέχθη.

kai dē eis touto telous katastrephei, hōsper kekōphōmenos kai mēte tou angelou Gabriēl akouōn, euangelizomenou tēn theotokon saphōs te kai diarrēdēn peri tou ex autēs techthēsomenou kai »ek spermatos Dauid kata sarka« proeleusomenou phaskontos »idou syllēpsę̄ en gastri kai texę̄ huion, kai kaleseis to onoma autou Iēsoun. houtos estai megas kai huios hypsistou klēthēsetai, kai dōsei autǭ kyrios ho theos ton thronon Dauid tou patros autou, kai basileusei epi ton oikon Iakōb eis tous aiōnas, kai tēs basileias autou ouk estai telos«, mēte Daniēl tou megalou prophētou tas phōnas synieis, auta tauta episphragizomenou diʼ hōn en theiǭ pneumati proephōnei legōn »kai idou meta tōn nephelōn tou ouranou huios anthrōpou erchomenos ēn, kai heōs tou palaiou tōn hēmerōn ephthasen; kai emprosthen autou prosēnechthē.

And he ends up at this point as if he were deaf, not hearing the angel Gabriel, who announced the good news to the God-bearer plainly and expressly about the one to be born from her and to come forth “from the seed of David according to the flesh,” saying: “Behold, you will conceive in your womb and bear a son, and you will call his name Jesus. He will be great and will be called Son of the Most High, and the Lord God will give him the throne of his father David, and he will reign over the house of Jacob for ever, and of his kingdom there will be no end”; nor understanding the words of the great prophet Daniel, who sets his seal on these very things in what he foretold in the divine Spirit, saying: “And behold, one like a son of man was coming with the clouds of heaven, and he came to the Ancient of Days, and was brought before him.

2.1.5Klostermann

καὶ αὐτῷ ἐδόθη ‹ἡ› ἀρχὴ καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ βασιλεία, καὶ πάντες οἱ λαοί, φυλαί, γλῶσσαι αὐτῷ δουλεύσουσιν· ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτοῦ ἐξουσία αἰώνιος ἥτις οὐ παρελεύσεται, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ οὐ διαφθαρήσεται«. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ Ἡσαΐας αὐτὸν ἔπεισεν, περὶ τῆς ἀτελευτήτου βασιλείας τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὧδε καὶ αὐτὸς θεσπίζων »ὅτι παιδίον ἐγεννήθη ἡμῖν, υἱὸς καὶ ἐδόθη ἡμῖν,

kai autǭ edothē ‹hē› archē kai hē timē kai hē basileia, kai pantes hoi laoi, phylai, glōssai autǭ douleusousin; hē exousia autou exousia aiōnios hētis ou pareleusetai, kai hē basileia autou ou diaphtharēsetai«. allʼ oude Hēsaïas auton epeisen, peri tēs ateleutētou basileias tou huiou tou anthrōpou hōde kai autos thespizōn »hoti paidion egennēthē hēmin, huios kai edothē hēmin,

And to him was given the dominion and the honour and the kingdom, and all peoples, tribes, tongues will serve him; his authority is an eternal authority which will not pass away, and his kingdom will not be destroyed.” Nor did Isaiah persuade him, who himself prophesied thus about the unending kingdom of the Son of Man: “For a child has been born to us, a son also has been given to us,

2.1.6Klostermann

οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὤμου αὐτοῦ, καὶ καλεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελος, θαυμαστὸς σύμβουλος, θεὸς ἰσχυρὸς ἐξουσιαστής, ἄρχων εἰρήνης, πατὴρ τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος. ἄξω γὰρ εἰρήνην καὶ ὑγίειαν αὐτῷ.

hou hē archē epi tou ōmou autou, kai kaleitai to onoma autou megalēs boulēs angelos, thaumastos symboulos, theos ischyros exousiastēs, archōn eirēnēs, patēr tou mellontos aiōnos. axō gar eirēnēn kai hygieian autǭ.

whose dominion is upon his shoulder, and his name is called Angel of great counsel, Wonderful Counsellor, Mighty God, Potentate, Prince of peace, Father of the age to come. For I will bring peace and health to him.

2.1.7Klostermann

μεγάλη ἡ ἀρχὴ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔσται τέλος, ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον Δαυὶδ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ, τοῦ κατορθῶσαι αὐτὴν καὶ ἀντιλαβέσθαι ἐν κρίματι καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας«.

megalē hē archē autou, kai tēs eirēnēs autou ouk estai telos, epi ton thronon Dauid kai epi tēn basileian autou, tou katorthōsai autēn kai antilabesthai en krimati kai en dikaiosynę̄, apo tou nyn kai eis tous aiōnas«.

Great is his dominion, and of his peace there will be no end, upon the throne of David and upon his kingdom, to set it right and to uphold it in judgment and in righteousness, from now and for ever.”

2.1.8Klostermann

τούτοις γοῦν σύμφωνα ἦν καὶ ἅπερ ὁ Γαβριὴλ τὴν παρθένον εὐηγγελίζετο, »εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας« βασιλεύσειν τὸν ἐξ αὐτῆς λέγων »καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ« μὴ ἔσεσθαι τέλος. Μάρκελλος δὲ ὅπως τούτοις ἅπασιν ἐναντία γράφειν ἐτόλμα, μάθοις ἂν ἐκ τῶν αὐτοῦ φωνῶν, διʼ ὧν ὁμοῦ τὴν θεότητα καὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἠρνεῖτο καινότερον ἢ κατὰ πᾶσαν ἄθεον αἵρεσιν.

toutois goun symphōna ēn kai haper ho Gabriēl tēn parthenon euēngelizeto, »eis tous aiōnas« basileusein ton ex autēs legōn »kai tēs basileias autou« mē esesthai telos. Markellos de hopōs toutois hapasin enantia graphein etolma, mathois an ek tōn autou phōnōn, diʼ hōn homou tēn theotēta kai tēn anthrōpotēta tou huiou tou theou ērneito kainoteron ē kata pasan atheon hairesin.

In agreement with these was what Gabriel announced to the Virgin, saying that the one born from her would reign “for ever” and that “of his kingdom” there would be no end. How Marcellus dared to write the opposite of all these, you may learn from his own words, by which he denied at once the divinity and the humanity of the Son of God, in a newer way than any godless heresy.

2.1.9Klostermann

τῶν γὰρ ἑτεροδόξων οἱ μὲν μὴ προεῖναι μηδὲ προϋπάρχειν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φάντες, ἄνθρωπον εἶναι αὐτὸν τοῖς λοιποῖς ὅμοιον ὑποθέμενοι ἐξ ἀνθρώπου, υἱοθεσίᾳ τετιμῆσθαι αὐτὸν ἔφασαν, καὶ τοῦτο δόντες ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀτελεύτητον αὐτῷ τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν καὶ βασιλείαν αἰώνιον ὡμολογήκασιν· οἱ δὲ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀρνησάμενοι υἱὸν εἶναι θεοῦ θεὸν προόντα ὑπεστήσαντο. ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀλλότριοι μέχρι τοσούτου πλάνης ἤλασαν. ὁ δὲ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ τοσούτοις καθηγησάμενος χρόνοις τὴν ὕπαρξιν ⟨ἀν⟩αιρεῖ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῷ ⟨τε⟩ αὐτοῦ λειτουργήσας θυσιαστηρίῳ ἑαυτὸν μὲν αἰωνίου καὶ ἀθανάτου ζωῆς τεύξεσθαι τάχα που πιστεύει, τὸν δʼ ἀρχιερέα ταύτης ἀποστερεῖ.

tōn gar heterodoxōn hoi men mē proeinai mēde proÿparchein ton huion tou theou phantes, anthrōpon einai auton tois loipois homoion hypothemenoi ex anthrōpou, huiothesią tetimēsthai auton ephasan, kai touto dontes athanaton kai ateleutēton autǭ timēn kai doxan kai basileian aiōnion hōmologēkasin; hoi de ton anthrōpon arnēsamenoi huion einai theou theon proonta hypestēsanto. allʼ hoi men tēs ekklēsias allotrioi mechri tosoutou planēs ēlasan. ho de tēs ekklēsias tou theou tosoutois kathēgēsamenos chronois tēn hyparxin ⟨an⟩airei tou huiou tou theou, tǭ ⟨te⟩ autou leitourgēsas thysiastēriǭ heauton men aiōniou kai athanatou zōēs teuxesthai tacha pou pisteuei, ton dʼ archierea tautēs aposterei.

For of the heterodox, some, saying that the Son of God did not pre-exist or exist before, supposed him to be a man like the rest, born of a man, and said he was honoured with adoption; but granting this, they confessed for him an immortal and unending honour and glory and an eternal kingdom. Others, denying the man, supposed that the Son of God was God pre-existing. But those strangers to the church went only so far in error. This man, who led the church of God for so many years, abolishes the existence of the Son of God; and having ministered at his altar, he believes, perhaps, that he himself will obtain eternal and immortal life, but deprives the high priest of it.

2.1.10Klostermann

ἔχομεν δὲ »ἀρχιερέα μέγαν« κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον »διεληλυθότα τοὺς οὐρανούς, Ἰησοῦν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ«, ὃν οὔτε προεῖναι οὔτε προϋφεστάναι τολμᾷ λέγειν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ ἔσεσθαι μηδὲ τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῦ θεοῦ συνέσεσθαι κατʼ αὐτὴν ἐκείνην τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τῆς τῶν οὐρανῶν βασιλείας. τηνικαῦτα γὰρ τῶν ἁγίων ἁπάντων μεθεξόντων τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ βασιλείας ἐν ἀφθάρτοις καὶ ἀθανάτοις σώμασιν, μόνον τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ τὴν σάρκα ἣν ἀνείληφεν ἀποστερεῖ αὐτῆς.

echomen de »archierea megan« kata ton apostolon »dielēlythota tous ouranous, Iēsoun ton huion tou theou«, hon oute proeinai oute proÿphestanai tolmą legein, alla mēde esesthai mēde tois hagiois tou theou synesesthai katʼ autēn ekeinēn tēn epangelian tēs tōn ouranōn basileias. tēnikauta gar tōn hagiōn hapantōn methexontōn tēs tou theou basileias en aphthartois kai athanatois sōmasin, monon ton Christon kai tēn sarka hēn aneilēphen aposterei autēs.

But we have, according to the apostle, “a great high priest who has passed through the heavens, Jesus the Son of God,” whom he dares to say neither pre-existed nor pre-subsisted, nor will exist hereafter or be with the saints of God at the very fulfilment of the promise of the kingdom of heaven. For then, when all the saints share in the kingdom of God in incorruptible and immortal bodies, he deprives Christ alone, and the flesh which he assumed, of it.

2.1.11Klostermann

καὶ οὐ φρίττει τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ἀναστάσεως, τὸν τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς τοῖς πᾶσιν αἴτιον, ἐκπεσεῖσθαι τῆς βασιλείας οὐ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς ζωῆς ἀποφαινόμενος· ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ὀφθαλμοὺς μὲν δῷ, φῶς δὲ τὸ τῆς τούτων χορηγὸν ἐκλάμψεως ἀνέλοι. καὶ οὔτε ὁ τοσοῦτος τοῦ θεοῦ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ οὔτε ὁ μέγας προφήτης Δανιὴλ, περὶ οὗ ἐλέχθη »μὴ σύ σοφώτερος εἶ τοῦ Δανιήλ;« οὔτε ὁ τοσοῦτος Ἡσαΐας οὔθʼ ὁ λοιπὸς τῶν προφητῶν χορὸς τοιαῦτα μὴ γράφειν μηδὲ φρονεῖν τὸν ἄνδρα ἔπεισαν,

kai ou phrittei ton archēgon tēs anastaseōs, ton tēs aiōniou zōēs tois pasin aition, ekpeseisthai tēs basileias ou monon, alla kai autēs tēs zōēs apophainomenos; hōsper an ei tis ophthalmous men dǭ, phōs de to tēs toutōn chorēgon eklampseōs aneloi. kai oute ho tosoutos tou theou angelos Gabriēl oute ho megas prophētēs Daniēl, peri hou elechthē »mē sy sophōteros ei tou Daniēl?« oute ho tosoutos Hēsaïas outhʼ ho loipos tōn prophētōn choros toiauta mē graphein mēde phronein ton andra epeisan,

And he does not shudder to declare that the author of the resurrection, the cause of eternal life for all, will fall not only from the kingdom but even from life itself: as if someone were to grant eyes but abolish the light that supplies their shining. And neither the great angel of God Gabriel, nor the great prophet Daniel, of whom it was said, “Are you wiser than Daniel?”, nor the great Isaiah, nor the rest of the choir of prophets persuaded the man not to write or think such things,

2.1.12Klostermann

οὔτʼ αὐτοὶ Ἰουδαῖοι, παρʼ οἷς ὁ προσδοκώμενος εἰσέτι νῦν Χριστός, ὃν Ἠλειμμένον καλεῖν εἰώθασιν, ἀγήρω τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ 〈ἀ〉θάνατον ἕξειν ἐλπίζεται. ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων γέγονε χείρων ὁ καὶ εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν ὁμοῦ καὶ εἰς τὸ τέλος τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀσεβῆσαι τολμήσας ὃν οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος κατεδυσώπησεν μὴ τοιαῦτα ἀσεβεῖν, ἄντικρυς λέγων »πιστὸς ὁ λόγος· εἰ γὰρ συναπεθάνομεν, καὶ συζήσομεν· εἰ ὑπομένομεν, καὶ συμβασιλεύσομεν«, καὶ κληρονόμους μὲν ἡμᾶς ἔσεσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐ μὴν δίχα Χριστοῦ, »κληρονόμοι« γάρ φησιν

outʼ autoi Ioudaioi, parʼ hois ho prosdokōmenos eiseti nyn Christos, hon Ēleimmenon kalein eiōthasin, agērō tēn basileian kai 〈a〉thanaton hexein elpizetai. alla kai toutōn gegone cheirōn ho kai eis tēn archēn homou kai eis to telos tou huiou tou theou asebēsai tolmēsas hon oudʼ autos ho theios apostolos katedysōpēsen mē toiauta asebein, antikrys legōn »pistos ho logos; ei gar synapethanomen, kai syzēsomen; ei hypomenomen, kai symbasileusomen«, kai klēronomous men hēmas esesthai tou theou, ou mēn dicha Christou, »klēronomoi« gar phēsin

nor even the Jews, among whom the Christ still expected now, whom they are accustomed to call the Anointed, is hoped to have an ageless and immortal kingdom. But he has become worse even than these, who dared to commit impiety against both the beginning and the end of the Son of God; whom not even the divine apostle shamed out of such impiety, when he says outright: “The saying is faithful: for if we have died with him, we shall also live with him; if we endure, we shall also reign with him”; and that we shall be heirs of God, yet not without Christ, for he says, “heirs

2.1.13Klostermann

»θεοῦ, συγκληρονόμοι δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἴπερ συμπάσχομεν ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν«. καὶ πάλιν »εἰ δὲ ἀπεθάνομεν« φησὶν »σὺν Χριστῷ, πιστεύομεν ὅτι καὶ συζήσομεν αὐτῷ, εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει· θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύσει«,

»theou, synklēronomoi de tou Christou, eiper sympaschomen hina kai syndoxasthōmen«. kai palin »ei de apethanomen« phēsin »syn Christǭ, pisteuomen hoti kai syzēsomen autǭ, eidotes hoti Christos egertheis ek nekrōn ouketi apothnę̄skei; thanatos autou ouketi kyrieusei«,

of God, and fellow heirs with Christ, if indeed we suffer with him so that we may also be glorified with him.” And again he says: “But if we have died with Christ, we believe that we shall also live with him, knowing that Christ, being raised from the dead, dies no more; death will no longer have dominion over him,”

2.1.14Klostermann

καὶ αὖθις »τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν«. οὐκοῦν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ οὐκ ἄλλως ἡμῖν πορισθήσεται ἢ »ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν«· καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν οὐχ ἁπλῶς ζῆσαι, ἀλλὰ σὺν αὐτῷ δοξασθῆναι καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ κληρονομῆσαι καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ βασιλεῦσαι· πάντα γὰρ ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς αὐτοῦ κοινωνίας ὑπάρξει.

kai authis »to de charisma tou theou zōē aiōnios en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ kyriǭ hēmōn«. oukoun hē aiōnios zōē ouk allōs hēmin poristhēsetai ē »en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ kyriǭ hēmōn«; kai hē elpis hēmōn ouch haplōs zēsai, alla syn autǭ doxasthēnai kai syn autǭ klēronomēsai kai syn autǭ basileusai; panta gar hēmin ek tēs autou koinōnias hyparxei.

and again: “But the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord.” So eternal life will be procured for us in no other way than “in Christ Jesus our Lord”; and our hope is not simply to live, but to be glorified with him and to inherit with him and to reign with him; for all things will be ours from fellowship with him.

2.1.15Klostermann

ὃ διδάσκει ὁ αὐτὸς φήσας »πιστὸς ὁ θεός, διʼ οὗ ἐκλήθητε εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν«. τίς δʼ ἡ κοινωνία, παρίστησιν »καὶ συνήγειρεν« λέγων »καὶ συνεκάθισεν ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἵνα ἐνδείξηται ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις τὸ ὑπερβάλλον πλοῦτος τῆς χάριτος ἐν χρηστότητι ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ«.

ho didaskei ho autos phēsas »pistos ho theos, diʼ hou eklēthēte eis koinōnian tou huiou autou Iēsou Christou tou kyriou hēmōn«. tis dʼ hē koinōnia, paristēsin »kai synēgeiren« legōn »kai synekathisen en tois epouraniois en Christǭ Iēsou, hina endeixētai en tois aiōsin tois eperchomenois to hyperballon ploutos tēs charitos en chrēstotēti ephʼ hēmas en Christǭ Iēsou«.

The same apostle teaches this when he says: “God is faithful, through whom you were called into the fellowship of his Son Jesus Christ our Lord.” And what the fellowship is he shows, saying: “and raised us up with him and seated us with him in the heavenly places in Christ Jesus, so that in the ages to come he might show the surpassing riches of his grace in kindness toward us in Christ Jesus.”

2.1.16Klostermann

ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς καὶ ταῦτα περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐδίδασκεν φάσκων »ὁ δὲ διὰ τὸ μένειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἀπαράβατον ἔχει τὴν ἱερωσύνην· ὅθεν καὶ σώζειν εἰς τὸ παντελὲς δύναται τοὺς προσιόντας διʼ αὐτοῦ τῷ θεῷ, πάντοτε ζῶν εἰς τὸ ἐντυγχάνειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν«.

ho dʼ autos kai tauta peri tou sōtēros edidasken phaskōn »ho de dia to menein auton eis ton aiōna aparabaton echei tēn hierōsynēn; hothen kai sōzein eis to panteles dynatai tous prosiontas diʼ autou tǭ theǭ, pantote zōn eis to entynchanein hyper autōn«.

The same apostle taught this also about the Saviour, saying: “But he, because he remains for ever, holds his priesthood permanently; hence he is able to save completely those who draw near to God through him, since he always lives to make intercession for them.”

2.1.17Klostermann

οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Μελχισεδὲκ »εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς« ἱερέα μένειν ἔλεγεν διὰ τὸ ἀφωμοιωμένον εἶναι »τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ«. ἀλλʼ ὅτι μὲν τούτοις ἅπασιν Μάρκελλος τἀναντία γράφειν ἐτόλμα μικρὸν ὕστερον παρατεθήσεται, νυνὶ δὲ ὅπως ἐφρόνει περὶ τοῦ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν εἶναι μηδʼ ὑφεστάναι τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸν θεασώμεθα πρότερον.

ou mēn alla kai ton Melchisedek »eis to diēnekes« hierea menein elegen dia to aphōmoiōmenon einai »tǭ huiǭ tou theou«. allʼ hoti men toutois hapasin Markellos tanantia graphein etolma mikron hysteron paratethēsetai, nyni de hopōs ephronei peri tou mēde tēn archēn einai mēdʼ hyphestanai ton tou theou huion theasōmetha proteron.

Moreover he said that Melchizedek remains a priest “for ever” because he is made like “the Son of God.” But that Marcellus dared to write the opposite of all these will be set out a little later; now let us first see how he thought that the Son of God did not exist or subsist at all in the beginning.

Against 2, chapter 2

2.2.1Klostermann

Ἐπισκήψας τοῖς εἰρηκόσιν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀληθῶς υἱὸν εἶναι ζῶντα καὶ ὑφεστῶτα τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δόξαν φανερὰν καθίστησιν αὐταῖς συλλαβαῖς γράφων οὕτως οὐκοῦν πρὸ μὲν τοῦ κατελθεῖν καὶ διὰ τῆς παρθένου τεχθῆναι λόγος ἦν μόνον. ἐπεὶ τί ἕτερον ἦν πρὸ τοῦ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀναλαβεῖν σάρκα τὸ κατελθὸν »ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν«, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς γέγραφεν, καὶ [τὸ] γεννηθὲν ἐκ τῆς παρθένου; οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἦν ἢ λόγος.

Episkēpsas tois eirēkosin ton huion tou theou alēthōs huion einai zōnta kai hyphestōta tēn heautou doxan phaneran kathistēsin autais syllabais graphōn houtōs oukoun pro men tou katelthein kai dia tēs parthenou techthēnai logos ēn monon. epei ti heteron ēn pro tou tēn anthrōpinēn analabein sarka to katelthon »epʼ eschatōn tōn hēmerōn«, hōs kai autos gegraphen, kai [to] gennēthen ek tēs parthenou? ouden heteron ēn ē logos.

Having attacked those who said that the Son of God is truly Son, living and subsisting, he makes his own opinion plain, writing in these very syllables: “Therefore, before coming down and being born through the Virgin, he was only Word. For what else was it, before taking human flesh, that came down ‘in the last days,’ as he too has written, and was born from the Virgin? It was nothing else than Word.”

2.2.2Klostermann

εἶτα προϊὼν ἑξῆς ἀίδιον αὐτὸν λέγει, ἀγένητον αὐτὸν οὕτως ὁριζόμενος. γράφει δὲ οὕτως ἀκούεις τοίνυν τῆς συμφωνίας τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, διὰ πολλῶν καὶ διαφόρων προσώπων τῇ τοῦ λόγου μαρτυρούσης ἀιδιότητι;

eita proïōn hexēs aidion auton legei, agenēton auton houtōs horizomenos. graphei de houtōs akoueis toinyn tēs symphōnias tou hagiou pneumatos, dia pollōn kai diaphorōn prosōpōn tę̄ tou logou martyrousēs aidiotēti?

Then, going on, he calls him eternal, thereby defining him as unbegotten. He writes thus: “Do you hear, then, the agreement of the Holy Spirit, testifying through many different persons to the eternity of the Word?

2.2.3Klostermann

καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἄρχεται μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀιδιότητος τοῦ λόγου· »ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος« λέγων »καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος«. τρισὶν ἐπαλλήλοις μαρτυρίαις χρώμενος τὴν ἀιδιότητα τοῦ λόγου δεικνύναι βούλεται. καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει πρότερον γάρ, ὥσπερ πολλάκις ἔφην, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ λόγος ἦν.

kai dia touto archetai men apo tēs aidiotētos tou logou; »en archę̄ ēn ho logos« legōn »kai ho logos ēn pros ton theon, kai theos ēn ho logos«. trisin epallēlois martyriais chrōmenos tēn aidiotēta tou logou deiknynai bouletai. kai methʼ hetera epilegei proteron gar, hōsper pollakis ephēn, ouden heteron ē logos ēn.

And for this reason he begins from the eternity of the Word, saying: ‘In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.’ Using three successive testimonies, he wants to show the eternity of the Word.” And after other things he adds: “For before, as I have often said, he was nothing other than Word.”

2.2.4Klostermann

καὶ προστίθησιν, ὅτι οὐδὲ »εἰκὼν« ἦν »τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου«, φάσκων οὐκοῦν πρόδηλον, ὅτι πρὸ τῆς τοῦ ἡμετέρου σώματος ἀναλήψεως ὁ λόγος καθʼ ἑαυτὸν οὐκ ἦν εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ. καὶ αὖθις μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιφέρει τί τοίνυν ἦν τὸ κατελθὸν τοῦτο πρὸ τοῦ ἐνανθρωπῆσαι; πάντως πού φησιν· πνεῦμα. εἰ γάρ τι παρὰ τοῦτο ἐθέλοι λέγειν, οὐ συγχωρήσει αὐτῷ ὁ πρὸς τὴν παρθένον εἰρηκὼς ἄγγελος »πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ«. εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα εἶναι φήσει, ἄκουε τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγοντος »πνεῦμα ὁ θεός«.

kai prostithēsin, hoti oude »eikōn« ēn »tou theou tou aoratou«, phaskōn oukoun prodēlon, hoti pro tēs tou hēmeterou sōmatos analēpseōs ho logos kathʼ heauton ouk ēn eikōn tou aoratou theou. kai authis methʼ hetera epipherei ti toinyn ēn to katelthon touto pro tou enanthrōpēsai? pantōs pou phēsin; pneuma. ei gar ti para touto etheloi legein, ou synchōrēsei autǭ ho pros tēn parthenon eirēkōs angelos »pneuma hagion epeleusetai epi se«. ei de pneuma einai phēsei, akoue tou sōtēros legontos »pneuma ho theos«.

And he adds that he was not even “the image of the invisible God,” saying: “It is therefore plain that before the taking up of our body the Word by himself was not the image of the invisible God.” And again after other things he adds: “What, then, was this that came down before becoming man? Surely, he says, spirit. For if he wished to say anything besides this, the angel who said to the Virgin, ‘The Holy Spirit will come upon you,’ will not allow him. And if he says it is spirit, hear the Saviour saying, ‘God is spirit.’”

2.2.5Klostermann

σαφῶς ἐντεῦθεν τοῦ σωτῆρος περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς εἰρηκότος »πνεῦμα ὁ θεός«, ἐλέγχεται Μάρκελλος αὐτὸν τὸν πατέρα ἐνηνθρωπηκέναι εἰπών. ὁ δʼ ἔτι μᾶλλον φιλοτιμεῖται, γράφων ὧδε καὶ μανθανέτω τοίνυν θεοῦ λόγον ἐληλυθέναι, οὐ λόγον καταχρηστικῶς ὀνομασθέντα, ὡς αὐτοί φασιν, ἀλλʼ ἀληθῆ ὄντα λόγον.

saphōs enteuthen tou sōtēros peri tou patros eirēkotos »pneuma ho theos«, elenchetai Markellos auton ton patera enēnthrōpēkenai eipōn. ho dʼ eti mallon philotimeitai, graphōn hōde kai manthanetō toinyn theou logon elēlythenai, ou logon katachrēstikōs onomasthenta, hōs autoi phasin, allʼ alēthē onta logon.

Since the Saviour clearly said this about the Father, “God is spirit,” Marcellus is convicted of saying that the Father himself became man. But he is even more ambitious, writing thus: “And let him learn, then, that the Word of God has come, not a Word called so loosely, as they say, but being a true Word.”

2.2.6Klostermann

καὶ αὖθις προστίθησιν ταῦτα τοῖς εἰρημένοις εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἡ τοῦ πνεύματος ἐξέτασις γίγνοιτο μόνη, ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν εἰκότως εἶναι τῷ θεῷ φαίνοιτο· εἰ δὲ ἡ κατὰ σάρκα προσθήκη ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐξετάζοιτο, ἐνεργείᾳ ἡ θεότης μόνῃ πλατύνεσθαι δοκεῖ· ὥστε εἰκότως μονὰς ὄντως ἐστὶν ἀδιαίρετος.

kai authis prostithēsin tauta tois eirēmenois ei men gar hē tou pneumatos exetasis gignoito monē, hen kai tauton eikotōs einai tǭ theǭ phainoito; ei de hē kata sarka prosthēkē epi tou sōtēros exetazoito, energeią hē theotēs monę̄ platynesthai dokei; hōste eikotōs monas ontōs estin adiairetos.

And again he adds this to what was said: “For if the examination were of the spirit alone, he would rightly appear to be one and the same with God; but if the addition according to the flesh in the Saviour were examined, the Godhead seems to be expanded by activity alone; so that it is rightly truly an indivisible monad.”

2.2.7Klostermann

καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον τοῦτο κατασκευάζει διʼ ὧν ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς οὕτω γράφει τὸ μὲν οὖν πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων αὐτὸν γεγεννῆσθαι φῆσαι, ἀκολούθως εἰρηκέναι δοκεῖ· γέννημα γὰρ τὸ προελθὸν τοῦ προεμένου γίγνεται πατρός. θάτερον δʼ οὐκέτι ὑγιῶς οὐδʼ εὐσεβῶς αὐτῷ παρείληπται.

kai eti mallon touto kataskeuazei diʼ hōn en tois hexēs houtō graphei to men oun pro tōn aiōnōn auton gegennēsthai phēsai, akolouthōs eirēkenai dokei; gennēma gar to proelthon tou proemenou gignetai patros. thateron dʼ ouketi hygiōs oudʼ eusebōs autǭ pareilēptai.

And he establishes this still more by what he writes next: “To say, then, that he was begotten before the ages seems to have been said consistently; for what goes forth becomes the offspring of the father who sent it forth. But the other point he has taken up neither soundly nor piously.

2.2.8Klostermann

τὸ γὰρ μὴ λόγον εἶναι φῆσαι τὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ προελθόντα καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν τῆς γεννήσεως ἀληθῆ τρόπον, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς υἱὸν μόνον, ἔμφασίν τινα τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ἀνθρωπίνης ὄψεως παρέχειν εἴωθεν. καὶ ἐν τούτοις μὲν γυμνῇ τῇ κεφαλῇ τὸν μὲν υἱὸν ἠρνήσατο, ψιλὸν δὲ λόγον ὥσπερ τινὰ προστακτικὸν τῶν ποιητέων εἰσάγων δῆλός ἐστιν ἐξ ὧν ἐπιφέρει λέγων ὃν οὕτω πᾶσαι αἱ θεῖαι κηρύττουσιν γραφαί.

to gar mē logon einai phēsai ton ex autou proelthonta kai touton einai ton tēs gennēseōs alēthē tropon, allʼ haplōs huion monon, emphasin tina tois akouousin anthrōpinēs opseōs parechein eiōthen. kai en toutois men gymnę̄ tę̄ kephalę̄ ton men huion ērnēsato, psilon de logon hōsper tina prostaktikon tōn poiēteōn eisagōn dēlos estin ex hōn epipherei legōn hon houtō pasai hai theiai kēryttousin graphai.

For to say that the one who went forth from him is not Word, and that this is not the true manner of the generation, but simply only Son, usually gives the hearers an impression of a human sight.” In this he has denied the Son bareheaded, and is clearly introducing a mere word, like a word commanding what is to be done, from what he adds, saying: “whom all the divine Scriptures proclaim in this way.

2.2.9Klostermann

Δαυὶδ μὲν γὰρ περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγει » τῷ λόγῳ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν «. αὖθίς τε 〈ὁ〉 αὐτὸς » ἐξαπέστειλεν τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἰάσατο αὐτούς «. Σολομὼν δὲ » ζητήσουσίν με κακοί, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσουσιν. ἐμίσησαν γὰρ σοφίαν, τὸν δὲ λόγον κυρίου οὐ προείλαντο«. Ἡσαΐας τε » ἐκ γὰρ Σιὼν ἐξελεύσεται « ἔφη » νόμος καὶ λόγος κυρίου ἐξ Ἱερουσαλήμ «.

Dauid men gar peri autou legei » tǭ logǭ kyriou hoi ouranoi estereōthēsan «. authis te 〈ho〉 autos » exapesteilen ton logon autou kai iasato autous «. Solomōn de » zētēsousin me kakoi, kai ouch heurēsousin. emisēsan gar sophian, ton de logon kyriou ou proeilanto«. Hēsaïas te » ek gar Siōn exeleusetai « ephē » nomos kai logos kyriou ex Hierousalēm «.

For David says of him: ‘By the word of the Lord the heavens were made firm.’ And again the same: ‘He sent forth his word and healed them.’ And Solomon: ‘The wicked will seek me and will not find me; for they hated wisdom, and did not choose the word of the Lord.’ And Isaiah said: ‘For out of Zion will go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.’

2.2.10Klostermann

καὶ αὖθις Ἱερεμίας » ᾐσχύνθησαν σοφοὶ « φησὶν » καὶ ἐπτοήθησαν καὶ ἑάλωσαν, ὅτι τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου ἀπεδοκίμασαν «. καὶ Ὡσηὲ 〈δὲ〉 ὁ προφήτης » ἐμίσησαν « 〈ἔφη〉 » ἐν πύλαις ἐλέγχοντα, καὶ λόγον ὅσιον ἐβδελύξαντο «. Μιχαίας τε ὁμοίως καὶ αὐτὸς περὶ τοῦ λόγου μνημονεύων 〈 » ἐκ Σιὼν « 〉 ἔφη » ἐξελεύσεται νόμος, καὶ λόγος κυρίου ἐξ Ἱερουσαλήμ «.

kai authis Hieremias » ę̄schynthēsan sophoi « phēsin » kai eptoēthēsan kai healōsan, hoti ton logon tou kyriou apedokimasan «. kai Hōsēe 〈de〉 ho prophētēs » emisēsan « 〈ephē〉 » en pylais elenchonta, kai logon hosion ebdelyxanto «. Michaias te homoiōs kai autos peri tou logou mnēmoneuōn 〈 » ek Siōn « 〉 ephē » exeleusetai nomos, kai logos kyriou ex Hierousalēm «.

And again Jeremiah says: ‘The wise were put to shame and terrified and caught, because they rejected the word of the Lord.’ And Hosea the prophet said: ‘They hated the one who reproves in the gates, and abhorred a holy word.’ And Micah likewise, he too mentioning the word, said: ‘Out of Zion will go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.’

2.2.11Klostermann

τοσαῦτα συνάγων περὶ τοῦ προστακτικοῦ λόγου ῥητὰ Μάρκελλος τοιοῦτόν τινα εἶναί φησιν καὶ τὸν » ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν « θεὸν λόγον. διὸ ἐπάγει φάσκων ὁ δὲ ἱερὸς ἀπόστολός τε καὶ μαθητὴς τοῦ κυρίου Ἰωάννης σαφῶς 〈καὶ〉 διαρρήδην ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου διδάσκων, ὡς ἀγνοούμενον ἐν ἀνθρώποις πρότερον, λόγον αὐτὸν τοῦ παντοκράτορος ὀνομάζων. οὕτως ἔφη » ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος «. οὐ μιᾷ μαρτυρία χρώμενος τὴν ἀιδιότητα τοῦ λόγου σημαίνει.

tosauta synagōn peri tou prostaktikou logou rhēta Markellos toiouton tina einai phēsin kai ton » en archę̄ pros ton theon « theon logon. dio epagei phaskōn ho de hieros apostolos te kai mathētēs tou kyriou Iōannēs saphōs 〈kai〉 diarrēdēn en archę̄ tou euangeliou didaskōn, hōs agnooumenon en anthrōpois proteron, logon auton tou pantokratoros onomazōn. houtōs ephē » en archę̄ ēn ho logos, kai ho logos ēn pros ton theon, kai theos ēn ho logos «. ou mią martyria chrōmenos tēn aidiotēta tou logou sēmainei.

Collecting so many sayings about the commanding word, Marcellus says that the God Word who was “in the beginning with God” is something of this kind too. Therefore he adds, saying: “But the holy apostle and disciple of the Lord John, teaching clearly and expressly at the beginning of the gospel, as though he had been unknown among men before, names him Word of the Almighty. He said thus: ‘In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.’ Using not one testimony, he signifies the eternity of the Word.

2.2.12Klostermann

καὶ προστίθησιν τούτοις ἐπιλέγων ἑξῆς ἵνʼ ἐν μὲν τῷ φῆσαι » ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος « δείξῃ δυνάμει ἐν τῷ πατρὶ εἶναι τὸν λόγον ([ἐν] ἀρχὴ γὰρ ἁπάντων τῶν γεγονότων ὁ θεὸς » ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα «), ἐν δὲ τῷ » καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν « ἐνεργείᾳ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εἶναι τὸν λόγον (» πάντα « γὰρ » διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν «),

kai prostithēsin toutois epilegōn hexēs hinʼ en men tǭ phēsai » en archę̄ ēn ho logos « deixę̄ dynamei en tǭ patri einai ton logon ([en] archē gar hapantōn tōn gegonotōn ho theos » ex hou ta panta «), en de tǭ » kai ho logos ēn pros ton theon « energeią pros ton theon einai ton logon (» panta « gar » diʼ autou egeneto, kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen «),

And he adds to this, saying next: “So that, in saying ‘In the beginning was the Word,’ he might show that the Word is in the Father in power (for God is the beginning of all things that have come into being, ‘from whom are all things’), and in ‘and the Word was with God,’ that the Word is with God in activity (for ‘all things came into being through him, and without him nothing came into being’),

2.2.13Klostermann

ἐν δὲ τῷ θεὸν εἶναι τὸν λόγον εἰρηκέναι μὴ διαιρεῖν τὴν θεότητα, ἐπειδὴ ὁ λόγος τε ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ· » ἐν ἐμοὶ « γάρ φησιν » ὁ πατήρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί «. καὶ ἔτι τούτοις προστίθησιν, ἀπογυμνῶν τὸν ἴδιον νοῦν διʼ ὧν ἑξῆς ἐπάγει, λέγων ὁ τοίνυν ἱερὸς ἀπόστολός τε καὶ μαθητὴς τοῦ κυρίου Ἰωάννης τῆς ἀιδιότητος αὐτοῦ μνημονεύων ἀληθὴς ἐγίγνετο τοῦ λόγου μάρτυς, » ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος« λέγων » καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος«.

en de tǭ theon einai ton logon eirēkenai mē diairein tēn theotēta, epeidē ho logos te en autǭ kai autos en tǭ logǭ; » en emoi « gar phēsin » ho patēr, kagō en tǭ patri «. kai eti toutois prostithēsin, apogymnōn ton idion noun diʼ hōn hexēs epagei, legōn ho toinyn hieros apostolos te kai mathētēs tou kyriou Iōannēs tēs aidiotētos autou mnēmoneuōn alēthēs egigneto tou logou martys, » en archę̄ ēn ho logos« legōn » kai ho logos ēn pros ton theon, kai theos ēn ho logos«.

and in saying that the Word is God, that he might not divide the Godhead, since the Word is in him and he in the Word; for he says, ‘The Father is in me, and I in the Father.’” And he adds still more to this, laying bare his own mind in what he adds next, saying: “The holy apostle and disciple of the Lord John, then, mentioning his eternity, became a true witness of the Word, saying: ‘In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.’

2.2.14Klostermann

οὐδὲν γενέσεως ἐνταῦθα μνημονεύων τοῦ λόγου, ἀλλʼ ἐπαλλήλοις τρισὶν μαρτυρίαις χρώμενος, ἐβεβαίου ἐν ἀρχῇ τὸν λόγον εἶναι. καὶ προστίθησιν τούτοις λέγων τὴν μὲν κατὰ σάρκα οἰκονομίαν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ διαφέρειν γιγνώσκομεν, τὴν δὲ κατὰ πνεῦμα ἀιδιότητα ἡνῶσθαι τῷ πατρὶ πεπιστεύκαμεν.

ouden geneseōs entautha mnēmoneuōn tou logou, allʼ epallēlois trisin martyriais chrōmenos, ebebaiou en archę̄ ton logon einai. kai prostithēsin toutois legōn tēn men kata sarka oikonomian tǭ anthrōpǭ diapherein gignōskomen, tēn de kata pneuma aidiotēta hēnōsthai tǭ patri pepisteukamen.

Mentioning nothing here of a generation of the Word, but using three successive testimonies, he confirmed that the Word was in the beginning.” And he adds to this, saying: “We know that the dispensation according to the flesh belongs to the man, but we have believed that the eternity according to the spirit is united to the Father.”

2.2.15Klostermann

τούτοις προϊὼν ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει ταῦτα εἰ οὖν αὐτὸς λέγει ταῦτα » ἐγὼ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐξῆλθον καὶ ἥκω «, καὶ αὖθις » καὶ ὁ λόγος, ὃν ἀκούετε, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμός, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με πατρός « καὶ » πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ἐμά ἐστιν «, δῆλον ὅτι εἰκότως κἀκεῖνο ἔλεγεν » ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ πατὴρ κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί «, ἵνα ἐν θεῷ μὲν ᾖ ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦτο λέγων, ἐν δὲ τῷ λόγῳ ὁ πατήρ, ὅτι δύναμις τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ λόγος.

toutois proïōn hexēs epilegei tauta ei oun autos legei tauta » egō ek tou patros exēlthon kai hēkō «, kai authis » kai ho logos, hon akouete, ouk estin emos, alla tou pempsantos me patros « kai » panta hosa echei ho patēr ema estin «, dēlon hoti eikotōs kakeino elegen » en emoi ho patēr kagō en tǭ patri «, hina en theǭ men ę̄ ho logos ho touto legōn, en de tǭ logǭ ho patēr, hoti dynamis tou patros ho logos.

Going on next to this he adds: “If, then, he himself says, ‘I came forth from the Father and have come,’ and again, ‘And the word which you hear is not mine but the Father's who sent me,’ and ‘All that the Father has is mine,’ it is clear that he rightly said that too, ‘The Father is in me and I in the Father,’ so that the Word who says this is in God, and the Father in the Word, because the Word is the power of the Father.

2.2.16Klostermann

» θεοῦ « γὰρ αὐτὸν » δύναμιν καὶ θεοῦ σοφίαν « ἀξιόπιστος εἴρηκεν μάρτυς. οὐ διὰ τὴν ἐν ἅπασιν οὖν λόγοις τε καὶ ἔργοις ἀκριβῆ συμφωνίαν, ὡς Ἀστέριος ἔφη, ὁ σωτὴρ λέγει » ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν «, ἀλλὰ διότι ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν, ἢ λόγον θεοῦ ἢ θεὸν τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ μερίζεσθαι λόγου. ἐπεὶ εἰ διὰ τὴν ἐν ἅπασιν συμφωνίαν τοῦτο εἰρηκέναι τὸν σωτῆρα Ἀστέριος οἴεται, καὶ μὴ τῇ δευτέρᾳ οἰκονομίᾳ προσέχων τἀληθὲς μανθάνειν ἐθέλει, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν ὑπομνῆσαι αὐτόν, πῶς ἐνίοτε [τὸ] κατὰ τὸ [σὴν] φαινόμενον ἀσυμφωνίαν ἐστὶν ἰδεῖν.

» theou « gar auton » dynamin kai theou sophian « axiopistos eirēken martys. ou dia tēn en hapasin oun logois te kai ergois akribē symphōnian, hōs Asterios ephē, ho sōtēr legei » egō kai ho patēr hen esmen «, alla dioti adynaton estin, ē logon theou ē theon tou heautou merizesthai logou. epei ei dia tēn en hapasin symphōnian touto eirēkenai ton sōtēra Asterios oietai, kai mē tę̄ deuterą oikonomią prosechōn talēthes manthanein ethelei, anankaion estin hypomnēsai auton, pōs eniote [to] kata to [sēn] phainomenon asymphōnian estin idein.

For a trustworthy witness has called him ‘the power of God and the wisdom of God.’ So it is not because of the exact agreement in all words and deeds, as Asterius said, that the Saviour says ‘I and the Father are one,’ but because it is impossible either for the Word of God, or for God, to be separated from his own Word. For if Asterius thinks the Saviour said this because of agreement in all things, and does not want to learn the truth by attending to the second dispensation, it is necessary to remind him how at times one can see an apparent disagreement.

2.2.17Klostermann

οὕτω γὰρ ἡμᾶς τὰ ῥητὰ διδάσκει. ποία γὰρ ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ πάθους συμφωνία τοῦτο λέγοντος » πάτερ, εἰ δυνατόν, παρελθέτω τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο «, ἐπιφέροντος δὲ κἀκεῖνο » πλὴν μὴ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλʼ ὡς σύ «. οὐ συμφωνοῦντος γὰρ ἦν πρῶτον μὲν τὸ λέγειν » παρελθέτω τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο «· οὐδὲν δὲ ἐχόμενον συμφωνίας καὶ τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον εἶναι δοκεῖ, λέγει γὰρ »μὴ τὸ ἐμόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γενέσθω, πάτερ, θέλημα«.

houtō gar hēmas ta rhēta didaskei. poia gar en kairǭ tou pathous symphōnia touto legontos » pater, ei dynaton, parelthetō to potērion touto «, epipherontos de kakeino » plēn mē hōs egō thelō, allʼ hōs sy «. ou symphōnountos gar ēn prōton men to legein » parelthetō to potērion touto «; ouden de echomenon symphōnias kai to epipheromenon einai dokei, legei gar »mē to emon, alla to son genesthō, pater, thelēma«.

For so the sayings teach us. For what agreement was there at the time of the passion, when he said, ‘Father, if it is possible, let this cup pass,’ and added that too, ‘yet not as I will, but as you will’? For it was not the part of one in agreement first to say, ‘let this cup pass’; and what was added seems to hold nothing of agreement either, for he says, ‘let not my will but yours be done, Father.’

2.2.18Klostermann

ἀκούεις ὅπως ἀσυμφωνίαν κατὰ τὸ φαινόμενον δηλοῖ τὸ γράμμα, τοῦ μὲν θέλοντος, ‹ τοῦ δὲ μὴ θέλοντος〉. ὅτι μὲν γὰρ ἐβούλετο ὁ πατὴρ δῆλον ἀφʼ ὧν ὃ ἐβούλετο γέγονεν· ὅτι δὲ οὐκ ἐβούλετο ὁ υἱὸς δῆλον διʼ ὧν παραιτεῖται. καὶ αὖθις » οὐ ζητῶ « φησὶν » τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με πατρός «.

akoueis hopōs asymphōnian kata to phainomenon dēloi to gramma, tou men thelontos, ‹ tou de mē thelontos〉. hoti men gar ebouleto ho patēr dēlon aphʼ hōn ho ebouleto gegonen; hoti de ouk ebouleto ho huios dēlon diʼ hōn paraiteitai. kai authis » ou zētō « phēsin » to thelēma to emon alla to thelēma tou pempsantos me patros «.

You hear how the letter shows an apparent disagreement, one willing and the other not willing. For that the Father willed is clear from the fact that what he willed came to pass; and that the Son did not will is clear from his asking to be excused. And again he says: ‘I do not seek my own will but the will of the Father who sent me.’

2.2.19Klostermann

πῶς οὖν διὰ τὴν ἐν ἅπασιν συμφωνίαν τὸν σωτῆρα εἰρηκέναι φησὶν » ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν «; καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει πῶς συμφωνίαν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ὁ υἱὸς δύναται ἢ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τὸν υἱόν, τοῦ υἱοῦ » πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ἐμά ἐστιν « λέγοντος. ἄντικρυς γὰρ πλεονεκτοῦντος ἦν τοῦ υἱοῦ τὸν πατέρα τὸ λέγειν » πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ἐμά ἐστιν «.

pōs oun dia tēn en hapasin symphōnian ton sōtēra eirēkenai phēsin » egō kai ho patēr hen esmen «? kai meta brachea epilegei pōs symphōnian echein pros ton patera ho huios dynatai ē ho patēr pros ton huion, tou huiou » panta hosa echei ho patēr ema estin « legontos. antikrys gar pleonektountos ēn tou huiou ton patera to legein » panta hosa echei ho patēr ema estin «.

How then does he say that the Saviour said ‘I and the Father are one’ because of agreement in all things?” And after a little he adds: “How can the Son be in agreement with the Father, or the Father with the Son, when the Son says, ‘All that the Father has is mine’? For to say ‘All that the Father has is mine’ was plainly the part of a Son claiming more than the Father.

2.2.20Klostermann

τούτου γὰρ χάριν παρεὶς τὸ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ κοινά ἐστιν εἰπεῖν » πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ἐμά ἐστιν « ἔφη. καίτοι οὐκ ἦν ἴδιον τοῦ συμφωνοῦντος οὕτω λέγειν, ἀλλά· πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ κοινά ἐστιν. εἰ γὰρ αἱ τῶν ἀποστόλων Πράξεις τὴν τῶν τηνικαῦτα προσιόντων τῇ πίστει συμφωνίαν ἐπαινοῦσαι » πάντα ἦν αὐτοῖς κοινὰ « ἔφασαν, καὶ ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπων τῶν συμφωνεῖν δυναμένων κοινὰ εἶναι πάντα νομίζειν ὀφείλει, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἔδει τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱὸν κοινωνίας μετέχειν, εἰς δύο ὑποστάσεις διῃρημένους; νυνὶ δὲ ἐν μὲν τῷ λέγειν » πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ἐμά ἐστιν « πλεονεκτῶν ὁ υἱὸς τὸν πατέρα φαίνεται· ἐν δὲ τῷ φάσκειν μηδὲ τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ λόγου κύριον εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτου τὸν πατέρα

toutou gar charin pareis to panta hosa echei ho patēr koina estin eipein » panta hosa echei ho patēr ema estin « ephē. kaitoi ouk ēn idion tou symphōnountos houtō legein, alla; panta hosa echei ho patēr koina estin. ei gar hai tōn apostolōn Praxeis tēn tōn tēnikauta prosiontōn tę̄ pistei symphōnian epainousai » panta ēn autois koina « ephasan, kai epʼ anthrōpōn tōn symphōnein dynamenōn koina einai panta nomizein opheilei, posǭ mallon edei ton patera kai ton huion koinōnias metechein, eis dyo hypostaseis dię̄rēmenous? nyni de en men tǭ legein » panta hosa echei ho patēr ema estin « pleonektōn ho huios ton patera phainetai; en de tǭ phaskein mēde tou heautou logou kyrion einai, alla kai toutou ton patera

For this reason, passing over saying ‘All that the Father has is common,’ he said, ‘All that the Father has is mine.’ And yet it was not proper for one in agreement to speak so, but rather: All that the Father has is common. For if the Acts of the Apostles, praising the agreement of those who then came to the faith, said, ‘They had all things in common,’ and one must think that among men able to agree all things are common, how much more ought the Father and the Son to share fellowship, if they are divided into two hypostases? But now, in saying ‘All that the Father has is mine,’ the Son appears to claim more than the Father; and in saying that he is not even master of his own word, but that the Father is master of this too

2.2.21Klostermann

( » ὁ « γὰρ » λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε « φησὶν » οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με πατρός« ). ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὸν πατέρα τὰ ἴδια τοῦ παιδὸς δείκνυσιν. ἑκάτερα δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἀστερίου οἴησιν οὐκ ἀκολούθως εἰρημένα φαίνεται.

( » ho « gar » logos hon akouete « phēsin » ouk estin emos alla tou pempsantos me patros« ). aphaireisthai ton patera ta idia tou paidos deiknysin. hekatera de kata tēn Asteriou oiēsin ouk akolouthōs eirēmena phainetai.

(for ‘the word which you hear,’ he says, ‘is not mine but the Father's who sent me’), he shows the Father taking away what belongs to the child. Both, on Asterius's supposition, appear to be said inconsistently.

2.2.22Klostermann

ἔδει γὰρ τὸν συμφωνοῦντα μὴ τὰ 〈τῷ〉 ἑτέρῳ προσόντα παρασπᾶσθαι δίκαια, πλεονεκτικὸν γὰρ τοῦτό γε, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἑκατέρῳ προσόντα κοινὰ εἶναι νομίζειν. ὥστε ὅταν μὲν εἰς τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀποβλέπωμεν σάρκα, οὐχ ὥσπερ Ἀστέριος γέγραφεν, οὕτως εὑρήσομεν εἰρηκότα τὸν σωτῆρα »ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν «, οὐ γὰρ διὰ τὴν ἐν ἅπασιν λόγοις τε καὶ ἔργοις ἀκριβῇ συμφωνίαν, ὡς αὐτὸς γέγραφεν, ὁ σωτὴρ εἴρηκεν » ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν «.

edei gar ton symphōnounta mē ta 〈tǭ〉 heterǭ prosonta paraspasthai dikaia, pleonektikon gar touto ge, alla ta hekaterǭ prosonta koina einai nomizein. hōste hotan men eis tēn anthrōpinēn apoblepōmen sarka, ouch hōsper Asterios gegraphen, houtōs heurēsomen eirēkota ton sōtēra »egō kai ho patēr hen esmen «, ou gar dia tēn en hapasin logois te kai ergois akribę̄ symphōnian, hōs autos gegraphen, ho sōtēr eirēken » egō kai ho patēr hen esmen «.

For one in agreement ought not to snatch away the rights that belong to the other, for that is grasping, but to think that what belongs to each is common. So when we look at the human flesh, we shall not find the Saviour saying ‘I and the Father are one’ in the way Asterius wrote; for it was not because of the exact agreement in all words and deeds, as he wrote, that the Saviour said ‘I and the Father are one.’

2.2.23Klostermann

εἰ γὰρ τοῦτʼ ἦν, πάντως ἂν ἔφη· ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἅπασιν πρὸς ἀλλήλους συμφωνοῦμεν. νυνὶ δὲ » ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν « ἔφη. οὐκοῦν εἰ ἐν ἐκείνοις ἀσυμφωνία τις ἦν, ἀνάγκη δὲ τὸν δεσπότην ἀληθεύειν, τὸν σωτῆρα ἀκριβῶς εἰδέναι προσήκει, ὅτι ἡνίκα ἂν » ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν « λέγῃ, τηνικαῦτα οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὃν ἀνείληφεν ἀποβλέπων τοῦτό φησιν, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὸν ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς προελθόντα λόγον.

ei gar toutʼ ēn, pantōs an ephē; egō kai ho patēr en hapasin pros allēlous symphōnoumen. nyni de » egō kai ho patēr hen esmen « ephē. oukoun ei en ekeinois asymphōnia tis ēn, anankē de ton despotēn alētheuein, ton sōtēra akribōs eidenai prosēkei, hoti hēnika an » egō kai ho patēr hen esmen « legę̄, tēnikauta ouk eis ton anthrōpon hon aneilēphen apoblepōn touto phēsin, allʼ eis ton ek tou patros proelthonta logon.

For if that were so, he would surely have said: I and the Father agree with each other in all things. But now he said, ‘I and the Father are one.’ So if there was some disagreement in those matters, and the Master must speak the truth, one must know exactly that the Saviour, when he says ‘I and the Father are one,’ says it then not looking to the man whom he assumed, but to the Word who came forth from the Father.

2.2.24Klostermann

εἰ γάρ τις ἀσυμφωνία εἶναι δοκοίη, αὕτη ἀναφέρεσθαι εἰς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ἀσθένειαν ὀφείλει, ἣν μὴ πρότερον ἔχων ἀνείληφεν ὁ λόγος. εἰ δὲ ἑνότης λέγοιτο, αὕτη τῷ λόγῳ διαφέρουσα φαίνεται.

ei gar tis asymphōnia einai dokoiē, hautē anapheresthai eis tēn tēs sarkos astheneian opheilei, hēn mē proteron echōn aneilēphen ho logos. ei de henotēs legoito, hautē tǭ logǭ diapherousa phainetai.

For if there seems to be some disagreement, it ought to be referred to the weakness of the flesh, which the Word assumed, not having had it before; and if unity is spoken of, this appears to belong to the Word.

2.2.25Klostermann

ὅθεν οὐ μόνον τὸ » ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν « εἰκότως ἔφη, ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνο· » τοσούτῳ χρόνῳ μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμί, Φίλιππε, καὶ λέγεις· δεῖξόν μοι τὸν πατέρα «, δῆλον ὅτι οὐ τούτοις τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, ἀλλὰ τοῖς νοητοῖς τὰ νοητὰ ὁρᾶν δυναμένοις. ἀόρατος γὰρ τοῖς τῆς σαρκὸς ὄμμασιν ὅ τε πατὴρ ὑπάρχει καὶ ὁ τούτου λόγος. οὐ διὰ τὴν ἐν ἅπασιν οὖν συμφωνίαν τοῦτʼ ἔφη πρὸς Φίλιππον.

hothen ou monon to » egō kai ho patēr hen esmen « eikotōs ephē, alla kakeino; » tosoutǭ chronǭ methʼ hymōn eimi, Philippe, kai legeis; deixon moi ton patera «, dēlon hoti ou toutois tois ophthalmois, alla tois noētois ta noēta horan dynamenois. aoratos gar tois tēs sarkos ommasin ho te patēr hyparchei kai ho toutou logos. ou dia tēn en hapasin oun symphōnian toutʼ ephē pros Philippon.

Hence he rightly said not only ‘I and the Father are one,’ but that too: ‘Have I been with you so long, Philip, and you say, Show me the Father?’ Clearly not to these eyes, but to the spiritual eyes able to see spiritual things. For both the Father and his Word are invisible to the eyes of the flesh. So it was not because of agreement in all things that he said this to Philip.”

2.2.26Klostermann

τοσαῦτα εἰπών, ἐπαναλαβὼν ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς τὸν λόγον τοῦτον δογματίζει τὸν τρόπον πρὸ γὰρ τῆς δημιουργίας ἀπάσης ἡσυχία τις ἦν, ὡς εἰκός ὄντος ἐν τῷ θεῷ τοῦ λόγου. εἰ γὰρ ποιητὴν ἁπάντων τὸν θεὸν ὁ Ἀστέριος πεπίστευκεν εἶναι, δῆλον ὅτι συνομολογήσει ἡμῖν καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν μὲν ἀεὶ ὑπάρχειν, μηδεπώποτε 〈 τοῦ〉 εἶναι ἀρχὴν λαβόντα, τὰ δὲ γεγενῆσθαί τε ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων γεγενῆσθαι. οὐ γὰρ οἶμαι καὶ τοῦτο πιστεύειν αὐτὸν τῷ λέγοντι εἶναί τινα καὶ ἀγένητα, ἀλλὰ ἀκριβῶς πεπεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐρανός τε καὶ γῆ καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ὄντα ὑπὸ θεοῦ γεγένηται.

tosauta eipōn, epanalabōn ex hyparchēs ton logon touton dogmatizei ton tropon pro gar tēs dēmiourgias apasēs hēsychia tis ēn, hōs eikos ontos en tǭ theǭ tou logou. ei gar poiētēn hapantōn ton theon ho Asterios pepisteuken einai, dēlon hoti synomologēsei hēmin kai autos ton men aei hyparchein, mēdepōpote 〈 tou〉 einai archēn labonta, ta de gegenēsthai te hypʼ autou kai ex ouk ontōn gegenēsthai. ou gar oimai kai touto pisteuein auton tǭ legonti einai tina kai agenēta, alla akribōs pepeisthai hoti ouranos te kai gē kai panta ta en ouranois kai epi gēs onta hypo theou gegenētai.

Having said so much, he takes up the argument again from the beginning and lays down his dogma in this way: “For before all creation there was a kind of quiet, as is likely, the Word being in God. For if Asterius has believed that God is maker of all things, it is clear that he too will agree with us that God always exists, never having received a beginning of being, and that the others came into being by him and came into being from nothing. For I do not think he believes this too, the man who says that some things are also unbegotten, but that he is fully persuaded that heaven and earth and all things in the heavens and on earth came into being by God.

2.2.27Klostermann

εἰ τοίνυν τοῦτο πιστεύοι, ἀνάγκη αὐτὸν κἀκεῖνο συνομολογεῖν ὅτι πλὴν θεοῦ οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἦν. εἶχεν οὖν τὴν οἰκείαν δόξαν ὁ λόγος, ὢν ἐν τῷ πατρί.

ei toinyn touto pisteuoi, anankē auton kakeino synomologein hoti plēn theou ouden heteron ēn. eichen oun tēn oikeian doxan ho logos, ōn en tǭ patri.

If, then, he believes this, he must also agree that besides God there was nothing else. The Word, then, had his own glory, being in the Father.”

2.2.28Klostermann

καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπάγει μεθʼ ἕτερα τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν Ἀστέριος δόξαν ὀνομάζει, καὶ οὐ δόξαν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ προκόσμιον δόξαν, οὐκ ἐννοῶν ὅτι μήπω τοῦ κόσμου γεγονότος οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἦν πλὴν θεοῦ μόνου.

kai tauta eipōn epagei methʼ hetera tēn dotheisan autǭ exousian Asterios doxan onomazei, kai ou doxan monon alla kai prokosmion doxan, ouk ennoōn hoti mēpō tou kosmou gegonotos ouden heteron ēn plēn theou monou.

And having said this, after other things he adds: “Asterius names the authority given to him glory, and not only glory but glory before the world, not considering that when the world had not yet come into being there was nothing else but God alone.”

2.2.29Klostermann

ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν Μάρκελλος καὶ τὸν υἱὸν διʼ αὐτῶν ἀπαρακαλύπτως ἀρνησάμενος, ἵνα ἡμᾶς ἀκριβῶς πείσῃ ὁποῖον εἶναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐφρόνει, σαφέστερον ἐμφαίνει τὴν διάνοιαν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ λόγῳ ἀπεικάζων αὐτόν, διʼ ὧν ταῦτα γράφει ὥσπερ γὰρ τὰ γεγονότα πάντα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς διὰ τοῦ λόγου ⟨γέγονεν, οὕτω καὶ τὰ λεγόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς διὰ τοῦ λόγου⟩ σημαίνεται. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ὁ ἁγιώτατος Μωσῆς ἄγγελον ἐνταῦθα ὀνομάζει τὸν λόγον, ὅτι διʼ οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἐφάνη, ἀλλʼ ἵνα ἀναγγείλῃ τῷ Μωσεῖ ταῦτα ἅπερ λυσιτελεῖν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ ἠπίστατο· ἠπίστατο δὲ λυσιτελεῖν ἕνα θεὸν εἶναι νομίζειν.

tautʼ eipōn Markellos kai ton huion diʼ autōn aparakalyptōs arnēsamenos, hina hēmas akribōs peisę̄ hopoion einai ton logon tou theou ephronei, saphesteron emphainei tēn dianoian tǭ hēmeterǭ logǭ apeikazōn auton, diʼ hōn tauta graphei hōsper gar ta gegonota panta hypo tou patros dia tou logou ⟨gegonen, houtō kai ta legomena hypo tou patros dia tou logou⟩ sēmainetai. dia touto gar kai ho hagiōtatos Mōsēs angelon entautha onomazei ton logon, hoti diʼ ouden heteron ephanē, allʼ hina anangeilę̄ tǭ Mōsei tauta haper lysitelein tois huiois Israēl ēpistato; ēpistato de lysitelein hena theon einai nomizein.

Having said this, and having openly denied the Son by it, Marcellus, in order to persuade us exactly what kind of thing he thought the Word of God to be, shows his meaning more clearly by likening him to our word, in what he writes: “For as all things that have come into being by the Father have come into being through the Word, so also the things spoken by the Father are signified through the Word. For this reason the most holy Moses names the Word an angel here, because he appeared for no other reason than to announce to Moses the things he knew to be profitable to the sons of Israel; and he knew it was profitable for them to believe that there is one God.

2.2.30Klostermann

διὸ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὢν « ἔφη, ἵνα μηδένα ἐκτὸς ἑαυτοῦ ἕτερον θεὸν εἶναι διδάξῃ. τοῦτο 〈δὲ〉 ῥάδιον, οἶμαι, τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν καὶ ἀπὸ μικροῦ τινος καὶ ταπεινοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς παραδείγματος γνῶναι.

dio kai pros auton egō eimi ho ōn « ephē, hina mēdena ektos heautou heteron theon einai didaxę̄. touto 〈de〉 rhadion, oimai, tois eu phronousin kai apo mikrou tinos kai tapeinou kathʼ hēmas paradeigmatos gnōnai.

Therefore he also said to him, ‘I am he who is,’ to teach that there is no other God besides himself. This, I think, is easy for those who think well to know even from a small and humble example among us.

2.2.31Klostermann

οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου λόγον δυνάμει καὶ ὑποστάσει χωρίσαι τινὶ δυνατόν· ἓν γάρ ἐστιν καὶ ταὐτὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ὁ λόγος, καὶ οὐδενὶ χωριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ ἢ μόνῃ τῇ τῆς πράξεως ἐνεργεία. καὶ ἐπιδαψιλεύεται ἔτι μᾶλλον τὴν αὐτοῦ διάνοιαν ἐμφαίνων, διʼ ὧν ἑξῆς τάδε φησίν οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἑτέρας ἑτοιμασίας, οἷον ὕλης ἢ ἄλλης τινὸς ἀνθρωπίνης, ὁ θεὸς ἐδεῖτο πρὸς κατασκευήν, ἀλλὰ ταύτης τῆς ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ διανοίᾳ ἑτοιμασίας.

oude gar ton tou anthrōpou logon dynamei kai hypostasei chōrisai tini dynaton; hen gar estin kai tauton tǭ anthrōpǭ ho logos, kai oudeni chōrizomenos heterǭ ē monę̄ tę̄ tēs praxeōs energeia. kai epidapsileuetai eti mallon tēn autou dianoian emphainōn, diʼ hōn hexēs tade phēsin ou gar dē heteras hetoimasias, hoion hylēs ē allēs tinos anthrōpinēs, ho theos edeito pros kataskeuēn, alla tautēs tēs en tę̄ autou dianoią hetoimasias.

For no one can separate a man's word from him in power and hypostasis; for the word is one and the same with the man, and is separated from him by nothing else than the activity of the deed alone.” And he is still more lavish in displaying his meaning by what he says next: “For God did not need another preparation, such as matter or any other human one, for his fashioning, but this preparation in his own mind.

2.2.32Klostermann

ἐπεὶ οὖν ἀδύνατον ἦν χωρὶς λόγου καὶ τῆς προσούσης τῷ λόγῳ σοφίας ἐννοῆσαι περὶ τῆς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκευῆς τὸν θεόν, εἰκότως ἔφη » ἡνίκα ἡτοίμαζεν τὸν οὐρανόν, συμπαρήμην αὐτῷ «. καὶ προστίθησιν αὖθις ἐξομοιῶν τῷ ἀνθρωπίνῳ λόγῳ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ δεῖξαι αὐτὸν ἀνυπόστατον, γράφει δὲ οὕτως ἐνταῦθα » ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὢν « λέγει μὲν τῷ Μωσεῖ ὁ πατήρ, λέγει δὲ δηλονότι διὰ τοῦ λόγου.

epei oun adynaton ēn chōris logou kai tēs prosousēs tǭ logǭ sophias ennoēsai peri tēs tou ouranou kataskeuēs ton theon, eikotōs ephē » hēnika hētoimazen ton ouranon, symparēmēn autǭ «. kai prostithēsin authis exomoiōn tǭ anthrōpinǭ logǭ ton tou theou, eis to deixai auton anypostaton, graphei de houtōs entautha » egō eimi ho ōn « legei men tǭ Mōsei ho patēr, legei de dēlonoti dia tou logou.

Since, then, it was impossible for God to think about the fashioning of heaven without a Word and the wisdom that belongs to the Word, he rightly said, ‘When he was preparing the heaven, I was present with him.’” And he adds again, likening the Word of God to the human word, to show him without hypostasis, and writes thus: “Here the Father says to Moses, ‘I am he who is,’ but he says it clearly through the Word.

2.2.33Klostermann

πάντα γὰρ ὅσα ἂν ὁ πατὴρ λέγῃ, ταῦτα πανταχοῦ διὰ τοῦ λόγου λέγων φαίνεται. τοῦτο δὲ δῆλόν ἐστιν καὶ ἀφʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, ὅσα μικρὰ τοῖς μεγάλοις καὶ θείοις ἀπεικάσαι· καὶ ἡμεῖς γὰρ πάντα ὅσα ἂν θέλωμεν κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν λέγειν τε καὶ ποιεῖν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ ποιοῦμεν λόγῳ.

panta gar hosa an ho patēr legę̄, tauta pantachou dia tou logou legōn phainetai. touto de dēlon estin kai aphʼ hēmōn autōn, hosa mikra tois megalois kai theiois apeikasai; kai hēmeis gar panta hosa an thelōmen kata to dynaton legein te kai poiein tǭ hēmeterǭ poioumen logǭ.

For whatever the Father says, he is seen everywhere to say it through the Word. This is clear also from ourselves, so far as small things may be likened to great and divine ones; for we too do, so far as we can, all that we wish to say and do by our word.”

2.2.34Klostermann

εἶτα μεταξύ τινα εἰπὼν ἐπιλέγει πῶς οὖν Ἀστέριος ταῖς ἁγίαις γραφαῖς ἁπλῶς καὶ ἐμφόβως ἀκολουθεῖν προσποιούμενος οὐκ ἔγνω τὸ μέρος τοῦτο λέγον »κύριος ὁ θεός σου, οὗτος θεὸς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἔτι πλὴν αὐτοῦ«, καὶ ὅτι »εἷς ἐστιν« καὶ πλὴν αὐτοῦ ἕτερος »οὐκ ἔστιν«.

eita metaxy tina eipōn epilegei pōs oun Asterios tais hagiais graphais haplōs kai emphobōs akolouthein prospoioumenos ouk egnō to meros touto legon »kyrios ho theos sou, houtos theos en tǭ ouranǭ anō kai epi tēs gēs katō, kai ouk estin eti plēn autou«, kai hoti »heis estin« kai plēn autou heteros »ouk estin«.

Then, after saying some things in between, he adds: “How then did Asterius, pretending to follow the holy Scriptures simply and with fear, not know this part, which says, ‘The Lord your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below, and there is no other besides him,’ and that ‘he is one’ and besides him there ‘is no’ other?”

2.2.35Klostermann

καὶ προϊὼν αὖθις διισχυρίζεται φάσκων οὐ καταχρηστικῶς λόγος ὀνομασθείς, κἂν διαρραγῶσιν οἱ ἑτεροδιδασκαλοῦντες ψευδόμενοι, ἀλλὰ κυρίως τε καὶ ἀληθῶς ὑπάρχων λόγος. καὶ προστίθησιν τί γὰρ ἕτερον ἦν ἀποκεκρυμμένον μυστήριον ἢ 〈τὸ〉 κατὰ τὸν λόγον; οὕτως δὲ ἦν ἀποκεκρυμμένον »ἐν τῷ θεῷ« τουτὶ πρότερον τὸ μυστήριον, ὥστε μηδένα τοῦ προτέρου λαοῦ σαφῶς τὰ κατὰ τὸν λόγον εἰδέναι, ἀλλʼ ἡμᾶς τοῦ πλούτου »τῆς δόξης« καὶ τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου μυστηρίου ἀπολαύειν νυνί.

kai proïōn authis diischyrizetai phaskōn ou katachrēstikōs logos onomastheis, kan diarragōsin hoi heterodidaskalountes pseudomenoi, alla kyriōs te kai alēthōs hyparchōn logos. kai prostithēsin ti gar heteron ēn apokekrymmenon mystērion ē 〈to〉 kata ton logon? houtōs de ēn apokekrymmenon »en tǭ theǭ« touti proteron to mystērion, hōste mēdena tou proterou laou saphōs ta kata ton logon eidenai, allʼ hēmas tou ploutou »tēs doxēs« kai tou apokekrymmenou mystēriou apolauein nyni.

And going on again he insists, saying: “Not called Word loosely, even if those who teach otherwise burst with their lies, but being properly and truly Word.” And he adds: “For what else was the hidden mystery than the mystery concerning the Word? This mystery was formerly so hidden ‘in God’ that no one of the former people clearly knew the things concerning the Word, but we now enjoy the riches ‘of the glory’ and of the hidden mystery.”

2.2.36Klostermann

καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πάλιν ἀνθρωπίνῃ κέχρηται εἰκόνι, τοῦτον γράφων τὸν τρόπον τίς γὰρ οὕτως ἢ τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων ἢ ἀνδρῶν δικαίων ἀξιόπιστος ἦν τὴν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ ὁρισθεῖσαν αὐτῷ τιμωρίαν λῦσαι,

kai meta tauta palin anthrōpinę̄ kechrētai eikoni, touton graphōn ton tropon tis gar houtōs ē tōn hagiōn angelōn ē andrōn dikaiōn axiopistos ēn tēn ek prosōpou tou theou horistheisan autǭ timōrian lysai,

And after this he again uses a human image, writing in this way: “For who, either of the holy angels or of just men, was so trustworthy as to undo the punishment decreed for man from the face of God,

2.2.37Klostermann

εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς ὁ λόγος ὁ συμπαρών τε καὶ συμπλάττων, πρὸς ὃν ὁ πατὴρ »ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον« ἔφη »κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ ὁμοίωσιν«, οὐκ ὄντος ἑτέρου θεοῦ τοῦ συμπλάττειν αὐτῷ δυναμένου. »ἐγὼ« γάρ εἰμι, φησίν, »θεὸς πρῶτος καὶ ἐγὼ μετὰ ταῦτα, καὶ πλὴν ἐμοῦ θεὸς ἕτερος οὐκ ἔστιν«. οὔτε οὖν νεώτερός τις θεός ἦν, οὔτε ἄλλος τις »μετὰ ταῦτα« θεὸς ὢν θεῷ συνεργεῖν δυνατὸς ἦν.

ei mē autos ho logos ho symparōn te kai symplattōn, pros hon ho patēr »poiēsōmen anthrōpon« ephē »katʼ eikona hēmeteran kai homoiōsin«, ouk ontos heterou theou tou symplattein autǭ dynamenou. »egō« gar eimi, phēsin, »theos prōtos kai egō meta tauta, kai plēn emou theos heteros ouk estin«. oute oun neōteros tis theos ēn, oute allos tis »meta tauta« theos ōn theǭ synergein dynatos ēn.

except the Word himself, who was present and fashioning with him, to whom the Father said, ‘Let us make man according to our image and likeness,’ since there was no other God able to fashion with him? For ‘I am,’ he says, ‘the first God, and I after these things, and besides me there is no other God.’ So there was neither some younger God, nor any other God ‘after these things’ able to work with God.

2.2.38Klostermann

ἀλλʼ εἴ τις μικρῷ τινι καὶ ἀνθρωπίνῳ καθʼ ἡμᾶς παραδείγματι χρώμενος ὡς διὰ εἰκόνος τὴν θείαν ἐξετάζοι πρᾶξιν· ὥσπερ ἄν τις ἀνδριαντοποιὸς ἐπιστήμων ἀνήρ, ἀνδριάντα πλάσαι βουλόμενος, πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς τύπους αὐτοῦ καὶ χαρακτῆρας ἐν ἑαυτῷ σκοπεῖ, ἔπειτα πλάτος τε καὶ μῆκος ὅσον εὐπρεπὲς ἐννοεῖ, ἀναλογίαν τε τοῦ παντὸς ἐν τῷ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐξετάζει μέρει. χαλκοῦ τε τὴν πρόσφορον ἑτοιμάσας ὕλην καὶ τὸν ἐσόμενον ἀνδριάντα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ προτυπώσας διανοίᾳ καὶ νοητῶς ὁρᾶν νομίσας συνειδώς τε ἑαυτῷ συνεργεῖν τὸν λόγον. ᾧ λογίζεται καὶ ᾧ πάντα πράττειν εἴωθεν (οὐδὲν γὰρ μὴ λόγῳ γιγνόμενον καλόν). ἀρχόμενος τῆς αἰσθητῆς ταύτης ἐργασίας πρὸς αὐτὸν ὡς πρὸς ἕτερον παρακελεύεται λέγων· ἄγε ποιήσωμεν, ἄγε πλάσωμεν ἀνδριάντα· οὕτως ὁ τῶν ὅλων δεσπότης θεὸς τὸν ἔμψυχον ἐκ γῆς ἀνδριάντα ποιῶν οὐκ ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἀλλὰ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ παρακελεύεται λέγων· »ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον«, οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἄλλοις τρόπον· λόγῳ γὰρ ἡ πᾶσα ἐγένετο κτίσις.

allʼ ei tis mikrǭ tini kai anthrōpinǭ kathʼ hēmas paradeigmati chrōmenos hōs dia eikonos tēn theian exetazoi praxin; hōsper an tis andriantopoios epistēmōn anēr, andrianta plasai boulomenos, prōton men tous typous autou kai charaktēras en heautǭ skopei, epeita platos te kai mēkos hoson euprepes ennoei, analogian te tou pantos en tǭ kathʼ hekaston exetazei merei. chalkou te tēn prosphoron hetoimasas hylēn kai ton esomenon andrianta tę̄ heautou protypōsas dianoią kai noētōs horan nomisas syneidōs te heautǭ synergein ton logon. hǭ logizetai kai hǭ panta prattein eiōthen (ouden gar mē logǭ gignomenon kalon). archomenos tēs aisthētēs tautēs ergasias pros auton hōs pros heteron parakeleuetai legōn; age poiēsōmen, age plasōmen andrianta; houtōs ho tōn holōn despotēs theos ton empsychon ek gēs andrianta poiōn ouk allǭ tini alla tǭ heautou logǭ parakeleuetai legōn; »poiēsōmen anthrōpon«, ou ton auton tois allois tropon; logǭ gar hē pasa egeneto ktisis.

But suppose someone, using a small and human example from among us, should examine the divine act as through an image: just as a skilled sculptor, wishing to mould a statue, first considers its outlines and features within himself, then thinks out how great a breadth and length is fitting, and examines the proportion of the whole in each part; and having prepared the suitable material of bronze, and having first shaped the future statue in his own mind, and thinking he sees it mentally, and conscious that the word works with him, by which he reasons and by which he is accustomed to do everything (for nothing done without word is good), beginning this perceptible work he urges himself as if another, saying: Come, let us make, come, let us mould a statue: so God, the Master of all, making the living statue from earth, urges no one else but his own Word, saying, ‘Let us make man,’ not in the same way as the others; for the whole creation came into being by word.

2.2.39Klostermann

καὶ τούτοις μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει νυνὶ δὲ πιστεύω ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς, ὅτι εἷς θεός. καὶ ὁ τούτου λόγος [θεὸς] προῆλθεν μὲν τοῦ πατρός, ἵνα »πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ« γένηται· μετὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς κρίσεως καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀπάντων διόρθωσιν καὶ τὸν ἀφανισμὸν τῆς ἀντικειμένης ἀπάσης ἐνεργείας, »τότε αὐτὸς ὑποταγήσεται τῷ ὑποτάξαντι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα« »θεῷ καὶ πατρί«, ἵνʼ οὕτως ᾖ ἐν θεῷ ὁ λόγος, ὥσπερ καὶ πρότερον ἦν πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι. οὐδενὸς γὰρ ὄντος πρότερον ἢ θεοῦ μόνου, πάντων δὲ διὰ τοῦ λόγου γίγνεσθαι μελλόντων, προῆλθεν ὁ λόγος δραστικῇ ἐνεργείᾳ, ὁ λόγος οὗτος τοῦ πατρὸς ὤν.

kai toutois methʼ hetera epilegei nyni de pisteuō tais theiais graphais, hoti heis theos. kai ho toutou logos [theos] proēlthen men tou patros, hina »panta diʼ autou« genētai; meta de ton kairon tēs kriseōs kai tēn tōn apantōn diorthōsin kai ton aphanismon tēs antikeimenēs apasēs energeias, »tote autos hypotagēsetai tǭ hypotaxanti autǭ ta panta« »theǭ kai patri«, hinʼ houtōs ę̄ en theǭ ho logos, hōsper kai proteron ēn pro tou ton kosmon einai. oudenos gar ontos proteron ē theou monou, pantōn de dia tou logou gignesthai mellontōn, proēlthen ho logos drastikę̄ energeią, ho logos houtos tou patros ōn.

And after other things he adds to this: “But now I believe the divine Scriptures, that God is one, and that his Word came forth from the Father, so that ‘all things’ might come into being ‘through him’; but after the time of the judgment, and the setting right of all things, and the destruction of every opposing activity, ‘then he himself will be subjected to him who subjected all things to him,’ ‘to God and the Father,’ so that thus the Word may be in God, as he was before the world existed. For since nothing existed before but God alone, and all things were going to come into being through the Word, the Word came forth by effective activity, this Word being the Father's.”

2.2.40Klostermann

καὶ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν διάνοιαν λευκότερον τίθησι λέγων πρὸ γὰρ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι ἦν ὁ λόγος ἐν τῷ πατρί. ὅτε δὲ ὁ παντοκράτωρ θεὸς πάντα τὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς προὔθετο ποιῆσαι, ἐνεργείας ἡ τοῦ κόσμου γένεσις ἐδεῖτο δραστικῆς· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, μηδενὸς ὄντος ἑτέρου πλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ (πάντα γὰρ ὁμολογεῖται ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γεγενῆσθαι), τότε ὁ λόγος προελθὼν ἐγίνετο τοῦ κόσμου ποιητής, ὁ καὶ πρότερον ἔνδον νοητῶς ἑτοιμάζων αὐτόν.

kai palin tēn autēn dianoian leukoteron tithēsi legōn pro gar tou ton kosmon einai ēn ho logos en tǭ patri. hote de ho pantokratōr theos panta ta en ouranois kai epi gēs proutheto poiēsai, energeias hē tou kosmou genesis edeito drastikēs; kai dia touto, mēdenos ontos heterou plēn tou theou (panta gar homologeitai hypʼ autou gegenēsthai), tote ho logos proelthōn egineto tou kosmou poiētēs, ho kai proteron endon noētōs hetoimazōn auton.

And again he puts the same meaning more plainly, saying: “For before the world existed the Word was in the Father. But when Almighty God purposed to make all things in the heavens and on earth, the coming into being of the world needed effective activity; and for this reason, since nothing else existed besides God (for all things are agreed to have come into being by him), then the Word came forth and became the maker of the world, he who before was also preparing it mentally within.”

2.2.41Klostermann

καὶ αὖθις μετὰ πάντα ἐπιφέρει λέγων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ υἱὸν θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ὀνομάζει, ἀλλ〈ὰ πανταχοῦ υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου ἑαυτὸν λέγει, 〉 ἵνα διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης ὁμολογίας θέσει τὸν ἄνθρωπον διὰ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν κοινωνίαν υἱὸν θεοῦ γενέσθαι παρασκευάσῃ καὶ μετὰ τὸ τέλος τῆς πράξεως αὖθις, ὡς λόγος, ἑνωθῇ τῷ θεῷ, πληρῶν ἐκεῖνο τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀποστόλου προειρημένον· » τότε αὐτὸς ὑποταγήσεται τῷ ὑποτάξαντι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα, ἵνα ᾖ πάντα καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν ‹ὁ› θεός«. ἔσται γὰρ τηνικαῦτα τοῦθʼ ὅπερ πρότερον ἦν. διὰ τοσούτων Μάρκελλος γυμνῇ τῇ κεφαλῇ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξωμόσατο.

kai authis meta panta epipherei legōn kai dia touto ouch huion theou heauton onomazei, all〈a pantachou huion anthrōpou heauton legei, 〉 hina dia tēs toiautēs homologias thesei ton anthrōpon dia tēn pros auton koinōnian huion theou genesthai paraskeuasę̄ kai meta to telos tēs praxeōs authis, hōs logos, henōthę̄ tǭ theǭ, plērōn ekeino to hypo tou apostolou proeirēmenon; » tote autos hypotagēsetai tǭ hypotaxanti autǭ ta panta, hina ę̄ panta kai en pasin ‹ho› theos«. estai gar tēnikauta touthʼ hoper proteron ēn. dia tosoutōn Markellos gymnę̄ tę̄ kephalę̄ ton huion tou theou exōmosato.

And again after all this he adds, saying: “And for this reason he does not name himself Son of God, but everywhere calls himself Son of Man, so that by such a confession he may prepare the man to become Son of God by adoption, through fellowship with him, and after the completion of the work may again, as Word, be united to God, fulfilling what the apostle said before: ‘Then he himself will be subjected to him who subjected all things to him, so that God may be all in all.’ For then he will be what he was before.” By so many words Marcellus openly forswore the Son of God.

2.2.42Klostermann

εἰ γὰρ ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν ἦν ὁ θεὸς καὶ ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ λόγος, οὐδεὶς δὲ πώποτε αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ γένοιτʼ ἂν πατὴρ ὡς οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ υἱὸς ‹εἷς› ὢν καὶ μόνος, εἷς δὲ μόνος ἦν καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ ὁ θεός, δῆλον ὡς οὐ πατὴρ ἦν μὴ ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ υἱοῦ, οὐδὲ υἱὸς μὴ ὑφεστῶτος αὐτῷ πατρός.

ei gar hen kai tauton ēn ho theos kai ho en autǭ logos, oudeis de pōpote autos heautou genoitʼ an patēr hōs oudʼ autos heautou huios ‹heis› ōn kai monos, heis de monos ēn kai ho autos tǭ heautou logǭ ho theos, dēlon hōs ou patēr ēn mē hyparchontos autǭ huiou, oude huios mē hyphestōtos autǭ patros.

For if God and the Word in him were one and the same, and no one could ever be his own father, as neither his own son, being one and alone, and God was one, alone, and the same as his own Word, it is clear that he was not Father, since there was no Son for him, nor was there a Son, since there was no Father subsisting for him.

2.2.43Klostermann

ὁποῖα μὲν οὖν περὶ τοῦ μήτε εἶναι μήτε προϋφεστάναι τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ υἱόν, ψιλὸν δὲ λόγον ἔνδον ὑπάρχειν ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ τοῦτον ποτὲ μὲν ἡσυχάζειν ποτὲ δὲ ἐνεργεῖν δραστικῇ δυνάμει, διεξῆλθεν ὁ ἀνήρ, ἔγνωμεν διὰ τῶν προκειμένων. ταῦτα δὲ αὐτὰ πολλάκις καὶ διαφόρως τῇ ἑαυτοῦ παραθέμενος γραφῇ, πολὺν σωρὸν περιττῶν ῥημάτων συνεφόρησεν τῷ συγγράμματι. ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς γε τοῖς αὐτοῦ καθʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἐλέγχοις ἐξ ὧν παρέθετο φωνῶν ἀρκεσθέντες, οὐδʼ ἀντιρρήσεως ἀξιώσομεν τὴν τοῦ Ἰουδαϊκοῦ τούτου δόγματος ἀτοπίαν.

hopoia men oun peri tou mēte einai mēte proÿphestanai ton tou theou huion, psilon de logon endon hyparchein en autǭ tǭ theǭ, kai touton pote men hēsychazein pote de energein drastikę̄ dynamei, diexēlthen ho anēr, egnōmen dia tōn prokeimenōn. tauta de auta pollakis kai diaphorōs tę̄ heautou parathemenos graphę̄, polyn sōron perittōn rhēmatōn synephorēsen tǭ syngrammati. allʼ hēmeis ge tois autou kathʼ heautou elenchois ex hōn paretheto phōnōn arkesthentes, oudʼ antirrēseōs axiōsomen tēn tou Ioudaïkou toutou dogmatos atopian.

What, then, the man set out about the Son of God neither being nor pre-subsisting, but being a mere word within God himself, sometimes at rest and sometimes active by effective power, we have learned from what has been set out. Setting out these same things often and in different ways in his writing, he heaped a great pile of superfluous words into his treatise. But we, content with his own refutations of himself from the words he set out, shall not even judge the absurdity of this Jewish dogma worthy of rebuttal.

2.2.44Klostermann

ἐντεῦθεν δʼ ἐπὶ τὰ εἰρημένα τῷ αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς σαρκός, ἣν ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ φησὶν ἀνειληφέναι τὸν ἐν τῷ θεῷ λόγον. μεταβάντες φέρʼ ἴδωμεν ὅπως τὴν ἐν ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς περὶ τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φερομένην θεολογίαν ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα μεταφέρει, αὐτὸν μὲν τὸν ἀληθῶς προόντα τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸν ἀρνούμενος, τὴν δὲ σάρκα θεολογῶν, ἣν μικρὸν ὕστερον ἔρημον ἔσεσθαι τοῦ λόγου ὁ ἀνευλαβὴς ὡρίζετο·

enteuthen dʼ epi ta eirēmena tǭ autǭ peri tēs sarkos, hēn energeią monę̄ phēsin aneilēphenai ton en tǭ theǭ logon. metabantes pherʼ idōmen hopōs tēn en tais theiais graphais peri tou monogenous huiou tou theou pheromenēn theologian epi tēn sarka metapherei, auton men ton alēthōs proonta tou theou huion arnoumenos, tēn de sarka theologōn, hēn mikron hysteron erēmon esesthai tou logou ho aneulabēs hōrizeto;

From here let us pass to what the same man said about the flesh, which he says the Word in God assumed by activity alone, and let us see how he transfers to the flesh the theology about the only-begotten Son of God that is in the divine Scriptures, denying the Son of God himself who truly pre-existed, and making a theology of the flesh, which the irreverent man determined would shortly be deserted by the Word:

Against 2, chapter 3

2.3.1Klostermann

Ὁ μὲν γὰρ λόγος »ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν«, μηδὲν ἕτερον ὢν ἢ λόγος. ὁ δὲ τῷ λόγῳ ἑνωθεὶς ἄνθρωπος, οὐκ ὢν πρότερον, γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος, ὡς διδάσκει ἡμᾶς Ἰωάννης λέγων καὶ ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο «. διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν τοῦ λόγου μνημονεύων φαίνεται μόνου· εἴτε γὰρ Ἰησοῦ εἴτε Χριστοῦ ὀνόματος μνημονεύει ἡ θεία γραφή, τὸν μετὰ [τὸν] τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ὄντα σαρκὸς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον ὀνομάζειν φαίνεται. εἰ δέ τις καὶ πρὸ τῆς νέας διαθήκης τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 〈ἢ〉 Ἰησοῦ ὄνομα ἐπὶ τοῦ λόγου μόνου δεικνύναι δύνασθαι ἐπαγγέλλοιτο, εὑρήσει τοῦτο προφητικῶς εἰρημένον, ὥσπερ καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου δῆλον· »παρέστησαν« γάρ φησιν »οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ«.

Ho men gar logos »en archę̄ ēn«, mēden heteron ōn ē logos. ho de tǭ logǭ henōtheis anthrōpos, ouk ōn proteron, gegonen anthrōpos, hōs didaskei hēmas Iōannēs legōn kai ho logos sarx egeneto «. dia touto toinyn tou logou mnēmoneuōn phainetai monou; eite gar Iēsou eite Christou onomatos mnēmoneuei hē theia graphē, ton meta [ton] tēs anthrōpinēs onta sarkos tou theou logon onomazein phainetai. ei de tis kai pro tēs neas diathēkēs to tou Christou 〈ē〉 Iēsou onoma epi tou logou monou deiknynai dynasthai epangelloito, heurēsei touto prophētikōs eirēmenon, hōsper kai apo toutou dēlon; »parestēsan« gar phēsin »hoi basileis tēs gēs kai hoi archontes synēchthēsan epi to auto kata tou kyriou kai kata tou Christou autou«.

“For the Word ‘was in the beginning,’ being nothing other than Word. But the man united to the Word, not having been before, became man, as John teaches us, saying: ‘And the Word became flesh.’ For this reason, then, he appears to mention the Word alone; for whether divine Scripture mentions the name of Jesus or of Christ, it appears to name the Word of God together with the human flesh. And if anyone should undertake to show that before the new covenant the name of Christ or Jesus could be applied to the Word alone, he will find this said prophetically, as is clear from this too: for it says, ‘The kings of the earth stood by, and the rulers were gathered together against the Lord and against his Christ.’”

2.3.2Klostermann

καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπάγει εἰκότως οὖν πρὸ τῆς καθόδου 〈τοῦτο ἦν〉, ὅπερ πολλάκις ἔφαμεν, λόγος· μετὰ δὲ τὴν κάθοδον καὶ τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ἀνάληψιν διαφόρων καὶ τῶν ἐπηγοριῶν τετύχηκεν, ἐπειδὴ »ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο«. τήρει ὅπως διὰ τούτων Μάρκελλος τὸ Ἰησοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ ὄνομα καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς προσηγορίας οὐ βούλεται κεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τοῦ λόγου, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ἧς ἀνείληφεν. ἀναγκαία δὲ ἡ ἐπιτήρησις, ἵνʼ ὅταν αὐτὸς πάλιν ἀποβάλῃ τὴν σάρκα ἐλέγχοιτο εἰς αὐτὸν ἀσεβῶν τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ. μετὰ δὴ τὰ προλεχθέντα ἑξῆς προϊὼν [τὰ] περὶ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ σωτῆρος τοιαῦτα γράφει

kai methʼ hetera epagei eikotōs oun pro tēs kathodou 〈touto ēn〉, hoper pollakis ephamen, logos; meta de tēn kathodon kai tēn tēs sarkos analēpsin diaphorōn kai tōn epēgoriōn tetychēken, epeidē »ho logos sarx egeneto«. tērei hopōs dia toutōn Markellos to Iēsou kai Christou onoma kai tas loipas prosēgorias ou bouletai keisthai epi tou logou, allʼ epi tēs sarkos hēs aneilēphen. anankaia de hē epitērēsis, hinʼ hotan autos palin apobalę̄ tēn sarka elenchoito eis auton asebōn ton Christon tou theou. meta dē ta prolechthenta hexēs proïōn [ta] peri tou sōmatos tou sōtēros toiauta graphei

And after other things he adds: “Rightly, then, before the descent this was, as we have often said, Word; but after the descent and the taking up of the flesh he obtained different titles too, since ‘the Word became flesh.’” Note how by this Marcellus does not want the name of Jesus and Christ and the other titles to apply to the Word, but to the flesh which he assumed. The observation is necessary, so that when he again casts off the flesh he may be convicted of impiety against the Christ of God himself. After what was said before, going on next, he writes such things about the body of the Saviour:

2.3.3Klostermann

καὶ μὴ τοῦτο ἀπίθανον εἶναι νομιζέτω Ἀστέριος, εἰ νεώτερον ὂν αὐτοῦ 〈τὸ〉 σῶμα τοσαύτης τυχεῖν ἀρχαιότητος ἐδυνήθη· ἀλλʼ ἐννοείτω, ὅτι 〈εἰ〉 καὶ μάλιστα τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην σάρκα νεωτέραν εἶναι συμβαίνει, ὅμως ὁ ταύτην ἀναλαβεῖν διʼ ἁγνῆς ἀξιώσας παρθένου λόγος, ταύτῃ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἑνώσας, οὐ μόνον πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως« τὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἄνθρωπον κτισθέντα ἀπειργάσατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀρχὴν ἁπάντων αὐτὸν εἶναι βούλεται, οὐ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς.

kai mē touto apithanon einai nomizetō Asterios, ei neōteron on autou 〈to〉 sōma tosautēs tychein archaiotētos edynēthē; allʼ ennoeitō, hoti 〈ei〉 kai malista tēn anthrōpinēn sarka neōteran einai symbainei, homōs ho tautēn analabein diʼ hagnēs axiōsas parthenou logos, tautę̄ to heautou henōsas, ou monon prōtotokon pasēs ktiseōs« ton en heautǭ anthrōpon ktisthenta apeirgasato, alla kai archēn hapantōn auton einai bouletai, ou tōn epi gēs monon, alla kai tōn en ouranois.

“And let Asterius not think this unbelievable, if the body, being younger than he, was able to obtain such great antiquity. But let him consider that, even if human flesh is indeed younger, nevertheless the Word who deigned to take it through a pure virgin, uniting what is his own to it, not only made the man created in himself ‘firstborn of all creation,’ but also wills him to be the beginning of all things, not only of those on earth but also of those in heaven.”

2.3.4Klostermann

τοσαῦτα εἰπὼν μεθʼ ἕτερα τὰς ἀποστολικὰς φωνάς, διʼ ὧν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ θεολογεῖ φάσκων »ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου, πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως· ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε θρόνοι εἴτε κυριότητες εἴτε ἀρχαὶ εἴτε ἐξουσίαι, τὰ πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἔκτισται· καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων καὶ τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτὸν συνέστηκεν«, ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα ἀναφέρει, οὐκ ἐρυθριῶν τὰς τοιαύτας τοῦ ἀποστόλου φωνὰς ἐκλαμβάνειν ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα. περὶ ἧς προϊὼν αὐτὸς Μάρκελλος ταῦτα γράφει εἰ οὖν (ὁ σωτὴρ) ὁμολογεῖ τὴν σάρκα μηδὲν ὠφελεῖν. πῶς ἐγχωρεῖ τὴν ἐκ γῆς τε οὖσαν καὶ μηδὲν ὠφελοῦσαν ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσιν αἰῶσιν ⟨ὡς〉 αὐτῷ λυσιτελοῦσαν συνεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ;

tosauta eipōn methʼ hetera tas apostolikas phōnas, diʼ hōn ton huion tou theou theologei phaskōn »hos estin eikōn tou theou tou aoratou, prōtotokos pasēs ktiseōs; hoti en autǭ ektisthē ta panta ta en tois ouranois kai ta epi tēs gēs, eite thronoi eite kyriotētes eite archai eite exousiai, ta panta diʼ autou kai eis auton ektistai; kai autos estin pro pantōn kai ta panta eis auton synestēken«, epi tēn sarka anapherei, ouk erythriōn tas toiautas tou apostolou phōnas eklambanein epi tēn sarka. peri hēs proïōn autos Markellos tauta graphei ei oun (ho sōtēr) homologei tēn sarka mēden ōphelein. pōs enchōrei tēn ek gēs te ousan kai mēden ōphelousan en tois mellousin aiōsin ⟨hōs〉 autǭ lysitelousan syneinai tǭ logǭ?

Having said so much, after other things he refers to the flesh the apostle's words by which he speaks of the Son of God as God, saying: “who is the image of the invisible God, firstborn of all creation; for in him were created all things in the heavens and on earth, whether thrones or dominions or principalities or authorities; all things were created through him and for him; and he is before all things, and all things hold together in him”; he does not blush to take such words of the apostle as referring to the flesh. About which flesh Marcellus himself, going on, writes this: “If, then, the Saviour confesses that the flesh profits nothing, how is it possible that what is from the earth and profits nothing should be with the Word in the ages to come as though it were of use to him?”

2.3.5Klostermann

καὶ αὖθις περὶ τῆς αὐτῆς σαρκὸς ἐπιλέγει πῶς ἔτι τὴν τοῦ δούλου μορφήν, ἣν ἀνείληφεν ὁ λόγος, μορφὴν οὖσαν δούλου. συνεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ [διὸ] δυνατὸν γένοιτʼ ἄν; ἀλλʼ ὁ τοιαῦτα περὶ τῆς σαρκὸς εἰπὼν νῦν »εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ« αὐτὴν λέγει, καὶ »πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως«. αὐτήν τε οὖσαν πρὸ πάντων »καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, θρόνους, κυριότητας, ἀρχάς, ἐξουσίας, ἐν αὐτῇ ἐκτίσθαι«.

kai authis peri tēs autēs sarkos epilegei pōs eti tēn tou doulou morphēn, hēn aneilēphen ho logos, morphēn ousan doulou. syneinai tǭ logǭ [dio] dynaton genoitʼ an? allʼ ho toiauta peri tēs sarkos eipōn nyn »eikona tou theou« autēn legei, kai »prōtotokon pasēs ktiseōs«. autēn te ousan pro pantōn »kai panta ta en tois ouranois kai ta epi tēs gēs, thronous, kyriotētas, archas, exousias, en autę̄ ektisthai«.

And again about the same flesh he adds: “How could the form of the servant, which the Word assumed, being the form of a servant, still be with the Word?” But the man who said such things about the flesh now calls it “the image of God,” and “the firstborn of all creation,” and says that it is before all things, “and that all things in the heavens and on earth, thrones, dominions, principalities, authorities, were created in it.”

2.3.6Klostermann

γράφει δὲ οὕτως οὐκοῦν εἰ »πρωτότοκος« μέν ἐστιν »ἁπάσης κτίσεως« αὐτός, »ἐν αὐτῷ« δὲ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα«, προσήκει εἰδέναι ἡμᾶς, ὅτι περὶ τῆς κατὰ σάρκα οἰκονομίας αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀπόστολος νυνὶ μέμνηται. καὶ ἐπιβεβαιοῖ τὸν λόγον ἐπιφέρων ἑξῆς »πρωτότοκος« οὖν »ἁπάσης κτίσεως« διὰ τὴν κατὰ σάρκα γένεσιν ὠνομάσθη, οὐ διὰ τὴν πρώτην, ὡς αὐτοὶ οἴονται, κτίσιν.

graphei de houtōs oukoun ei »prōtotokos« men estin »hapasēs ktiseōs« autos, »en autǭ« de ektisthē ta panta«, prosēkei eidenai hēmas, hoti peri tēs kata sarka oikonomias autou ho apostolos nyni memnētai. kai epibebaioi ton logon epipherōn hexēs »prōtotokos« oun »hapasēs ktiseōs« dia tēn kata sarka genesin ōnomasthē, ou dia tēn prōtēn, hōs autoi oiontai, ktisin.

He writes thus: “Therefore, if he is ‘firstborn of all creation,’ and ‘in him all things were created,’ we must know that the apostle is now mentioning his dispensation according to the flesh.” And he confirms the argument, adding next: “He was named ‘firstborn of all creation,’ then, because of his birth according to the flesh, not because of the first creation, as they think.”

2.3.7Klostermann

καὶ ἐπιλέγει οὐ τοίνυν οὗτος ὁ ἁγιώτατος λόγος πρὸ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως »πρωτότοκος ἁπάσης κτίσεως« ὠνόμαστο (πῶς γὰρ δυνατὸν τὸν ἀεὶ ὄντα πρωτότοκον εἶναί τινος;), ἀλλὰ τὸν πρῶτον »καινὸν ἄνθρωπον«, εἰς ὃν »τὰ πάντα ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι« ἐβουλήθη ὁ θεός, τοῦτον αἱ θεῖαι γραφαὶ »πρωτότοκον πάσης« ὀνομάζουσιν κτίσεως«. καὶ αὖθις ἐπιφέρει ἀκούεις ὅπως οὐ μόνον ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ προϋπάρχοντα »ἔν τε οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἐν αὐτῷ« κατὰ τὴν καινὴν κτίσιν »ἐκτίσθαι« συμβαίνει.

kai epilegei ou toinyn houtos ho hagiōtatos logos pro tēs enanthrōpēseōs »prōtotokos hapasēs ktiseōs« ōnomasto (pōs gar dynaton ton aei onta prōtotokon einai tinos?), alla ton prōton »kainon anthrōpon«, eis hon »ta panta anakephalaiōsasthai« eboulēthē ho theos, touton hai theiai graphai »prōtotokon pasēs« onomazousin ktiseōs«. kai authis epipherei akoueis hopōs ou monon tauta, alla kai ta proÿparchonta »en te ouranois kai epi tēs gēs en autǭ« kata tēn kainēn ktisin »ektisthai« symbainei.

And he adds: “This most holy Word, then, was not named ‘firstborn of all creation’ before his becoming man (for how can he who always is be firstborn of anything?); but the first ‘new man,’ in whom God willed ‘to sum up all things,’ this one the divine Scriptures name ‘firstborn of all creation.’” And again he adds: “You hear how not only these things, but also the things that pre-existed ‘in the heavens and on earth,’ happen to have been ‘created in him’ according to the new creation.”

2.3.8Klostermann

ταῦτα μὲν οὖν διʼ ὧν πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως διὰ τὴν σάρκα αὐτὸν ὠνομάσθαι εἴρηκεν· θέα δὲ ὅπως καὶ τὸ »κύριος ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ« πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα ἀναφέρει, μὴ προσέχων τῇ θείᾳ γραφῇ ἐκ προσώπου τῆς σοφίας ἐν ταῖς Παροιμίαις τοῦτον λεγούσῃ τὸν τρόπον »ἐγὼ ἡ σοφία κατεσκήνωσα βουλήν, καὶ γνῶσιν καὶ ἔννοιαν ἐγὼ ἐπεκαλεσάμην· διʼ ἐμοῦ βασιλεῖς βασιλεύουσιν, καὶ οἱ δυνάσται γράφουσιν δικαιοσύνην«.

tauta men oun diʼ hōn prōtotokon pasēs ktiseōs dia tēn sarka auton ōnomasthai eirēken; thea de hopōs kai to »kyrios ektisen me archēn hodōn autou eis erga autou« palin epi tēn sarka anapherei, mē prosechōn tę̄ theią graphę̄ ek prosōpou tēs sophias en tais Paroimiais touton legousę̄ ton tropon »egō hē sophia kateskēnōsa boulēn, kai gnōsin kai ennoian egō epekalesamēn; diʼ emou basileis basileuousin, kai hoi dynastai graphousin dikaiosynēn«.

These, then, are the words by which he said that he was named firstborn of all creation because of the flesh. See now how he refers to the flesh also the saying “The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works,” not attending to the divine Scripture, which speaks in Proverbs in the person of Wisdom in this way: “I, Wisdom, have made counsel my dwelling, and I have called knowledge and understanding; through me kings reign, and princes write righteousness.”

2.3.9Klostermann

οἷς ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει ἡ αὐτὴ σοφία »ἐν ὁδοῖς δικαιοσύνης περιπατῶ, καὶ ἀναμέσον τρίβων δικαιώματος ἀναστρέφομαι, ἵνα μερίσω τοῖς ἐμὲ ἀγαπῶσιν ὕπαρξιν, καὶ τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν ἐμπλήσω ἀγαθῶν. ἐὰν ἀναγγείλω ὑμῖν τὰ καθʼ ἡμέραν γιγνόμενα, μνημονεύσω τὰ ἐξ αἰῶνος ἀριθμῆσαι.

hois hexēs epilegei hē autē sophia »en hodois dikaiosynēs peripatō, kai anameson tribōn dikaiōmatos anastrephomai, hina merisō tois eme agapōsin hyparxin, kai tous thēsaurous autōn emplēsō agathōn. ean anangeilō hymin ta kathʼ hēmeran gignomena, mnēmoneusō ta ex aiōnos arithmēsai.

To which the same Wisdom adds next: “I walk in the ways of righteousness, and I move among the paths of justice, that I may give a portion to those who love me, and fill their treasuries with good things. If I tell you the things that happen day by day, I will remember to count the things from everlasting.

2.3.10Klostermann

κύριος ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ, πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέν με· ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸ τοῦ τὴν γῆν ποιῆσαι« καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑξῆς. οἷς μὴ βουληθεὶς τὴν διάνοιαν ἐπιστῆσαι Μάρκελλος, ἑνὸς δὲ μόνου γενόμενος σκοποῦ, τοῦ μὴ ὁμολογῆσαι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, τὴν προκειμένην θεολογίαν ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα ἀναφέρει, καὶ τὴν εὐθεῖαν παρεκτραπεὶς ὁδὸν ἀνοδίαν ἑαυτῷ ἐπενόησεν, γράφων κατὰ λέξιν οὕτως

kyrios ektisen me archēn hodōn autou eis erga autou, pro tou aiōnos ethemeliōsen me; en archę̄ pro tou tēn gēn poiēsai« kai ta toutois hexēs. hois mē boulētheis tēn dianoian epistēsai Markellos, henos de monou genomenos skopou, tou mē homologēsai ton huion tou theou, tēn prokeimenēn theologian epi tēn sarka anapherei, kai tēn eutheian parektrapeis hodon anodian heautǭ epenoēsen, graphōn kata lexin houtōs

The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works; before the age he founded me; in the beginning, before he made the earth,” and what follows. Not wishing to turn his mind to these words, but having only one aim, not to confess the Son of God, Marcellus refers the present theology to the flesh, and turning aside from the straight road he has devised a trackless way for himself, writing word for word thus:

2.3.11Klostermann

τὸ τοίνυν κεφάλαιον τουτὶ τῆς Παροιμίας οὐ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θεότητος, ὥσπερ αὐτοὶ νομίζουσιν, τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν παραστῆσαι βουλόμενον »κύριος ἔκτισέν με« ἔφη, ἀλλὰ τὴν δευτέραν κατὰ σάρκα οἰκονομίαν· διὸ καὶ κτίσεως μέμνηται προσφόρως τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης σαρκός.

to toinyn kephalaion touti tēs Paroimias ou tēn archēn tēs theotētos, hōsper autoi nomizousin, tou sōtēros hēmōn parastēsai boulomenon »kyrios ektisen me« ephē, alla tēn deuteran kata sarka oikonomian; dio kai ktiseōs memnētai prosphorōs tēs anthrōpinēs sarkos.

“This chapter of Proverbs, then, said ‘The Lord created me’ not wishing to set forth the beginning of the Godhead of our Saviour, as they think, but the second dispensation according to the flesh; therefore it fittingly mentions the creation of the human flesh.”

2.3.12Klostermann

καὶ ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει οὐκοῦν ἡ κτίσις τῇ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον αὐτοῦ διαφέρει πραγματείᾳ. διό φησιν »κύριος ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ«, ἔκτισέν με δηλονότι διὰ τῆς παρθένου Μαρίας διʼ ἧς ὁ θεὸς ἑνῶσαι τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην σάρκα τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ προείλετο.

kai hexēs epilegei oukoun hē ktisis tę̄ kata anthrōpon autou diapherei pragmateią. dio phēsin »kyrios ektisen me archēn hodōn autou eis erga autou«, ektisen me dēlonoti dia tēs parthenou Marias diʼ hēs ho theos henōsai tēn anthrōpinēn sarka tǭ heautou logǭ proeileto.

And next he adds: “So the creation belongs to his human activity. Therefore he says, ‘The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works’: he created me, clearly, through the Virgin Mary, through whom God chose to unite the human flesh to his own Word.”

2.3.13Klostermann

καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα προστίθησιν λέγων τούτου τοίνυν οὕτως ἔχοντος, ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν σκοπεῖν τῇ διανοίᾳ τὸ παροιμιωδῶς εἰρημένον τουτὶ κεφάλαιον »κύριος ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ«. ἔκτισεν γὰρ ἀληθῶς τὸ μὴ ὂν πεποιηκὼς ὁ δεσπότης ἡμῶν θεός· οὐκ οὖσαν 〈γὰρ〉 τὴν σάρκα, ἣν ἀνείληφεν ὁ λόγος 〈ἀλλὰ μὴ οὖσαν ἔκτισεν〉. καὶ ἐπιφέρει αὖθις λέγων οὐκοῦν τοῦτʼ ἐστιν τὸ »κύριος ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ«.

kai methʼ hetera prostithēsin legōn toutou toinyn houtōs echontos, akolouthon estin skopein tę̄ dianoią to paroimiōdōs eirēmenon touti kephalaion »kyrios ektisen me archēn hodōn autou eis erga autou«. ektisen gar alēthōs to mē on pepoiēkōs ho despotēs hēmōn theos; ouk ousan 〈gar〉 tēn sarka, hēn aneilēphen ho logos 〈alla mē ousan ektisen〉. kai epipherei authis legōn oukoun toutʼ estin to »kyrios ektisen me archēn hodōn autou eis erga autou«.

And after other things he adds, saying: “This being so, it follows to consider in the mind this chapter spoken in a proverb, ‘The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works.’ For our Master God truly created, having made what was not; for the flesh which the Word assumed did not exist, but he created it when it did not exist.” And again he adds, saying: “So this is ‘The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works.’

2.3.14Klostermann

ἐπάγει δέ »πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέν με«, θεμέλιον μὲν τοῦτον ὀνομάζων, τὴν κατὰ σάρκα αὐτοῦ προορισθεῖσαν οἰκονομίαν. ὡς καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγει »θεμέλιον γὰρ ἄλλον οὐδεὶς δύναται θεῖναι παρὰ τὸν κείμενον, ὅς ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός«. ἑνὸς δὲ αἰῶνος ἐνταῦθα μέμνηται, ἀφʼ οὗ τὰ κατὰ τὸν Χριστὸν τεθεμελιῶσθαι ἔφη.

epagei de »pro tou aiōnos ethemeliōsen me«, themelion men touton onomazōn, tēn kata sarka autou prooristheisan oikonomian. hōs kai ho apostolos legei »themelion gar allon oudeis dynatai theinai para ton keimenon, hos estin Iēsous Christos«. henos de aiōnos entautha memnētai, aphʼ hou ta kata ton Christon tethemeliōsthai ephē.

And he adds, ‘Before the age he founded me,’ naming this foundation the dispensation according to the flesh which was predestined; as the apostle also says, ‘For no one can lay another foundation than the one that is laid, which is Jesus Christ.’ And here he mentions one age, from which he said the things of Christ had been founded.”

2.3.15Klostermann

καὶ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν βεβαιοῖ λέξιν φάσκων εἰκότως ὁ προφήτης ἔφη »πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέν με«, δηλονότι τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀληθῶς υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον κοινωνίαν. καὶ ἐπιλέγει ἑξῆς εἶτα »ἐν ἀρχῇ« φησὶν »πρὸ τοῦ τὴν γῆν ποιῆσαι«. γῆν ποίαν ταύτην ⟨ἢ⟩ δηλονότι τὴν ἡμετέραν σάρκα, τὴν μετὰ τὴν παρακοὴν γῆν αὖθις γενομένην; »γῆ« γὰρ »εἶ« φησὶν »καὶ εἰς γῆν ἀπελεύσῃ«. ἔδει γὰρ ταύτην ἰάσεως τυχεῖν, τινὰ τρόπον κοινωνή〈σα〉σαν τῷ ἁγίῳ λόγῳ.

kai palin tēn autēn bebaioi lexin phaskōn eikotōs ho prophētēs ephē »pro tou aiōnos ethemeliōsen me«, dēlonoti to kata sarka, dia tēn pros ton alēthōs huion autou ton logon koinōnian. kai epilegei hexēs eita »en archę̄« phēsin »pro tou tēn gēn poiēsai«. gēn poian tautēn ⟨ē⟩ dēlonoti tēn hēmeteran sarka, tēn meta tēn parakoēn gēn authis genomenēn? »gē« gar »ei« phēsin »kai eis gēn apeleusę̄«. edei gar tautēn iaseōs tychein, tina tropon koinōnē〈sa〉san tǭ hagiǭ logǭ.

And again he confirms the same wording, saying: “Rightly the prophet said, ‘Before the age he founded me,’ clearly meaning what is according to the flesh, because of its fellowship with the Word, his true Son.” And he adds next: “Then he says, ‘in the beginning, before he made the earth.’ What earth is this but clearly our flesh, which after the disobedience became earth again? For he says, ‘Earth you are, and to earth you shall go.’ For this had to obtain healing, having in some way shared in the holy Word.”

2.3.16Klostermann

θέα δὲ πῶς ἐν τούτοις ὁ Μάρκελλος ἑαυτῷ περιπίπτει. φήσας γοῦν ἐν ἑτέρῳ [περιπίπτει] ⟨τὴν σάρκα⟩ εἶναι τὴν »ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν« τοῦ θεοῦ κτισθεῖσαν καὶ πάλιν »θεμέλιον« τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι εἰπών, ἐπάγει τὸ »πρὸ τοῦ τὴν γῆν ποιήσαι«. εἶθʼ ἑρμηνεύει τὴν γῆν πάλιν τὴν σάρκα εἶναι, οὐχ ὁρῶν ὡς οὐδεμίαν ἔχει ἀκολουθίαν πρὸ τῆς σαρκὸς τὴν σάρκα ἐκτίσθαι λέγειν καὶ μετὰ τὴν κτίσιν τῆς σαρκὸς πάλιν τὴν σάρκα ὀνομάζειν.

thea de pōs en toutois ho Markellos heautǭ peripiptei. phēsas goun en heterǭ [peripiptei] ⟨tēn sarka⟩ einai tēn »archēn hodōn« tou theou ktistheisan kai palin »themelion« tēn autēn einai eipōn, epagei to »pro tou tēn gēn poiēsai«. eithʼ hermēneuei tēn gēn palin tēn sarka einai, ouch horōn hōs oudemian echei akolouthian pro tēs sarkos tēn sarka ektisthai legein kai meta tēn ktisin tēs sarkos palin tēn sarka onomazein.

But see how in this Marcellus trips over himself. Having said elsewhere that the flesh is the “beginning of the ways” of God that was created, and again having said that the same is the “foundation,” he adds “before he made the earth.” Then he interprets the earth again as the flesh, not seeing that it makes no sense to say that the flesh was created before the flesh, and after the creation of the flesh to name the flesh again.

2.3.17Klostermann

ὁ δὲ ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις ἐπιφέρει ἑξῆς λέγων εἶτα »πρὸ τοῦ τὰς ἀβύσσους ποιῆσαι« φησίν· ἐνταῦθα τὰς ἀβύσσους παροιμιωδῶς ὁ προφήτης τὰς τῶν ἁγίων καρδίας εἶναι λέγει τὰς ἐν τῷ ἑαυτῶν βάθει τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος ἐχούσας δωρεάν.

ho de eti pros toutois epipherei hexēs legōn eita »pro tou tas abyssous poiēsai« phēsin; entautha tas abyssous paroimiōdōs ho prophētēs tas tōn hagiōn kardias einai legei tas en tǭ heautōn bathei tēn tou pneumatos echousas dōrean.

But he adds still more to this next, saying: “Then he says, ‘before he made the depths.’ Here the prophet, speaking in a proverb, says that the depths are the hearts of the saints, which have in their own depth the gift of the Spirit.”

2.3.18Klostermann

καὶ ἐν τούτοις δὲ πρόσχες, ὅπως εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἐκλαβὼν εἰρῆσθαι τὸ »κύριος ἔκτισέν με«, ἔπειτα στενοχωρούμενος ὑπὸ τῆς γραφῆς λεγούσης »πρὸ τοῦ τὰς ἀβύσσους ποιῆσαι«, τὰς μὲν ἀβύσσους ἑρμηνεύει τὰς τῶν ἁγίων καρδίας λέγων αὐτὰς εἶναι, οὐ συνορᾷ δὲ ὅτι αἱ τῶν ἁγίων καρδίαι, τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ δηλαδὴ καὶ τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ Μωσέως τε καὶ Ἡλίου καὶ Μελχισεδὲκ καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν προφητῶν, πρὸ τῆς σαρκὸς γεγόνασιν τοῦ σωτῆρος.

kai en toutois de prosches, hopōs eis tēn sarka eklabōn eirēsthai to »kyrios ektisen me«, epeita stenochōroumenos hypo tēs graphēs legousēs »pro tou tas abyssous poiēsai«, tas men abyssous hermēneuei tas tōn hagiōn kardias legōn autas einai, ou synorą de hoti hai tōn hagiōn kardiai, tou Abraam dēladē kai tou Isaak kai tou Iakōb Mōseōs te kai Hēliou kai Melchisedek kai tōn loipōn prophētōn, pro tēs sarkos gegonasin tou sōtēros.

Notice here too how, having taken “The Lord created me” as said of the flesh, and then being hemmed in by the Scripture which says “before he made the depths,” he interprets the depths as the hearts of the saints, but does not see that the hearts of the saints, that is, of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, Moses and Elijah and Melchizedek and the rest of the prophets, came into being before the flesh of the Saviour.

2.3.19Klostermann

πῶς οὖν δυνατὸν ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα ἀναφέρειν ⟨τὸ⟩ »πρὸ τοῦ τὰς ἀβύσσους ποιῆσαι«; καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα δὲ αὖθις ἐπάγει λέγων τί τοίνυν ἐστὶν ⟨καὶ τουτὶ⟩ τὸ κεφάλαιον »πρὸ τοῦ προελθεῖν τὰς πηγὰς ⟨τῶν ὑδάτων«; τοὺς ἱεροὺς ἀποστόλους εἶναί φησιν⟩. τοῦτο δὲ ἡμῖν τὸ μυστήριον παρίστησιν ἡ τῆς Ἐξόδου γραφὴ τοὺς τῶν ἀποστόλων τύπους πάλαι προαγορεύουσα, δώδεκα γὰρ ὄντων τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἀποστόλων δώδεκα πηγῶν μέμνηται.

pōs oun dynaton epi tēn sarka anapherein ⟨to⟩ »pro tou tas abyssous poiēsai«? kai methʼ hetera de authis epagei legōn ti toinyn estin ⟨kai touti⟩ to kephalaion »pro tou proelthein tas pēgas ⟨tōn hydatōn«? tous hierous apostolous einai phēsin⟩. touto de hēmin to mystērion paristēsin hē tēs Exodou graphē tous tōn apostolōn typous palai proagoreuousa, dōdeka gar ontōn ton arithmon tōn apostolōn dōdeka pēgōn memnētai.

How then can “before he made the depths” be referred to the flesh? And after other things he adds again, saying: “What then is this chapter too, ‘before the springs of the waters came forth’? He says they are the holy apostles. The Scripture of Exodus sets this mystery before us, foretelling long ago the types of the apostles; for since the apostles are twelve in number, it mentions twelve springs.”

2.3.20Klostermann

καὶ αὖθις ἐπάγει τὸ αὐτὸ γράφων οὕτως εἰκότως οὖν περὶ τῆς κατὰ σάρκα γενέσεως ὁ δεσπότης διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Σολομῶνος λέγοντος »πρὸ τοῦ προελθεῖν τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων« ἔφη.

kai authis epagei to auto graphōn houtōs eikotōs oun peri tēs kata sarka geneseōs ho despotēs dia tou prophētou Solomōnos legontos »pro tou proelthein tas pēgas tōn hydatōn« ephē.

And again he adds the same, writing thus: “Rightly, then, the Master said about the birth according to the flesh, through the prophet Solomon speaking, ‘before the springs of the waters came forth.’”

2.3.21Klostermann

ἔπειτα ἑξῆς ἕτερά τινα διελθὼν ἐπιφέρει οὐκοῦν ἐπειδήπερ περὶ τῶν προαγόντων εἰρήκαμεν, ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν καὶ τὸ λεῖπον ἀναπληρῶσαι. λείπει δὲ τὸ κατὰ τὰ ὅρη καὶ τοὺς βουνούς. »πρὸ« γὰρ »τοῦ ὄρη ἑδρασθῆναι« φησὶν »πρὸ δὲ πάντων τῶν βουνῶν γεννᾷ με«. ὄρη καὶ βουνοὺς τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ τοὺς τῶν ἀποστόλων διαδόχους λέγει, ἵνα παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους τὴν κατʼ αὐτῶν δικαίαν πολιτείαν παροιμιωδῶς σημήνῃ.

epeita hexēs hetera tina dielthōn epipherei oukoun epeidēper peri tōn proagontōn eirēkamen, akolouthon estin kai to leipon anaplērōsai. leipei de to kata ta horē kai tous bounous. »pro« gar »tou orē hedrasthēnai« phēsin »pro de pantōn tōn bounōn genną me«. orē kai bounous tous apostolous kai tous tōn apostolōn diadochous legei, hina para tous allous anthrōpous tēn katʼ autōn dikaian politeian paroimiōdōs sēmēnę̄.

Then, going through some other things next, he adds: “Since, then, we have spoken of what comes before, it follows to fill in what remains. What remains is the part about the mountains and the hills. For ‘before the mountains were settled,’ he says, ‘and before all the hills he begets me.’ He calls the apostles and the successors of the apostles mountains and hills, so as to signify in a proverb their righteous way of life compared with other men.”

2.3.22Klostermann

τοιαύτας τινὰς ἑρμηνείας ἐκθέμενος αὖθις ἐπὶ τὰς ἀποστολικὰς μεταβαίνει φωνάς, τἀναντία τῷ ἀποστόλῳ φθεγγόμενος. ὁ μὲν γὰρ τὸν προόντα υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ »πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως« αὐτὸν εἶναι ἐδίδασκεν, »τὰ πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ« ἐκτίσθαι, αὐτόν τε εἶναι »πρὸ πάντων« μεγάλῃ βοῇ μαρτυρόμενος· ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα καὶ ταύτην καταβάλλει τὴν θεολογίαν, μικρὸν ὕστερον καὶ ταύτην ἀρνούμενος.

toiautas tinas hermēneias ekthemenos authis epi tas apostolikas metabainei phōnas, tanantia tǭ apostolǭ phthengomenos. ho men gar ton proonta huion tou theou kai »prōtotokon pasēs ktiseōs« auton einai edidasken, »ta panta diʼ autou, kai en autǭ« ektisthai, auton te einai »pro pantōn« megalę̄ boę̄ martyromenos; ho de epi tēn sarka kai tautēn kataballei tēn theologian, mikron hysteron kai tautēn arnoumenos.

Having set out such interpretations, he passes again to the apostle's words, speaking the opposite of the apostle. For the apostle taught that the pre-existing Son of God is “firstborn of all creation,” that “all things were created through him and in him,” and testified with a great cry that he is “before all things”; but Marcellus casts this theology too down onto the flesh, a little later denying this too.

2.3.23Klostermann

λέγει δὲ οὕτως διὰ τοῦτο εἰκότως ἐπιφέρει »ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου«. πότε γενόμενος εἰκὼν ἢ ὁπηνίκα τὸ »κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν« ἀνείληφεν πλάσμα; πρότερον γάρ, ὥσπερ πολλάκις ἔφην, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἦν ἢ λόγος. καὶ ἐπιμένει τὸ αὐτὸ γυμνότερον διασαφῶν, διʼ ὧν φησίν οὐκοῦν πρόδηλον, ὅτι πρὸ τῆς τοῦ ἡμετέρου σώματος ἀναλήψεως ὁ λόγος καθʼ ἑαυτὸν οὐκ ἦν εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ· τὴν γὰρ εἰκόνα ὁρᾶσθαι προσήκει, ἵνα διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος τὸ τέως μὴ ὁρώμενον ὁρᾶσθαι δύνηται.

legei de houtōs dia touto eikotōs epipherei »hos estin eikōn tou theou tou aoratou«. pote genomenos eikōn ē hopēnika to »katʼ eikona kai kathʼ homoiōsin« aneilēphen plasma? proteron gar, hōsper pollakis ephēn, ouden heteron ēn ē logos. kai epimenei to auto gymnoteron diasaphōn, diʼ hōn phēsin oukoun prodēlon, hoti pro tēs tou hēmeterou sōmatos analēpseōs ho logos kathʼ heauton ouk ēn eikōn tou aoratou theou; tēn gar eikona horasthai prosēkei, hina dia tēs eikonos to teōs mē horōmenon horasthai dynētai.

He speaks thus: “For this reason he rightly adds, ‘who is the image of the invisible God.’ When did he become the image, if not when he assumed the creature made ‘according to the image and likeness’? For before, as I have often said, he was nothing other than Word.” And he persists, making the same plainer, in these words: “It is therefore plain that before the taking up of our body the Word by himself was not the image of the invisible God; for an image ought to be seen, so that through the image what was until then not seen can be seen.”

2.3.24Klostermann

καὶ πάλιν προστίθησιν λέγων πῶς οὖν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον Ἀστέριος εἶναι γέγραφεν· αἱ γὰρ εἰκόνες τούτων ὧν εἰσιν εἰκόνες καὶ ἀπόντων δεικτικαί εἰσιν, ὥστε καὶ τὸν ἀπόντα διʼ αὐτῶν φαίνεσθαι δοκεῖν. εἰ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀοράτου ὄντος ἀόρατον εἶναι καὶ τὸν λόγον συμβαίνει, πῶς εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ὁ λόγος εἶναι δύναται, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀόρατος ὤν; ἀδύνατον γὰρ τὸ μὴ ὁρατὸν διὰ τοῦ ἀοράτου φανῆναί ποτε.

kai palin prostithēsin legōn pōs oun eikona tou aoratou theou ton tou theou logon Asterios einai gegraphen; hai gar eikones toutōn hōn eisin eikones kai apontōn deiktikai eisin, hōste kai ton aponta diʼ autōn phainesthai dokein. ei de tou theou aoratou ontos aoraton einai kai ton logon symbainei, pōs eikōn tou aoratou theou kathʼ heauton ho logos einai dynatai, kai autos aoratos ōn? adynaton gar to mē horaton dia tou aoratou phanēnai pote.

And again he adds, saying: “How then did Asterius write that the Word of God is the image of the invisible God? For images show the things whose images they are even when absent, so that the absent one seems to appear through them. But if, God being invisible, the Word too is invisible, how can the Word by himself be the image of the invisible God, being himself invisible? For it is impossible for what is not visible ever to appear through what is invisible.”

2.3.25Klostermann

καὶ ἐν τούτοις δὲ ὁ Μάρκελλος οὐ συνορᾷ, ὅτι εἰ τὴν σάρκα δοίημεν εἶναι τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὥρα καὶ πάντων ἀνθρώπων τὰς σάρκας καὶ τὰ τῶν σωμάτων πρόσωπα εἰκόνας εἶναι λέγειν τοῦ θεοῦ, ὥστε κατʼ αὐτὸν μηδὲν ἐξαίρετον ἐσχηκέναι τὸν σωτῆρα. ὁ δʼ ὥσπερ ἐπιλαθόμενος ὧν μετὰ ταῦτα περὶ τῆς σαρκὸς συνέγραψεν (»δούλου μορφὴν« αὐτὴν εἰπὼν ἐξ ἀποστολικῆς παραθέσεως καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μὴ δύνασθαι συνεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ διὰ τὸ »δούλου μορφὴν« εἶναι,

kai en toutois de ho Markellos ou synorą, hoti ei tēn sarka doiēmen einai tēn eikona tou theou, hōra kai pantōn anthrōpōn tas sarkas kai ta tōn sōmatōn prosōpa eikonas einai legein tou theou, hōste katʼ auton mēden exaireton eschēkenai ton sōtēra. ho dʼ hōsper epilathomenos hōn meta tauta peri tēs sarkos synegrapsen (»doulou morphēn« autēn eipōn ex apostolikēs paratheseōs kai dia touto mē dynasthai syneinai tǭ logǭ dia to »doulou morphēn« einai,

Here too Marcellus does not see that, if we were to grant that the flesh is the image of God, it would be time to say that the flesh of all men and the faces of their bodies are images of God, so that on his view the Saviour had nothing special. And he, as if forgetting what he wrote after this about the flesh (calling it “the form of a servant” from a citation of the apostle, and saying for that reason it cannot be with the Word, because it is “the form of a servant,”

2.3.26Klostermann

ἀλλὰ καὶ γυμνῇ τῇ κεφαλῇ φήσας πῶς ἐγχωρεῖ τὴν ἐκ γῆς τε οὖσαν καὶ μηδὲν ὠφελοῦσαν ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσιν αἰῶσιν συνεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ;), εἶναι εἰκόνα τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ τὴν σάρκα ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος [εἶναι] διισχυρίζεται, διαβεβαιούμενος ἀποφαντικῶς ὅτι πρὸ τῆς τοῦ ἡμετέρου σώματος ἀναλήψεως οὐκ ἦν εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ.

alla kai gymnę̄ tę̄ kephalę̄ phēsas pōs enchōrei tēn ek gēs te ousan kai mēden ōphelousan en tois mellousin aiōsin syneinai tǭ logǭ?), einai eikona tou aoratou theou tēn sarka epi tou parontos [einai] diischyrizetai, diabebaioumenos apophantikōs hoti pro tēs tou hēmeterou sōmatos analēpseōs ouk ēn eikōn tou aoratou theou ho logos autou.

and even saying bareheaded, “How is it possible that what is from the earth and profits nothing should be with the Word in the ages to come?”), insists that the flesh is for the present the image of the invisible God, affirming categorically that before the taking up of our body his Word was not the image of the invisible God.

2.3.27Klostermann

καὶ αὖθις μετὰ τὰ ἐκτεθέντα ἐπιφέρει λέγων διὸ πανταχόθεν δῆλον εἰκόνα τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ εἰρῆσθαι ἀποστόλου τὴν προσγενομένην τῷ λόγῳ σάρκα, ἵνα διὰ τοῦ ὁρατοῦ καὶ τὸ ἀόρατον φαίνηται. »εἰκὼν« δὲ »ἐστὶν« φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος »τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ«. νῦν δηλονότι, ὁπηνίκα τὴν κατʼ εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ γενομένην ἀνείληφεν σάρκα, εἰκὼν ἀληθὴς τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ γέγονεν.

kai authis meta ta ektethenta epipherei legōn dio pantachothen dēlon eikona tou aoratou theou hypo tou hierou eirēsthai apostolou tēn prosgenomenēn tǭ logǭ sarka, hina dia tou horatou kai to aoraton phainētai. »eikōn« de »estin« phēsin ho apostolos »tou aoratou theou«. nyn dēlonoti, hopēnika tēn katʼ eikona tou theou genomenēn aneilēphen sarka, eikōn alēthēs tou aoratou theou gegonen.

And again after what was set out he adds, saying: “Therefore it is clear from every side that the flesh added to the Word was called by the holy apostle the image of the invisible God, so that through the visible the invisible too might appear. ‘He is,’ says the apostle, ‘the image of the invisible God’: now, clearly, when he assumed the flesh made according to the image of God, he became the true image of the invisible God.

2.3.28Klostermann

εἰ γὰρ διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος ταύτης τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον ἠξιώθημεν γνῶναι, πιστεύειν ὀφείλομεν αὐτῷ τῷ λόγῳ διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος λέγοντι ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν«. οὕτε γὰρ τὸν λόγον οὕτε τὸν πατέρα τοῦ λόγου χωρὶς τῆς εἰκόνος ταύτης γνῶναί τινα δυνατόν.

ei gar dia tēs eikonos tautēs ton tou theou logon ēxiōthēmen gnōnai, pisteuein opheilomen autǭ tǭ logǭ dia tēs eikonos legonti egō kai ho patēr hen esmen«. houte gar ton logon houte ton patera tou logou chōris tēs eikonos tautēs gnōnai tina dynaton.

For if through this image we have been counted worthy to know the Word of God, we ought to believe the Word himself saying through the image, ‘I and the Father are one.’ For no one can know either the Word or the Father of the Word apart from this image.”

2.3.29Klostermann

καὶ πάλιν ἐπιφέρει οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολός φησιν, ὥσπερ μικρῷ πρόσθεν ἔφαμεν »ἐκένωσεν ἑαυτὸν μορφὴν δούλου λαβών«, διὰ τῆς μορφῆς τοῦ δούλου τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἡμῖν σημαίνων σάρκα, ἣν ὁ δεσπότης ἡμῶν θεὸς τῇ ἑαυτοῦ διαπλάττων σοφίᾳ »ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον« ἔφη »κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ ὁμοίωσιν«, καλῶς τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην σάρκα ὀνομάζων εἰκόνα. ἥδει γὰρ ἀκριβῶς ὅτι εἰκὼν ἔσται μικρὸν ὕστερον τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ λόγου.

kai palin epipherei houtō goun kai ho apostolos phēsin, hōsper mikrǭ prosthen ephamen »ekenōsen heauton morphēn doulou labōn«, dia tēs morphēs tou doulou tēn anthrōpinēn hēmin sēmainōn sarka, hēn ho despotēs hēmōn theos tę̄ heautou diaplattōn sophią »poiēsōmen anthrōpon« ephē »katʼ eikona hēmeteran kai homoiōsin«, kalōs tēn anthrōpinēn sarka onomazōn eikona. hēdei gar akribōs hoti eikōn estai mikron hysteron tou heautou logou.

And again he adds: “So too, at any rate, the apostle says, as we said a little before, ‘he emptied himself, taking the form of a servant,’ signifying to us by the form of the servant the human flesh, which our Master God, forming it by his own wisdom, said, ‘Let us make man according to our image and likeness,’ rightly naming the human flesh image. For he knew exactly that it would shortly be the image of his own Word.”

2.3.30Klostermann

μετὰ ταῦτα πειρᾶται κατασκευάζειν ὅτι καὶ τὸ »ἐκ γαστρὸς πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐγέννησά σε« περὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐλέγετο, γράφει δὲ οὕτως διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν τοῦ τὴν ἡμέραν δηλοῦντος ἀστέρος ἑωσφόρου ὑπὸ τοῦ προφήτου Δαυὶδ εἰκότως ὀνομασθέντος, οὐκέτι ζητεῖσθαι δίκαιον τὸν ἑωσφόρον, τίς δήποτε ὢν οὗτος τυγχάνει· οὗτος γὰρ ἦν ὁ τηνικαῦτα φανεὶς ἀστήρ, ὁ φέρων τε καὶ δηλῶν τὴν ἡμέραν τοῖς μάγοις.

meta tauta peiratai kataskeuazein hoti kai to »ek gastros pro heōsphorou egennēsa se« peri tēs sarkos elegeto, graphei de houtōs dia touto toinyn tou tēn hēmeran dēlountos asteros heōsphorou hypo tou prophētou Dauid eikotōs onomasthentos, ouketi zēteisthai dikaion ton heōsphoron, tis dēpote ōn houtos tynchanei; houtos gar ēn ho tēnikauta phaneis astēr, ho pherōn te kai dēlōn tēn hēmeran tois magois.

After this he tries to establish that “From the womb before the morning star I begot you” was also said about the flesh. He writes thus: “For this reason, then, since the star that shows the day was rightly named morning star by the prophet David, it is no longer right to ask who this morning star is; for this was the star that appeared at that time, which brought and showed the day to the magi.

2.3.31Klostermann

πρόδηλον οὖν τὸ »πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐγέννησά σε« ὑπὸ τοῦ παντοκράτορος εἰρῆσθαι δεσπότου περὶ τοῦ διὰ τῆς παρθένου γεννηθέντος σὺν τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ σαρκὶ λόγου, σαφῶς καὶ τοῦτο τοῦ εὐαγγελίου σημαίνοντος, πρότερον μὲν τὸν δεσπότην ἡμῶν διὰ τῆς παρθένου τετέχθαι, ὕστερον δὲ τὸν ἀστέρα φανῆναι τὸν τὴν ἡμέραν δεικνύντα.

prodēlon oun to »pro heōsphorou egennēsa se« hypo tou pantokratoros eirēsthai despotou peri tou dia tēs parthenou gennēthentos syn tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ sarki logou, saphōs kai touto tou euangeliou sēmainontos, proteron men ton despotēn hēmōn dia tēs parthenou tetechthai, hysteron de ton astera phanēnai ton tēn hēmeran deiknynta.

It is plain, then, that ‘before the morning star I begot you’ was said by the almighty Master about the Word born through the Virgin with the human flesh; and the gospel clearly signifies this too, that our Master was first born through the Virgin, and later the star appeared that showed the day.”

2.3.32Klostermann

ἐπὶ τούτοις προϊὼν αὖθις ἐπιλέγει εἴληφεν γὰρ ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὐ μόνον τὴν ἐπὶ γῆς τῶν πραγμάτων ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, εἰκότως· εἰ γὰρ ὅτε καὶ »ἄνθρωπος« ἐγένετο καὶ »μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων« τότε εἰς αὐτὸν ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα«, ὡς ἔφη ὁ ἀπόστολος, »τά τε ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς«, ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν ἀκριβῶς γινώσκειν ὅτι ἐξουσία οὐ μόνον τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς δέδοται. καὶ αὖθις μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπάγει εἰ γὰρ περί τινος δόξης δοθείσης αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς τὸ ἱερὸν εὐαγγέλιον λέγει, ταύτην ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τοῦ λόγου εἰληφὼς φαίνεται. »μεσίτης« γὰρ γενόμενος κατὰ τὸν ἱερὸν ἀπόστολον »θεοῦ τε καὶ ἀνθρώπων« τῇ δοθείσῃ αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς δόξῃ τοὺς θεοσεβεῖς ἐδόξασεν ἀνθρώπους.

epi toutois proïōn authis epilegei eilēphen gar ho anthrōpos ou monon tēn epi gēs tōn pragmatōn exousian, alla kai tōn en ouranois, eikotōs; ei gar hote kai »anthrōpos« egeneto kai »mesitēs theou kai anthrōpōn« tote eis auton ektisthē ta panta«, hōs ephē ho apostolos, »ta te en ouranois kai ta epi gēs«, akolouthon estin akribōs ginōskein hoti exousia ou monon tōn epi gēs autǭ, alla kai tōn en ouranois dedotai. kai authis methʼ hetera epagei ei gar peri tinos doxēs dotheisēs autǭ para tou patros to hieron euangelion legei, tautēn ho anthrōpos dia tou logou eilēphōs phainetai. »mesitēs« gar genomenos kata ton hieron apostolon »theou te kai anthrōpōn« tę̄ dotheisę̄ autǭ para tou patros doxę̄ tous theosebeis edoxasen anthrōpous.

Going on from this he adds again: “For the man has received authority not only over things on earth, but also over those in heaven, and rightly; for if, when he both became ‘man’ and ‘mediator of God and men,’ then ‘all things were created for him,’ as the apostle said, ‘things in the heavens and things on earth,’ it follows to know exactly that authority has been given to him not only over things on earth but also over those in heaven.” And again after other things he adds: “For if the holy gospel speaks of some glory given to him by the Father, the man is seen to have received this through the Word. For having become, according to the holy apostle, ‘mediator of God and men,’ by the glory given him by the Father he glorified godly men.

2.3.33Klostermann

καὶ πάλιν προστίθησιν ταῦτα καὶ ἠξίωσεν τὸν πεσόντα διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς ἄνθρωπον τῷ ἑαυτοῦ διὰ τῆς παρθένου συναφθῆναι λόγῳ. ποία γὰρ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἑτέρα μείζων δόξα γένοιτʼ ἂν τῆς δόξης ταύτης; εἰπὼν δὲ ὅτι »ἐδόξασά σε«, ἐπιφέρει λέγων »καὶ πάλιν δοξάσω«, ἵνα διʼ ὑπερβολὴν φιλανθρωπίας ἐν τῇ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τῆς σαρκὸς δευτέρᾳ δόξῃ τὸν πρότερον θνητὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀθάνατον ἀπεργάσηται καὶ τοσαύτῃ αὐτὸν δοξάσῃ δόξῃ, ὥστε μὴ μόνον αὐτὸν τῆς προτέρας ἀπαλλαγῆναι δουλείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον ἀξιωθῆναι δόξης.

kai palin prostithēsin tauta kai ēxiōsen ton pesonta dia tēs parakoēs anthrōpon tǭ heautou dia tēs parthenou synaphthēnai logǭ. poia gar en anthrōpois hetera meizōn doxa genoitʼ an tēs doxēs tautēs? eipōn de hoti »edoxasa se«, epipherei legōn »kai palin doxasō«, hina diʼ hyperbolēn philanthrōpias en tę̄ meta tēn anastasin tēs sarkos deuterą doxę̄ ton proteron thnēton anthrōpon athanaton apergasētai kai tosautę̄ auton doxasę̄ doxę̄, hōste mē monon auton tēs proteras apallagēnai douleias, alla kai tēs hyper anthrōpon axiōthēnai doxēs.

And again he adds this: “And he deemed worthy the man who fell through disobedience to be joined to his own Word through the Virgin. For what other greater glory could there be among men than this glory? And having said, ‘I have glorified you,’ he adds, saying, ‘and I will glorify again,’ so that through his surpassing kindness, in the second glory after the resurrection of the flesh, he might make the formerly mortal man immortal and glorify him with such great glory that he would not only be freed from his former slavery but also counted worthy of the glory above man.”

2.3.34Klostermann

καὶ αὖθις ἐπιλέγει ἵνα, ὡς ἔφην, ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου ἀπατηθέντα πρότερον τὸν ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν αὖθις νικῆσαι τὸν διάβολον παρασκευάσῃ. διὰ τοῦτο ἀνείληφεν τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἵνα ἀκολούθως τοῦτον ἀπαρχὴν τῆς ἐξουσίας παραλαβεῖν παρασκευάσῃ. καὶ προστίθησιν ἔτι λέγων οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαπητός, ὁ τῷ λόγῳ ἑνωθεὶς ἄνθρωπος, περὶ οὗ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς ἔφη »οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα«.

kai authis epilegei hina, hōs ephēn, hypo tou diabolou apatēthenta proteron ton anthrōpon auton authis nikēsai ton diabolon paraskeuasę̄. dia touto aneilēphen ton anthrōpon, hina akolouthōs touton aparchēn tēs exousias paralabein paraskeuasę̄. kai prostithēsin eti legōn houtos gar estin ho agapētos, ho tǭ logǭ henōtheis anthrōpos, peri hou ho euangelistēs ephē »houtos estin ho huios mou ho agapētos, en hǭ eudokēsa«.

And again he adds: “So that, as I said, he might prepare the man who was formerly deceived by the devil himself to conquer the devil in turn. For this reason he assumed the man, so that he might prepare him in due course to receive the first-fruits of the authority.” And he adds still, saying: “For this is the beloved, the man united to the Word, about whom the evangelist said, ‘This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.’”

2.3.35Klostermann

καὶ αὖθις ἐπιφέρει ὅτι ὁ λόγος τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ διὰ παρθένου τεχθήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν καὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀναλήψεσθαι σάρκα, καὶ ἵνα διʼ αὐτῆς τὸν πρότερον κατισχύσαντα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου διάβολον καταγωνισάμενος μὴ μόνον ἄφθαρτον αὐτὸν καὶ ἀθάνατον γενέσθαι παρασκευάσῃ, ἀλλὰ καὶ σύνθρονον ἐν οὐρανοῖς τῷ θεῷ.

kai authis epipherei hoti ho logos tou aoratou theou dia parthenou techthēsesthai emellen kai tēn anthrōpinēn analēpsesthai sarka, kai hina diʼ autēs ton proteron katischysanta tou anthrōpou diabolon katagōnisamenos mē monon aphtharton auton kai athanaton genesthai paraskeuasę̄, alla kai synthronon en ouranois tǭ theǭ.

And again he adds: “that the Word of the invisible God was going to be born through a virgin and to assume the human flesh, and that through it, having fought down the devil who formerly prevailed over man, he might prepare him to become not only incorruptible and immortal, but also enthroned with God in heaven.”

2.3.36Klostermann

ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἀναγκαῖον κατέχειν ἐν μνήμῃ διὰ τὰ μέλλοντα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ Μαρκέλλου κατὰ τῆς σαρκός, ἧς ἀνείληφεν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος, προφέρεσθαι. ὡς γὰρ ἀμνημονήσας τούτων ἀπάντων, ὧν ἐξέθετο, τέλος οὐκ αἴσιον οὐδʼ εὐσεβὲς ἐπάγει τῷ σωτηρίῳ σώματι. πρὸς τούτοις ἅπασιν, ὥσπερ τῶν προτέρων αὐτῷ κατωρθωμένων, πειρᾶται δεικνύναι καὶ τὸ »ὁ κύριος ἐβασίλευσεν, ἀγαλλιάσθω ἡ γῆ« εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἀναφέρεσθαι.

tauta de panta anankaion katechein en mnēmę̄ dia ta mellonta hypʼ autou Markellou kata tēs sarkos, hēs aneilēphen ho tou theou logos, propheresthai. hōs gar amnēmonēsas toutōn apantōn, hōn exetheto, telos ouk aision oudʼ eusebes epagei tǭ sōtēriǭ sōmati. pros toutois hapasin, hōsper tōn proterōn autǭ katōrthōmenōn, peiratai deiknynai kai to »ho kyrios ebasileusen, agalliasthō hē gē« eis tēn sarka anapheresthai.

All these things must be kept in memory because of what Marcellus himself will put forward against the flesh which the Word of God assumed. For, as if forgetting all that he set out, he brings an end neither happy nor pious on the saving body. Besides all this, as though his earlier points had succeeded, he tries to show that “The Lord has reigned, let the earth rejoice” also refers to the flesh.

2.3.37Klostermann

λέγει δὲ οὕτως ὁ γοῦν καταβὰς καὶ τὴν σάρκα διὰ τῆς παρθένου προσλαβὼν κατεστάθη βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, δηλονότι ἵνα διὰ τοῦ λόγου ὁ τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν πρότερον ἐκπεπτωκὼς ἄνθρωπος βασιλείας τυχεῖν δυνηθῇ. τοῦτον οὖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν πρότερον διὰ τὴν παρακοὴν τῆς βασιλείας ἐκπεπτωκότα κύριον καὶ θεὸν γενέσθαι βουλόμενος ὁ θεὸς ταύτην τὴν οἰκονομίαν εἰργάσατο. ὁ οὖν ἁγιώτατος προφήτης Δαυὶδ προφητικῶς λέγει ὁ κύριος ἐβασίλευσεν, ἀγαλλιάσθω ἡ γῆ«.

legei de houtōs ho goun katabas kai tēn sarka dia tēs parthenou proslabōn katestathē basileus epi tēn ekklēsian, dēlonoti hina dia tou logou ho tēs basileias tōn ouranōn proteron ekpeptōkōs anthrōpos basileias tychein dynēthę̄. touton oun ton anthrōpon ton proteron dia tēn parakoēn tēs basileias ekpeptōkota kyrion kai theon genesthai boulomenos ho theos tautēn tēn oikonomian eirgasato. ho oun hagiōtatos prophētēs Dauid prophētikōs legei ho kyrios ebasileusen, agalliasthō hē gē«.

He speaks thus: “He who came down and took the flesh through the Virgin was appointed king over the church, clearly so that through the Word the man who had formerly fallen from the kingdom of heaven might be able to obtain a kingdom. God, wishing this man, who formerly fell from the kingdom through disobedience, to become Lord and God, worked this dispensation. So the most holy prophet David says prophetically, ‘The Lord has reigned, let the earth rejoice.’”

2.3.38Klostermann

καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιφέρει διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν, ὥσπερ ἀρχὴν βασιλείας ἀπό τινος λαβόντος χρόνου τοῦ δεσπότου ἡμῶν Χριστοῦ, ἡ προφητεία φησὶν ἐγὼ δὲ κατεστάθην βασιλεὺς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ«. καὶ πάλιν ἐπιφέρει διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ βασιλεύσει [ἵνα] ἐν τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ σαρκὶ γενόμενος, βασιλεύς τε καταστὰς διὰ τοῦ λόγου ὁ ἀπατηθεὶς πρότερον ἄνθρωπος »πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν« τοῦ διαβόλου »καὶ δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν καταργήσει«.

kai methʼ hetera epipherei diʼ hēn aitian, hōsper archēn basileias apo tinos labontos chronou tou despotou hēmōn Christou, hē prophēteia phēsin egō de katestathēn basileus hypʼ autou«. kai palin epipherei dia touto gar kai basileusei [hina] en tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ sarki genomenos, basileus te katastas dia tou logou ho apatētheis proteron anthrōpos »pasan archēn« tou diabolou »kai dynamin kai exousian katargēsei«.

And after other things he adds: “For which reason, as though our Master Christ received the beginning of his kingdom from some time, the prophecy says, ‘But I was appointed king by him.’” And again he adds: “For this reason he will reign, having come in the human flesh, and the man formerly deceived, being appointed king through the Word, ‘will abolish every rule’ of the devil ‘and power and authority.’”

2.3.39Klostermann

τοσαῦτα περὶ τῆς σαρκὸς τοῦ σωτῆρος καὶ τούτων ἔτι πολλῷ πλείονα εἰπών, φήσας τε αὐτὴν εἶναι τὴν εἰκόνα »τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου« καὶ τὸν πρωτότοκον »πάσης κτίσεως« καὶ τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ τὸν ἀγαπητὸν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα κατέλεξεν, διʼ αὐτήν τε ταῦτα πάντα κληθῆναι τὸν λόγον ἀποφηνάμενος, ὁποῖον τέλος αὐτῇ περιτίθησιν ἤδη θεωρῆσαι καιρός.

tosauta peri tēs sarkos tou sōtēros kai toutōn eti pollǭ pleiona eipōn, phēsas te autēn einai tēn eikona »tou theou tou aoratou« kai ton prōtotokon »pasēs ktiseōs« kai ton basilea kai ton Iēsoun kai ton Christon kai ton agapēton kai hosa alla katelexen, diʼ autēn te tauta panta klēthēnai ton logon apophēnamenos, hopoion telos autę̄ peritithēsin ēdē theōrēsai kairos.

Having said so much about the Saviour's flesh, and much more still, and having said that it is the image “of the invisible God,” and the firstborn “of all creation,” and the king, and Jesus, and Christ, and the beloved, and whatever else he listed, and having declared that the Word was called all these because of it, it is time now to see what end he puts upon it.

Against 2, chapter 4

2.4.1Klostermann

Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ βασιλεύσει ἐν τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ σαρκὶ γενόμενος, βασιλεύς τε καταστὰς διὰ τοῦ λόγου ὁ ἀπατηθεὶς πρότερον ἄνθρωπος »πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν« τοῦ διαβόλου »καὶ δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν καταργήσει«. »δεῖ γὰρ αὐτὸν βασιλεύειν« φησὶν »ἄχρι οὗ ἂν θῇ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ«. τῆς τοίνυν τοῦ δεσπότου ἡμῶν Χριστοῦ βασιλείας τοῦτο τέλος εἶναί φησιν ὁ ἱερὸς ἀπόστολος, τὸ πάντα ὑποταγῆναι τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτοῦ. καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει μέγιστον ἡμῖν μυστήριον ἐνταῦθα ὁ ἀπόστολος ἀνακαλύπτει, τέλος μὲν ἔσεσθαι φάσκων τῆς Χριστοῦ βασιλείας· τέλος δὲ τότε, ὅταν πάντα ὑποταγῇ ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ.

Dia touto gar basileusei en tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ sarki genomenos, basileus te katastas dia tou logou ho apatētheis proteron anthrōpos »pasan archēn« tou diabolou »kai dynamin kai exousian katargēsei«. »dei gar auton basileuein« phēsin »achri hou an thę̄ tous echthrous hypo tous podas autou«. tēs toinyn tou despotou hēmōn Christou basileias touto telos einai phēsin ho hieros apostolos, to panta hypotagēnai tois posin autou. kai meta brachea epilegei megiston hēmin mystērion entautha ho apostolos anakalyptei, telos men esesthai phaskōn tēs Christou basileias; telos de tote, hotan panta hypotagę̄ hypo tous podas autou.

“For this reason he will reign, having come in the human flesh, and the man formerly deceived, being appointed king through the Word, ‘will abolish every rule’ of the devil ‘and power and authority.’ ‘For he must reign,’ he says, ‘until he puts his enemies under his feet.’ This, then, the holy apostle says, is the end of the kingdom of our Master Christ: that all things are subjected under his feet.” And after a little he adds: “Here the apostle reveals to us a very great mystery, saying that there will be an end of Christ's kingdom; and the end will be then, when all things are subjected under his feet.”

2.4.2Klostermann

καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπεξεργαζόμενος τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον οὕτως γράφει ἔφαμεν ἐν τοῖς προάγουσιν ἡμῶν ῥητοῖς τὸν δεσπότην ἡμῶν τὸν Χριστὸν ἀρχὴν ἐσχηκέναι βασιλείας, ἐκ τῶν θείων γραφῶν ἀποδείξεσιν χρώμενοι. ἔστιν μὲν μία ἡ λέγουσα »ἐγὼ δὲ κατεστάθην βασιλεὺς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Σιὼν ὄρος τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ«,

kai eti mallon epexergazomenos ton auton logon houtōs graphei ephamen en tois proagousin hēmōn rhētois ton despotēn hēmōn ton Christon archēn eschēkenai basileias, ek tōn theiōn graphōn apodeixesin chrōmenoi. estin men mia hē legousa »egō de katestathēn basileus hypʼ autou epi Siōn oros to hagion autou«,

And elaborating the same argument still more, he writes thus: “We said in our previous words that our Master Christ had a beginning of his kingdom, using proofs from the divine Scriptures. One is that which says, ‘But I was appointed king by him on Zion, his holy mountain,’

2.4.3Klostermann

ἑτέρα δέ »ὁ κύριος ἐβασίλευσεν, ὀργιζέσθωσαν λαοί«, καὶ αὖθις »ὁ κύριος ἐβασίλευσεν, ἀγαλλιάσθω ἡ γῆ«. καὶ ὅλως μυρίων ῥητῶν πρὸς μαρτυρίαν ἔστιν εὐπορήσαντα δεῖξαι, ὅτι ἀρχὴν βασιλείας εἴληφεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τοῦ λόγου. εἰ οὖν εἴληφεν ἀρχὴν βασιλείας πρὸ ἐτῶν ὅλων οὐ πλειόνων 〈ἢ〉 τετρακοσίων, οὐδὲν παράδοξον, εἰ τὸν πρὸ οὕτως ὀλίγου χρόνου τῆς βασιλείας ταύτης τυχόντα ὁ ἀπόστολός φησιν παραδώσειν τὴν βασιλείαν, δηλονότι τῷ θεῷ τῷ καταστήσαντι αὐτόν, ὡς ἡ γραφή φησιν, βασιλέα.

hetera de »ho kyrios ebasileusen, orgizesthōsan laoi«, kai authis »ho kyrios ebasileusen, agalliasthō hē gē«. kai holōs myriōn rhētōn pros martyrian estin euporēsanta deixai, hoti archēn basileias eilēphen ho anthrōpos dia tou logou. ei oun eilēphen archēn basileias pro etōn holōn ou pleionōn 〈ē〉 tetrakosiōn, ouden paradoxon, ei ton pro houtōs oligou chronou tēs basileias tautēs tychonta ho apostolos phēsin paradōsein tēn basileian, dēlonoti tǭ theǭ tǭ katastēsanti auton, hōs hē graphē phēsin, basilea.

another, ‘The Lord has reigned, let the peoples be angry,’ and again, ‘The Lord has reigned, let the earth rejoice.’ And in general one could show, having an abundance of countless sayings for testimony, that the man received a beginning of kingdom through the Word. If, then, he received a beginning of kingdom not more than four hundred whole years ago, it is nothing strange if the apostle says that he who obtained this kingdom so short a time ago will hand over the kingdom, clearly to God who appointed him king, as Scripture says.”

2.4.4Klostermann

καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα οὕτω γράφει οὐκοῦν ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ διὰ τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς πρόφασιν ἄχρι τοσούτου κεχωρίσθαι τοῦ πατρὸς φαίνεται, ἄχρι οὗ ἂν ὁ προσιὼν τῆς κρίσεως ἀναφανῇ καιρός, ἵνα τῶν τηνικαῦτα ἐκκεντησάντων κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν ἑωρακότων τὸν ἐκκεντηθέντα, οὕτω καὶ τὸ λειπόμενον ἀκολούθως γένηται.

kai methʼ hetera houtō graphei oukoun energeią monę̄ dia tēn tēs sarkos prophasin achri tosoutou kechōristhai tou patros phainetai, achri hou an ho prosiōn tēs kriseōs anaphanę̄ kairos, hina tōn tēnikauta ekkentēsantōn kata tēn prophēteian heōrakotōn ton ekkentēthenta, houtō kai to leipomenon akolouthōs genētai.

And after other things he writes thus: “So he appears to have been separated from the Father by activity alone, because of the occasion of the flesh, until the approaching time of the judgment appears, so that, when those who then pierced him have seen, according to the prophecy, the one they pierced, what remains may likewise come to pass.

2.4.5Klostermann

πάντων γὰρ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τοῦ τέλους ὑποτάσσεσθαι μελλόντων τῷ Χριστῷ, ὡς ὁ ἀπόστολος ἔφη, τηνικαῦτα »αὐτὸς ὑποταγήσεται τῷ ὑποτάξαντι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα«. τί τοίνυν μανθάνομεν περὶ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης σαρκός, ἣν διʼ ἡμᾶς ἀνείληφεν ὁ λόγος πρὸ τετρακοσίων οὐχ ὅλων ἐτῶν; 〈πότερόν〉 ποτε ταύτην καὶ ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσιν αἰῶσιν ὁ λόγος ἕξει, ἢ ἄχρι μόνου τοῦ τῆς κρίσεως καιροῦ; ἀνάγκη γὰρ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ προφήτου λεχθὲν ἔργῳ βεβαιωθῆναι. »ὄψονται γὰρ« φησὶν »εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν«· ἐξεκέντησαν δὲ δηλονότι τὴν σάρκα.

pantōn gar en tǭ kairǭ tou telous hypotassesthai mellontōn tǭ Christǭ, hōs ho apostolos ephē, tēnikauta »autos hypotagēsetai tǭ hypotaxanti autǭ ta panta«. ti toinyn manthanomen peri tēs anthrōpinēs sarkos, hēn diʼ hēmas aneilēphen ho logos pro tetrakosiōn ouch holōn etōn? 〈poteron〉 pote tautēn kai en tois mellousin aiōsin ho logos hexei, ē achri monou tou tēs kriseōs kairou? anankē gar to hypo tou prophētou lechthen ergǭ bebaiōthēnai. »opsontai gar« phēsin »eis hon exekentēsan«; exekentēsan de dēlonoti tēn sarka.

For when all things are going to be subjected to Christ at the time of the end, as the apostle said, then ‘he himself will be subjected to him who subjected all things to him.’ What, then, do we learn about the human flesh which the Word assumed for our sake not four hundred whole years ago? Will the Word have it also in the ages to come, or only until the time of the judgment? For what was said by the prophet must be confirmed in deed: ‘For they will look,’ he says, ‘on him whom they pierced’; and they pierced, clearly, the flesh.

2.4.6Klostermann

καὶ προστίθησιν μεθʼ ἕτερα λέγων ὅτι γὰρ οὐχ ἵνʼ ὁ λόγος ὠφεληθῇ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀνείληφεν σάρκα, ἀλλʼ ἵνα ἡ σὰρξ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν λόγον κοινωνίαν ἀθανασίας τύχῃ, δῆλόν ἐστιν καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀποφάσεως. περὶ γὰρ τῆς σαρκός, ἣν ἔχων ὡμίλει τοῖς μαθηταῖς, οὕτω λέγει »τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει; ἐὰν οὖν ἴδητε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀπιόντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον; τὸ πνεῦμα ζωοποιεῖ, ἡ σὰρξ οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ«. εἰ οὖν ὁμολογεῖ τὴν σάρκα μηδὲν ὠφελεῖν αὐτόν, πῶς ἐγχωρεῖ τὴν ἐκ γῆς τε οὖσαν καὶ μηδὲν ὠφελοῦσαν καὶ ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσιν αἰῶσιν ὡς αὐτῷ λυσιτελοῦσαν συνεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ;

kai prostithēsin methʼ hetera legōn hoti gar ouch hinʼ ho logos ōphelēthę̄ tēn hēmeteran aneilēphen sarka, allʼ hina hē sarx dia tēn pros ton logon koinōnian athanasias tychę̄, dēlon estin kai apʼ autēs tēs tou sōtēros apophaseōs. peri gar tēs sarkos, hēn echōn hōmilei tois mathētais, houtō legei »touto hymas skandalizei? ean oun idēte ton huion tou anthrōpou apionta hopou ēn to proteron? to pneuma zōopoiei, hē sarx ouden ōphelei«. ei oun homologei tēn sarka mēden ōphelein auton, pōs enchōrei tēn ek gēs te ousan kai mēden ōphelousan kai en tois mellousin aiōsin hōs autǭ lysitelousan syneinai tǭ logǭ?

And he adds after other things, saying: “That he did not assume our flesh so that the Word might be profited, but so that the flesh might obtain immortality through fellowship with the Word, is clear also from the Saviour's own declaration. For about the flesh, having which he conversed with the disciples, he says thus: ‘Does this offend you? What then if you see the Son of Man going away to where he was before? It is the Spirit that gives life; the flesh profits nothing.’ If, then, he confesses that the flesh profits him nothing, how is it possible that what is from the earth and profits nothing should be with the Word in the ages to come as though it were of use to him?

2.4.7Klostermann

διὰ τοῦτο γάρ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὁ παντοκράτωρ δεσπότης πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγειν »κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἕως ἂν θῷ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου«. ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ διὰ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην σάρκα χωρίζειν αὐτὸν δοκῶν καὶ ὥσπερ ῥητόν τινα χρόνον ὁρίζων αὐτῷ τῆς ἐν δεξιᾷ καθέδρας οὕτω φησὶν πρὸς αὐτὸν »ἕως ἂν θῷ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου«.

dia touto gar moi dokei kai ho pantokratōr despotēs pros auton legein »kathou ek dexiōn mou heōs an thǭ tous echthrous sou hypopodion tōn podōn sou«. energeią monę̄ dia tēn anthrōpinēn sarka chōrizein auton dokōn kai hōsper rhēton tina chronon horizōn autǭ tēs en dexią kathedras houtō phēsin pros auton »heōs an thǭ tous echthrous sou hypopodion tōn podōn sou«.

For this reason, it seems to me, the Almighty Master also says to him, ‘Sit at my right hand until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet.’ Seeming to separate him by activity alone because of the human flesh, and as it were fixing for him a definite time for the session at the right hand, he says to him thus: ‘until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet.’

2.4.8Klostermann

τοῦτο δὲ τὸ προφητικὸν τοῦ Δαυὶδ ῥητὸν σαφέστερον ἡμῖν ἑρμηνεύων ὁ ἱερὸς ἀπόστολος οὕτω πως ἔφη »δεῖ γὰρ αὐτὸν βασιλεύειν, ἕως ἂν θῇ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ«. οὐκοῦν ὅρον τινα ἔχειν δοκεῖ ἡ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον αὐτοῦ οἰκονομία τε καὶ βασιλεία. οὐδὲν γὰρ ἕτερον βούλεται ἢ τοῦτο τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ῥηθὲν »ἕως ἂν θῇ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ«.

touto de to prophētikon tou Dauid rhēton saphesteron hēmin hermēneuōn ho hieros apostolos houtō pōs ephē »dei gar auton basileuein, heōs an thę̄ tous echthrous autou hypopodion tōn podōn autou«. oukoun horon tina echein dokei hē kata anthrōpon autou oikonomia te kai basileia. ouden gar heteron bouletai ē touto to hypo tou apostolou rhēthen »heōs an thę̄ tous echthrous autou hypopodion tōn podōn autou«.

And the holy apostle, interpreting this prophetic saying of David more clearly for us, said something like this: ‘For he must reign until he has put his enemies as a footstool for his feet.’ So his human dispensation and kingdom seems to have some limit. For the saying of the apostle means nothing else than this: ‘until he has put his enemies as a footstool for his feet.’

2.4.9Klostermann

οὐκοῦν ἐπειδὰν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς σχῇ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν οὐκέτι χρῄζει τῆς ἐν μέρει ταύτης βασιλείας, πάντων καθόλου βασιλεὺς ὑπάρχων· συμβασιλεύει γὰρ »τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί«, οὗ ὁ λόγος ἦν τε καὶ ἐστίν.

oukoun epeidan tous echthrous schę̄ hypopodion tōn podōn ouketi chrę̄zei tēs en merei tautēs basileias, pantōn katholou basileus hyparchōn; symbasileuei gar »tǭ theǭ kai patri«, hou ho logos ēn te kai estin.

So when he has his enemies as a footstool for his feet, he no longer needs this partial kingdom, being king of all things universally; for he reigns together with ‘God and the Father,’ whose Word he was and is.

2.4.10Klostermann

οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτὸς καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ὁ λόγος ἀρχὴν βασιλείας εἴληφεν, ἀλλʼ ὁ ἀπατηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου ἄνθρωπος διὰ τῆς τοῦ λόγου δυνάμεως βασιλεὺς γέγονεν, ἵνα βασιλεὺς γενόμενος τὸν πρότερον ἀπατήσαντα νικήσῃ διάβολον. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ αἱ Πράξεις τῶν ἀποστόλων περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου, ὃν ἀνείληφεν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος καὶ ἀνειληφὼς ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ πατρὸς καθέζεται, οὕτως διδάσκουσιν λέγουσαι »ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως«. καὶ αὗται ὥσπερ ὅρον τινὰ καὶ προθεσμίαν ὁρίζουσαι ἐν ᾧπερ προσήκει τὴν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον οἰκονομίαν ἡνῶσθαι τῷ λόγῳ οὕτω λέγουσιν.

oude gar autos kathʼ heauton ho logos archēn basileias eilēphen, allʼ ho apatētheis hypo tou diabolou anthrōpos dia tēs tou logou dynameōs basileus gegonen, hina basileus genomenos ton proteron apatēsanta nikēsę̄ diabolon. dia touto kai hai Praxeis tōn apostolōn peri tou anthrōpou toutou, hon aneilēphen ho tou theou logos kai aneilēphōs en dexią tou patros kathezetai, houtōs didaskousin legousai »hon dei ouranon men dexasthai achri chronōn apokatastaseōs«. kai hautai hōsper horon tina kai prothesmian horizousai en hǭper prosēkei tēn kata anthrōpon oikonomian hēnōsthai tǭ logǭ houtō legousin.

For the Word by himself did not receive a beginning of kingdom, but the man deceived by the devil became king through the power of the Word, so that, having become king, he might conquer the devil who formerly deceived him. For this reason the Acts of the Apostles too teach thus about this man, whom the Word of God assumed and, having assumed him, sits at the right hand of the Father, saying: ‘whom heaven must receive until the times of restoration.’ And these too speak thus, as it were fixing a limit and an appointed time within which the human dispensation should be united to the Word.

2.4.11Klostermann

τί γὰρ ἕτερον βούλεται τὸ »ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως«, ἢ αἰῶνα μέλλοντα ἡμῖν σημαίνειν, ἐν ᾧ δεῖ πάντα τῆς τελείας τυχεῖν ἀποκαταστάσεως; εἰ τοίνυν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως ἀπάντων καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν κτίσιν ἐκ τῆς δουλείας εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν μεταβληθήσεσθαι ὁ Παῦλος ἔφη (λέγει γὰρ »ὅτι καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ),

ti gar heteron bouletai to »achri chronōn apokatastaseōs«, ē aiōna mellonta hēmin sēmainein, en hǭ dei panta tēs teleias tychein apokatastaseōs? ei toinyn en tǭ kairǭ tēs apokatastaseōs apantōn kai autēn tēn ktisin ek tēs douleias eis tēn eleutherian metablēthēsesthai ho Paulos ephē (legei gar »hoti kai autē hē ktisis eleutherōthēsetai apo tēs douleias tēs phthoras eis tēn eleutherian tēs doxēs tōn teknōn tou theou),

For what else does ‘until the times of restoration’ mean than to signify to us an age to come, in which all things must obtain perfect restoration? If, then, Paul said that at the time of the restoration of all things creation itself also will be changed from slavery to freedom (for he says, ‘that creation itself also will be set free from the slavery of corruption into the freedom of the glory of the children of God’),

2.4.12Klostermann

πῶς ἔτι τὴν τοῦ δούλου μορφήν, ἣν ἀνείληφεν ὁ λόγος, μορφὴν οὖσαν δούλου, συνεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ δυνατὸν γένοιτʼ ἄν; σαφῶς δʼ οὖν καὶ διαρρήδην ἐν βραχεῖ τινι χρόνῳ τῶν τε παρεληλυθότων καὶ τῶν μελλόντων αἰώνων τὴν κατὰ σάρκα οἰκονομίαν τοῦ λόγου διʼ ἡμᾶς γεγενῆσθαι συμβέβηκεν. καὶ ταύτην ὥσπερ ἀρχὴν οὕτως καὶ τέλος ἕξειν ὁ θεσπέσιος εἴρηκεν Παῦλος, οὕτω πως εἰπὼν »εἶτα τὸ τέλος, ὅταν παραδιδῷ τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί«.

pōs eti tēn tou doulou morphēn, hēn aneilēphen ho logos, morphēn ousan doulou, syneinai tǭ logǭ dynaton genoitʼ an? saphōs dʼ oun kai diarrēdēn en brachei tini chronǭ tōn te parelēlythotōn kai tōn mellontōn aiōnōn tēn kata sarka oikonomian tou logou diʼ hēmas gegenēsthai symbebēken. kai tautēn hōsper archēn houtōs kai telos hexein ho thespesios eirēken Paulos, houtō pōs eipōn »eita to telos, hotan paradidǭ tēn basileian tǭ theǭ kai patri«.

how could the form of the servant, which the Word assumed, being the form of a servant, still be with the Word? Clearly and expressly, then, it has happened that the Word's dispensation according to the flesh took place for our sake in a short time of the past and future ages. And the inspired Paul has said that, as it had a beginning, so it will have an end, saying something like this: ‘Then the end, when he hands over the kingdom to God and the Father.’”

2.4.13Klostermann

τούτοις μεθʼ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει οὐκοῦν οὐ διʼ ἑαυτόν, ἀλλὰ διʼ ἡμᾶς τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀνείληφεν σάρκα. εἰ δὲ διʼ ἡμᾶς ἀνειληφὼς φαίνεται, πάντα δὲ τὰ καθʼ ἡμᾶς τῇ αὐτοῦ προνοίᾳ καὶ ἐνεργείᾳ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς κρίσεως τέλους τεύξεται, οὐκέτι οὐδὲ ταύτης τῆς ἐν μέρει βασιλείας ἔσται χρεία. ταῦτα Μάρκελλος εἰπών, εἶτα συναισθόμενος ἑαυτοῦ εἰς ἄτοπον ἐκπεπτωκότος, προστίθησιν τοῖς εἰρημένοις ταῦτα εἰ δέ τις λέγοι, διὰ τοῦτο τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην σάρκα ἀξίαν εἶναι τοῦ λόγου, ὅτι διὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἀθάνατον αὐτὴν ἀπειργάσατο, γνώτω ὅτι οὐ πᾶν, ὅπερ ἀθάνατον, τοῦτο ἄξιον θεοῦ.

toutois methʼ hetera epilegei oukoun ou diʼ heauton, alla diʼ hēmas tēn anthrōpinēn aneilēphen sarka. ei de diʼ hēmas aneilēphōs phainetai, panta de ta kathʼ hēmas tę̄ autou pronoią kai energeią en tǭ kairǭ tēs kriseōs telous teuxetai, ouketi oude tautēs tēs en merei basileias estai chreia. tauta Markellos eipōn, eita synaisthomenos heautou eis atopon ekpeptōkotos, prostithēsin tois eirēmenois tauta ei de tis legoi, dia touto tēn anthrōpinēn sarka axian einai tou logou, hoti dia tēs anastaseōs athanaton autēn apeirgasato, gnōtō hoti ou pan, hoper athanaton, touto axion theou.

After other things he adds to this: “So he assumed the human flesh not for his own sake but for ours. And if he appears to have assumed it for our sake, and all that concerns us will reach its end by his providence and activity at the time of the judgment, there will no longer be need even of this partial kingdom.” Having said this, Marcellus then, sensing that he had fallen into absurdity, adds this to what he said: “But if anyone should say that the human flesh is worthy of the Word for this reason, that he made it immortal through the resurrection, let him know that not everything that is immortal is worthy of God.

2.4.14Klostermann

μείζων γὰρ καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀθανασίας ὁ θεός, ὁ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ βουλήσει καὶ τὰ μὴ ὄντα ἀθάνατα ποιεῖν δυνάμενος. ὅτι δὲ οὐ πᾶν τὸ ἀθάνατον ἡνῶσθαι θεῷ ἄξιον δῆλόν ἐστι καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχὰς καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἀγγέλους ἀθανάτους ὄντας μηδὲν διαφέρειν τῇ ἑνότητι τοῦ θεοῦ.

meizōn gar kai autēs tēs athanasias ho theos, ho tę̄ heautou boulēsei kai ta mē onta athanata poiein dynamenos. hoti de ou pan to athanaton hēnōsthai theǭ axion dēlon esti kai apo tou archas kai exousias kai angelous athanatous ontas mēden diapherein tę̄ henotēti tou theou.

For God is greater even than immortality itself, he who by his own will can make even things that do not exist immortal. And that not everything immortal is worthy to be united to God is clear also from the fact that principalities and authorities and angels, which are immortal, have no share at all in the unity of God.”

2.4.15Klostermann

ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν καὶ ὥσπερ εἰς βυθὸν ἀτοπίας ἑαυτὸν ἐκπεπτωκότα συναισθόμενος ἀνακαλεῖσθαι πειρᾶται, τρόπον τινὰ ἐξομολογούμενος ὅτι μηδὲν ἠπίστατο ὧν ἔλεγεν· διὸ ἐπάγει λέγων εἰ δέ τις περὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ταύτης τῆς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ ἀθανάτου γεγονυίας πυνθάνοιτο, τί φαμεν πρὸς αὐτόν; ὅτι δογματίζειν μὲν ἡμεῖς περὶ ὧν μὴ ἀκριβῶς παρὰ τῶν θείων μεμαθήκαμεν γραφῶν οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι νομίζομεν.

tautʼ eipōn kai hōsper eis bython atopias heauton ekpeptōkota synaisthomenos anakaleisthai peiratai, tropon tina exomologoumenos hoti mēden ēpistato hōn elegen; dio epagei legōn ei de tis peri tēs sarkos tautēs tēs en tǭ logǭ athanatou gegonuias pynthanoito, ti phamen pros auton? hoti dogmatizein men hēmeis peri hōn mē akribōs para tōn theiōn memathēkamen graphōn ouk asphales einai nomizomen.

Having said this, and as if sensing that he had fallen into a depth of absurdity, he tries to recall himself, in a way confessing that he knew nothing of what he was saying. Therefore he adds, saying: “But if anyone should inquire about this flesh which has become immortal in the Word, what do we say to him? That we do not think it safe to lay down dogmas about things we have not learned exactly from the divine Scriptures.

2.4.16Klostermann

πῶς γὰρ τοῦτο πράττειν δυνατὸν τοῖς καὶ τὰ ἑτέρων ἀνατρέπουσιν δόγματα;

pōs gar touto prattein dynaton tois kai ta heterōn anatrepousin dogmata?

For how could those who overturn the dogmas of others do this?

2.4.17Klostermann

ἀλλʼ ἐροῦμεν πρὸς τοὺς τὸν ἀκριβῆ περὶ τούτου μαθεῖν παρʼ ἡμῶν βουλομένους λόγον, ὅτι πειθόμενοι τῷ ἱερῷ ἀποστόλῳ ἴσμεν ὅτι οὕτως ἡμᾶς ὁρᾶν τὰ ἀποκεκρυμμένα μυστήρια προσήκει, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔφη »βλέπομεν γὰρ ἄρτι« φησὶν » διʼ ἐσόπτρου ἐν αἰνίγματι, τότε δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον· ἄρτι γινώσκομεν ἐκ μέρους, τότε δὲ ἐπιγνωσόμεθα καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθημεν«. ὥστε μή μου πυνθάνου περὶ ὧν σαφῶς παρὰ τῆς θείας γραφῆς μὴ μεμάθηκα.

allʼ eroumen pros tous ton akribē peri toutou mathein parʼ hēmōn boulomenous logon, hoti peithomenoi tǭ hierǭ apostolǭ ismen hoti houtōs hēmas horan ta apokekrymmena mystēria prosēkei, hōs autos ephē »blepomen gar arti« phēsin » diʼ esoptrou en ainigmati, tote de prosōpon pros prosōpon; arti ginōskomen ek merous, tote de epignōsometha kathōs kai epegnōsthēmen«. hōste mē mou pynthanou peri hōn saphōs para tēs theias graphēs mē memathēka.

But we shall say to those who wish to learn from us the exact account of this, that, obeying the holy apostle, we know that it is fitting for us to see the hidden mysteries as he himself said: ‘For now we see through a mirror in a riddle, but then face to face; now we know in part, but then we shall know fully, even as we have been fully known.’ So do not inquire of me about things I have not clearly learned from divine Scripture.

2.4.18Klostermann

διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν οὐδὲ περὶ τῆς θείας ἐκείνης τῆς τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ κοινωνησάσης σαρκὸς σαφῶς εἰπεῖν δυνήσομαι. νυνὶ δὲ πιστεύω ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς, ὅτι εἷς θεός, καὶ ὁ τούτου λόγος προῆλθεν μὲν τοῦ πατρός, ἵνα »πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ« γένηται· μετὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς κρίσεως καὶ τὴν τῶν ἁπάντων διόρθωσιν καὶ τὸν ἀφανισμὸν τῆς ἀντικειμένης ἀπάσης ἐνεργείας »τότε αὐτὸς ὑποταγήσεται τῷ ὑποτάξαντι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα« »θεῷ καὶ πατρί«, ἵνα οὕτως ᾖ ἐν θεῷ ὁ λόγος, ὥσπερ καὶ πρότερον ἦν.

dia touto toinyn oude peri tēs theias ekeinēs tēs tǭ theiǭ logǭ koinōnēsasēs sarkos saphōs eipein dynēsomai. nyni de pisteuō tais theiais graphais, hoti heis theos, kai ho toutou logos proēlthen men tou patros, hina »panta diʼ autou« genētai; meta de ton kairon tēs kriseōs kai tēn tōn hapantōn diorthōsin kai ton aphanismon tēs antikeimenēs apasēs energeias »tote autos hypotagēsetai tǭ hypotaxanti autǭ ta panta« »theǭ kai patri«, hina houtōs ę̄ en theǭ ho logos, hōsper kai proteron ēn.

For this reason, then, I shall not be able to speak clearly even about that divine flesh which shared in the divine Word. But now I believe the divine Scriptures, that God is one, and that his Word came forth from the Father, so that ‘all things’ might come into being ‘through him’; but after the time of the judgment, and the setting right of all things, and the destruction of every opposing activity, ‘then he himself will be subjected to him who subjected all things to him,’ ‘to God and the Father,’ so that thus the Word may be in God, as he was before.”

2.4.19Klostermann

τοιοῦτο τέλος ἐπήγαγεν τῇ σαρκὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ὁ θαυμαστὸς οὗτος συγγραφεύς, ἀμνημονήσας ὧν περὶ αὐτῆς διὰ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν εἴρηκεν.

toiouto telos epēgagen tę̄ sarki tou sōtēros hēmōn ho thaumastos houtos syngrapheus, amnēmonēsas hōn peri autēs dia tōn emprosthen eirēken.

Such is the end that this admirable writer has brought upon the flesh of our Saviour, forgetting what he said about it earlier.

2.4.20Klostermann

εἶθʼ ὁ σαφῶς οὕτως τὸ σῶμα τὸ σωτήριον ἔρημον τοῦ λόγου γενήσεσθαι μετὰ τὸν τῆς κρίσεως καιρὸν ἀποφηνάμενος εὐλάβειαν προσποιεῖται καὶ μὴ εἰδέναι φησὶν ἀποκρίνεσθαι, εἴ τις αὐτὸν ἔροιτο περὶ τῆς σαρκός, φῆσαι δʼ ἂν πρὸς τὸν ἐρωτῶντα· μή μου πυνθάνου περὶ ὧν μὴ μεμάθηκα.

eithʼ ho saphōs houtōs to sōma to sōtērion erēmon tou logou genēsesthai meta ton tēs kriseōs kairon apophēnamenos eulabeian prospoieitai kai mē eidenai phēsin apokrinesthai, ei tis auton eroito peri tēs sarkos, phēsai dʼ an pros ton erōtōnta; mē mou pynthanou peri hōn mē memathēka.

Then the man who so clearly declared that the saving body would be deserted by the Word after the time of the judgment pretends to be cautious, and says he does not know how to answer if anyone should ask him about the flesh, but would say to the questioner: Do not inquire of me about things I have not learned.

2.4.21Klostermann

ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ τυχὼν εἶπεν ἂν πρὸς αὐτόν, τί δὴ οὖν σαυτὸν σκώπτεις, ἄνθρωπε; τί δὲ κατὰ κρημνῶν ὠθεῖς, περὶ ὧν μὴ μεμάθηκας ὁριζόμενος ἐγγράφως; τί δὲ μὴ φυλάττεις ἃ παρὰ τῶν ἐκκλησιαστικῶν πατέρων τε καὶ διδασκάλων παρείληφας, νεωτερίζεις δʼ ἄντικρυς νέαν καὶ ξενίζουσαν εἰσάγων τῷ βίῳ διαστροφήν, ἀρχήν τε πρόσκαιρον καὶ νεωτέραν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ διδοὺς καὶ ταύτης τέλος ὑφιστάμενος, καὶ τὸν μὲν ἀληθῶς μονογενῆ τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸν ἀρνούμενος λόγον δὲ ψιλὸν ἀνούσιον καὶ ἀνυπόστατον ὑποτιθέμενος, ὃν οὐδʼ ἕτερον ἢ ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι φῄς, ὃ δὴ καὶ πᾶς εἴποι ἂν ἀρνούμενος τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰκότως;

alla kai ho tychōn eipen an pros auton, ti dē oun sauton skōpteis, anthrōpe? ti de kata krēmnōn ōtheis, peri hōn mē memathēkas horizomenos engraphōs? ti de mē phylatteis ha para tōn ekklēsiastikōn paterōn te kai didaskalōn pareilēphas, neōterizeis dʼ antikrys nean kai xenizousan eisagōn tǭ biǭ diastrophēn, archēn te proskairon kai neōteran tę̄ basileią tou Christou didous kai tautēs telos hyphistamenos, kai ton men alēthōs monogenē tou theou huion arnoumenos logon de psilon anousion kai anypostaton hypotithemenos, hon oudʼ heteron ē hen kai tauton tǭ theǭ einai phę̄s, ho dē kai pas eipoi an arnoumenos ton huion tou theou, eikotōs?

But anyone at all might have said to him: Why then do you mock yourself, man? Why do you push yourself over cliffs, defining in writing things you have not learned? Why do you not keep what you received from the church's fathers and teachers, but openly innovate, bringing a new and strange perversion into life, giving a temporary and newer beginning to the kingdom of Christ and setting an end to it, and denying the truly only-begotten Son of God, while supposing a mere word without substance and without hypostasis, which you say is nothing other than one and the same with God, which indeed anyone denying the Son of God would rightly say?

2.4.22Klostermann

οὐ γὰρ υἱὸς ὁ μὴ ὑφεστὼς λόγος, ὡς οὐδʼ ὁ ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ λόγος υἱὸς ἄν ποτε ῥηθείη ἀνθρώπου, ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ ἐν τῷ λαλοῦντι συνιστάμενος. τοῦτον δʼ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς πρὸ ἐτῶν οὐδʼ ὅλων τετρακοσίων διὰ τῆς ἀναλήψεως τῆς σαρκὸς υἱὸν θεοῦ γεγενῆσθαι ἄνω κάτω φῄς. καὶ Ἰησοῦν καὶ Χριστὸν ὠνομάσθαι, εἰκόνα τε »τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου« χρηματίσαι καὶ »πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως«, καὶ δὴ καὶ βασιλέα τότε γενέσθαι, ἀρξάμενον τούτων ἁπάντων ἐκ τοῦ δηλωθέντος χρόνου, ἔπειτα καιρῷ τῆς συντελείας τούτων ἁπάντων ἀθρόως παυθήσεσθαι.

ou gar huios ho mē hyphestōs logos, hōs oudʼ ho en anthrōpǭ logos huios an pote rhētheiē anthrōpou, energeią monę̄ en tǭ lalounti synistamenos. touton dʼ ek tou patros pro etōn oudʼ holōn tetrakosiōn dia tēs analēpseōs tēs sarkos huion theou gegenēsthai anō katō phę̄s. kai Iēsoun kai Christon ōnomasthai, eikona te »tou theou tou aoratou« chrēmatisai kai »prōtotokon pasēs ktiseōs«, kai dē kai basilea tote genesthai, arxamenon toutōn hapantōn ek tou dēlōthentos chronou, epeita kairǭ tēs synteleias toutōn hapantōn athroōs pauthēsesthai.

For the Word that does not subsist is not a son, as neither would the word in a man ever be called the man's son, existing only by activity in the one speaking. Yet you say, up and down, that this Word became Son of God from the Father not even four hundred whole years ago through the taking up of the flesh, and was named Jesus and Christ, and was called image “of the invisible God” and “firstborn of all creation,” and indeed then became king, beginning all these things from the time stated, and then at the time of the consummation will cease from all of them at once.

2.4.23Klostermann

ποῦ δὴ οὖν ταῦτα μεμάθηκας; τίς δέ σοι τούτων κατέστη διδάσκαλος, τίς ἐπισκόπων, ποῖαι σύνοδοι, ποῖον ἐκκλησιαστικῶν ἀνδρῶν γράμμα; ποῦ δέ σοι τὸ σῶμα τὸ ἀθάνατον χωρήσειεν ⟨ἂν· τοῦ σωτῆρος; ἀθάνατον γὰρ ὁμολογῶν καὶ θεῖον ὀνομάζων αὐτὸ πάντως που καὶ ἄφθαρτον καὶ ἀδιάλυτον ὑποθήσῃ. πεφυκὸς δὲ τοιοῦτον μένει συνεστὸς δηλαδὴ καὶ ἀδιάλυτον. ἀλλὰ τὸν λόγον ἀφῄρεις αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ θεῷ συνῆπτες.

pou dē oun tauta memathēkas? tis de soi toutōn katestē didaskalos, tis episkopōn, poiai synodoi, poion ekklēsiastikōn andrōn gramma? pou de soi to sōma to athanaton chōrēseien ⟨an; tou sōtēros? athanaton gar homologōn kai theion onomazōn auto pantōs pou kai aphtharton kai adialyton hypothēsę̄. pephykos de toiouton menei synestos dēladē kai adialyton. alla ton logon aphę̄reis autou kai tǭ theǭ synēptes.

Where then did you learn these things? Who became your teacher of them, which of the bishops, what synods, what writing of church men? And where would the immortal body of the Saviour go, in your view? For confessing it immortal and naming it divine, you will surely suppose it incorruptible and indissoluble as well. And being by nature such, it remains, clearly, intact and indissoluble. But you took the Word away from it and joined him to God.

2.4.24Klostermann

οὐκοῦν ἄνευ λόγου μόνον τὸ σῶμα στήσεται ἐν ἀθανάτῳ καὶ ἀφθάρτῳ ἀλογίᾳ καὶ ἀκινησίᾳ; πῶς δὲ αὐτὸς ὁ λόγος εἰς τὸν θεὸν χωρήσει καὶ συναφθήσεται αὖθις αὐτῷ μετὰ τὸν τῆς σαρκὸς χωρισμόν; ἆρα μὴ ὢν ἐν τῷ θεῷ, ὅτε τῇ σαρκὶ συνῆν; ἀλλʼ ὢν ἐν αὐτῷ διὰ παντός, συναίδιός τε ὢν καὶ ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν τῷ θεῷ. πῶς οὖν ὑπῆρχεν ἐν τῷ σώματι; εἰ μὲν ψυχῆς δίκην οἰκῶν ἐν αὐτῷ, ἔσται ἄρα ἐν ὑποστάσει, τοῦ πατρὸς κεχωρισμένος, ζῶν τε καὶ ὑφεστὼς ἐν ᾗ ἀνείληφεν σαρκί.

oukoun aneu logou monon to sōma stēsetai en athanatǭ kai aphthartǭ alogią kai akinēsią? pōs de autos ho logos eis ton theon chōrēsei kai synaphthēsetai authis autǭ meta ton tēs sarkos chōrismon? ara mē ōn en tǭ theǭ, hote tę̄ sarki synēn? allʼ ōn en autǭ dia pantos, synaidios te ōn kai hen kai tauton tǭ theǭ. pōs oun hypērchen en tǭ sōmati? ei men psychēs dikēn oikōn en autǭ, estai ara en hypostasei, tou patros kechōrismenos, zōn te kai hyphestōs en hę̄ aneilēphen sarki.

Will the body then stand alone without the Word, in immortal and incorruptible irrationality and immobility? And how will the Word himself go into God and be joined to him again after his separation from the flesh? Was he then not in God when he was with the flesh? But he was in him always, being co-eternal and one and the same with God. How then was he in the body? If he dwelt in it like a soul, he will then be in hypostasis, separated from the Father, living and subsisting in the flesh which he assumed.

2.4.25Klostermann

τί οὖν ἐκώλυεν καὶ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου συστάσεως υἱὸν θεοῦ ζῶντα αὐτὸν ὁμολογεῖν; ἀλλʼ εἴποι ἂν ἴσως ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ οὐχὶ δὲ οὐσίας ὑποστάσει καὶ ἐν τῷ σώματι γεγονέναι· δραστικῇ γὰρ ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ φησὶ τῇ σαρκὶ συνὼν (τῷ κινεῖν αὐτὴν καὶ πράττειν ὅσαπερ ἐν Εὐαγγελίοις φέρεται) οὐσίᾳ τῷ θεῷ συνῆπτο, οἷα λόγος ὑπάρχων αὐτοῦ ἀχώριστος καὶ ἀδιάστατος.

ti oun ekōlyen kai pro tēs tou kosmou systaseōs huion theou zōnta auton homologein? allʼ eipoi an isōs energeią monę̄ ouchi de ousias hypostasei kai en tǭ sōmati gegonenai; drastikę̄ gar energeią monę̄ phēsi tę̄ sarki synōn (tǭ kinein autēn kai prattein hosaper en Euangeliois pheretai) ousią tǭ theǭ synēpto, hoia logos hyparchōn autou achōristos kai adiastatos.

What then prevented him from confessing that he was the living Son of God even before the founding of the world? But perhaps he would say that he was in the body by activity alone, not by subsistence of substance; for, he says, being with the flesh by effective activity alone (by moving it and doing all that is recorded in the Gospels), he was joined to God in substance, being his Word, inseparable and undivided.

2.4.26Klostermann

εἰ δὴ ταῦτα λέγοι, ἐρωτήσασιν ἡμῖν ἀποκρινάσθω, ἆρʼ ἐπὶ μόνην τὴν σάρκα ταύτην ἡ τοῦ λόγου ἐνέργεια ἔφθακεν, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ ἐφʼ ἑτέρους ἀνθρώπους τοὺς ἁγίους τοῦ θεοῦ; καὶ εἰς τὰ λοιπὰ δὲ πάντα τοῦ λόγου δημιουργήματα οὐχὶ ὁ αὐτὸς ἐνεργεῖ λόγος; καὶ μὴν μεμαθήκαμεν ὡς »τῷ λόγῳ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν« καὶ »πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν«. οὐκοῦν ἐνεργεῖ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων.

ei dē tauta legoi, erōtēsasin hēmin apokrinasthō, arʼ epi monēn tēn sarka tautēn hē tou logou energeia ephthaken, ouchi de kai ephʼ heterous anthrōpous tous hagious tou theou? kai eis ta loipa de panta tou logou dēmiourgēmata ouchi ho autos energei logos? kai mēn memathēkamen hōs »tǭ logǭ kyriou hoi ouranoi estereōthēsan« kai »panta diʼ autou egeneto, kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen«. oukoun energei kai epi pantōn.

If he should say this, let him answer our question: did the Word's activity reach to this flesh alone, and not to other men too, the saints of God? And does not the same Word act in all the other works of the Word's creation? Indeed we have learned that “by the word of the Lord the heavens were made firm,” and “all things came into being through him, and without him nothing came into being.” So he acts in all things.

2.4.27Klostermann

ἔγνωμεν ἀπὸ τῶν θείων γραφῶν καὶ ὡς » λόγος κυρίου ἐγενήθη πρὸς Ὠσηὲ τὸν τοῦ Βεηρί«, καὶ »λόγος κυρίου ἐγενήθη πρὸς Ἡσαΐαν υἱὸν Ἀμώς«, καὶ »ὃς ἐγενήθη λόγος κυρίου πρὸς Ἱερεμίαν«. καὶ ἐφʼ ἑκάστου δὲ προφήτου ὁ αὐτὸς ἐνήργει τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος. ἆρʼ οὖν τῆς ἴσης ἀξίας τῷ μονογενεῖ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ κἀκείνοις ἅπασιν μετῆν, καὶ πλέον οὐδὲν ὑπῆρχεν τῷ σωτῆρι, εἰ δὴ ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ τῷ θεῷ συνημμένου ἐκινεῖτο.

egnōmen apo tōn theiōn graphōn kai hōs » logos kyriou egenēthē pros Ōsēe ton tou Beēri«, kai »logos kyriou egenēthē pros Hēsaïan huion Amōs«, kai »hos egenēthē logos kyriou pros Hieremian«. kai ephʼ hekastou de prophētou ho autos enērgei tou theou logos. arʼ oun tēs isēs axias tǭ monogenei huiǭ tou theou kakeinois hapasin metēn, kai pleon ouden hypērchen tǭ sōtēri, ei dē energeią monę̄ hypo tou logou tou tǭ theǭ synēmmenou ekineito.

We have learned from the divine Scriptures also that “the word of the Lord came to Hosea the son of Beeri,” and “the word of the Lord came to Isaiah the son of Amoz,” and “which word of the Lord came to Jeremiah.” And in each prophet the same Word of God was active. Did all those, then, share equal dignity with the only-begotten Son of God, and did the Saviour have nothing more, if indeed he was moved by activity alone by the Word joined to God?

2.4.28Klostermann

ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὰ ἴσα τοῖς προφήταις φέρειν δίδωσιν Μάρκελλος τῷ Χριστῷ τοῦ θεοῦ. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἀθανάτου τε καὶ ἀτελευτήτου τεύξονται, εἰς τοὺς ἅπαντας αἰῶνας ἐν τῇ κατηγγελμένῃ τῶν οὐρανῶν βασιλείᾳ βιωσόμενοι ἀγαθῶν τε ἀπολαύσοντες »ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου 〈οὐκ〉 ἀνέβη«· ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτὸς ὁ κοινὸς ἁπάντων σωτήρ, »ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν«, ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς τῶν ἁγίων ἀναστάσεως, μόνος ἄρα τότε ἀπολειφθήσεται, παυθησομένης αὐτοῦ τῆς βασιλείας καὶ τῆς ζωοποιοῦ σαρκὸς ἐρήμου καὶ ἀλόγου καταλειφθησομένης, ὡς μήτε προϋπάρχειν αὐτὸν υἱὸν θεοῦ ὄντα μήτε διαρκεῖν εἰς ἄπειρον κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Μαρκέλλου διδασκαλίαν.

allʼ oude ta isa tois prophētais pherein didōsin Markellos tǭ Christǭ tou theou. hoi men gar zōēs aiōniou athanatou te kai ateleutētou teuxontai, eis tous hapantas aiōnas en tę̄ katēngelmenę̄ tōn ouranōn basileią biōsomenoi agathōn te apolausontes »ha ophthalmos ouk eiden kai ous ouk ēkousen kai epi kardian anthrōpou 〈ouk〉 anebē«; ho de Christos tou theou autos ho koinos hapantōn sōtēr, »ho prōtotokos tōn nekrōn«, hē elpis tēs tōn hagiōn anastaseōs, monos ara tote apoleiphthēsetai, pauthēsomenēs autou tēs basileias kai tēs zōopoiou sarkos erēmou kai alogou kataleiphthēsomenēs, hōs mēte proÿparchein auton huion theou onta mēte diarkein eis apeiron kata tēn tou Markellou didaskalian.

But Marcellus does not even allow the Christ of God to bear equal things with the prophets. For they will obtain eternal life, immortal and unending, living for all the ages in the proclaimed kingdom of heaven and enjoying good things “which eye has not seen and ear has not heard and have not entered the heart of man”; but the Christ of God himself, the common Saviour of all, “the firstborn of the dead,” the hope of the resurrection of the saints, will alone then be left behind, his kingdom ceasing and his life-giving flesh being left deserted and without reason, so that according to Marcellus's teaching he neither pre-exists as Son of God nor endures for ever.

2.4.29Klostermann

εἰκότως ἄρα ταῦτα βασιλέα τὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς θεοφιλῆ καὶ τρισμακάριον κατὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἐκίνει, καίτοι μυρία κολακεύσαντος καὶ πολλὰ βασιλέως ἐγκώμια αὐτοῦ ἐν συγγράμματι διελθόντος. ταῦτα δὲ καὶ τὴν ἁγίαν σύνοδον ἐν τῇ βασιλικῇ συνελθοῦσαν πόλει ἐξ ἐπαρχιῶν διαφόρων Πόντου καὶ Καππαδοκίας Ἀσίας τε καὶ Φρυγίας καὶ Βιθυνίας Θρᾴκης τε καὶ τῶν ἐπέκεινα μερῶν στηλιτεύειν τὸν ἄνδρα διὰ τῆς κατʼ αὐτοῦ γραφῆς καὶ μὴ θέλουσαν ἐξεβιάζετο. ταῦτα καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὴν μετὰ χεῖρα ἐξέτασιν προελθεῖν κατηνάγκασεν, ὁμοῦ καὶ τοῖς δόξασιν τῇ ἁγίᾳ συνόδῳ παρισταμένους, ὁμοῦ καὶ τοῖς συλλειτουργοῖς προστάξασιν τοῦτο πρᾶξαι τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιουμένους.

eikotōs ara tauta basilea ton hōs alēthōs theophilē kai trismakarion kata tou andros ekinei, kaitoi myria kolakeusantos kai polla basileōs enkōmia autou en syngrammati dielthontos. tauta de kai tēn hagian synodon en tę̄ basilikę̄ synelthousan polei ex eparchiōn diaphorōn Pontou kai Kappadokias Asias te kai Phrygias kai Bithynias Thrąkēs te kai tōn epekeina merōn stēliteuein ton andra dia tēs katʼ autou graphēs kai mē thelousan exebiazeto. tauta kai hēmas epi tēn meta cheira exetasin proelthein katēnankasen, homou kai tois doxasin tę̄ hagią synodǭ paristamenous, homou kai tois sylleitourgois prostaxasin touto praxai to hikanon poioumenous.

Rightly, then, these things moved the truly God-loving and thrice-blessed emperor against the man, although he had flattered him a thousand times and gone through many praises of the emperor in his treatise. These things forced the holy synod, too, gathered in the imperial city from various provinces, Pontus and Cappadocia, Asia and Phrygia and Bithynia, Thrace and the regions beyond, to brand the man publicly by its writing against him, even unwilling. These things compelled us too to proceed to the examination in hand, both supporting what the holy synod decided and satisfying the fellow ministers who ordered us to do this.

2.4.30Klostermann

μάλιστα δέ μοι ἀναγκαῖον ἡγοῦμαι γεγενῆσθαι τὸ γράμμα διὰ τοὺς ἠδικῆσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα νενομικότας. χρὴ γὰρ ἀποθεραπεῦσαι τὴν τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀδελφῶν ὑπόνοιαν διὰ τοῦ φανερὰν καταστῆσαι τὴν μακροῖς μὲν χρόνοις ἐμφωλεύσασαν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπιστίαν, νυνὶ δὲ ἐληλεγμένην διὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ γραφῆς, ἣν μηδενὸς καλοῦντος αὐτόμολος φέρων παρῆν, βασιλεῖ τε ἐπὶ χεῖρα δοὺς ἠξίου διαγνῶναι τὰ ἐγγεγραμμένα· τάχα που ἐλπίσας τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν ἐγκωμίων χάριν αὐτὸς μὲν τυχεῖν προνομίας τῆς παρʼ αὐτῷ τῷ βασιλεῖ, τοὺς δʼ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κακηγορηθέντας ἐπισκόπους ὑποβληθῆναι τιμωρίᾳ.

malista de moi anankaion hēgoumai gegenēsthai to gramma dia tous ēdikēsthai ton andra nenomikotas. chrē gar apotherapeusai tēn tōn hēmeterōn adelphōn hyponoian dia tou phaneran katastēsai tēn makrois men chronois emphōleusasan autǭ eis ton huion tou theou apistian, nyni de elēlegmenēn dia tēs autou graphēs, hēn mēdenos kalountos automolos pherōn parēn, basilei te epi cheira dous ēxiou diagnōnai ta engegrammena; tacha pou elpisas tōn eis auton enkōmiōn charin autos men tychein pronomias tēs parʼ autǭ tǭ basilei, tous dʼ hypʼ autou kakēgorēthentas episkopous hypoblēthēnai timōrią.

Most of all, I think this writing has been necessary because of those who thought the man had been wronged. For we must heal the suspicion of our brothers by making plain the unbelief toward the Son of God that lurked in him for a long time but has now been exposed through his own writing, which he brought of his own accord when no one summoned him, and, putting it into the emperor's hands, asked him to judge its contents: hoping, perhaps, that because of his praises of the emperor he himself would obtain favour with the emperor, and the bishops he had abused would be subjected to punishment.

2.4.31Klostermann

οὐ μὴν κατʼ ἐλπίδας αὐτῷ τὰ τῆς ἐκβάσεως προὐχώρει. θεὸς γὰρ ἦν ὁ τούτων κριτὴς καὶ αὐτὸς Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς, ὁ πρὸς τοῦ συγγραφέως ἀθετούμενος, ὃς δὴ τὰ κρύφια τοῦ ἀνδρὸς συνορῶν, αὐτὸν αὑτοῦ κατήγορον ἅμα καὶ ἔλεγχον μηδενὸς συνελαύνοντος γίγνεσθαι παρεσκεύαζεν. ὅθεν ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ τῷ συγγράμματι καλλωπιζόμενος βασιλεῖ προσῄει, ὁ δὲ τῇ συνόδῳ παρεδίδου τὴν διάκρισιν τῶν ἐγγεγραμμένων, ἡ δʼ ἁγία τοῦ θεοῦ σύνοδος ἀπεδοκίμαζε τὸ γράμμα, εἰκότως, ὅτι μήτε ἀρχὴν μήτε τέλος εὐσεβὲς ὁμολογεῖ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.

ou mēn katʼ elpidas autǭ ta tēs ekbaseōs prouchōrei. theos gar ēn ho toutōn kritēs kai autos Christos Iēsous, ho pros tou syngrapheōs athetoumenos, hos dē ta kryphia tou andros synorōn, auton hautou katēgoron hama kai elenchon mēdenos synelaunontos gignesthai pareskeuazen. hothen ho men epi tǭ syngrammati kallōpizomenos basilei prosę̄ei, ho de tę̄ synodǭ paredidou tēn diakrisin tōn engegrammenōn, hē dʼ hagia tou theou synodos apedokimaze to gramma, eikotōs, hoti mēte archēn mēte telos eusebes homologei tou huiou tou theou.

But the outcome did not go as he hoped. For God was the judge of these things, and Christ Jesus himself, who was rejected by the writer, who, seeing the man's secrets, arranged that he should become his own accuser and refutation with no one compelling him. Hence he came to the emperor priding himself on his treatise, but the emperor handed over the judging of its contents to the synod, and the holy synod of God rejected the writing, rightly, because it confesses neither a pious beginning nor a pious end of the Son of God.